Course Catalogue
2014 /2015
1
Contents
Art, Architecture, Music & Cinema page 3 Arabic 21 Business & Economics 22 Chinese 36 Communication, Culture, Media Studies 36 (including Journalism) Computer Science 59 Education 64 English 65 French 79 Geography 86 German 92 History 98 Italian 111 Latin 112 Law 113 Mathematics & Finance 114 Political Science 119 Psychology 127 Russian 133 Sociology & Anthropology 135 Spanish 137 Tourism 152
2
COURSE PROGRAM: Art, Architecture, The three cinematic eras: Original: - The Lumière brothers : realistic art Music & Cinema - Mélies : the beginnings of illusion Avant-garde : IMPORTANT: ALL OUR ART COURSES ARE - Expressionism TAUGHT IN FRENCH UNLESS OTHERWISE - Surrealism INDICATED Classical : - Hollywood studios E3/1e : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH FILMS - Censorship Fall Semester - Griffith's contribution Cinema genres : THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH - Social films - Westerns Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - The Dark Art - Fantasy OBJECTIVE: - Disaster films This course aims to provide students with a historical - War films and theoretical introduction to the study abd analysis of French cinema. The fundamental vocabulary and BIBLIOGRAPHY: language of film studies will be introduced through a - Jean Louis Leutrat : Le Cinéma en perspective program of screenings of French classic films from the : Une histoire, Nathan Université, collection 50s and 60s in order to explore aesthetic ans 128, 1992 psychoanalytic approaches to film. Among others, - Siegfried Kracauer : De Caligari à Hitler, L'Age films such as Ascenceur pour l’échafaud (Lift to the d'homme, 1973 Scaffold, Louis, Malle, 1958), Le feu follet (The fire - Lotte Eisner : L'Écran démoniaque, Losfeld, within, Louis Malle, 1963), A bout de souffle ( 1965 Breathless, Jean-Luc Godard), Les cousins (Claude - Michel Cieutat : les Grands thèmes du cinéma Chabrol, 1958) will compose the program and help us américain, Cerf, 7ème Art, 1988. to put into perspective some important issues brought - Raymond Bellour : Le Cinéma américain, out by the films. Albatros, 1979. - Antoine De Baecque, Histoire du cinéma, ASSESMENT: Cahiers du cinéma, CNDP During the last class, written final exam with an extract from a film. The exam will last 2 hours. AS1/1c : AESTHETICS OF STATIC ART
Fall Semester E3/2b : INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY PHOTOGRAPHY AND DOCUMENTARY FILM Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Sprinf Semester OBJECTIVE: THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH To familiarize students with different scales of reading : description, analysis and criticism, from a large scope Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 of both dimensions of images, from the Renaissance to the 20th century OBJECTIVE: This course aims to provide students with an COURSE PROGRAM: introduction to the scope of anthropological and Leonardo da Vinci stated that static images were like aesthetic approaches to contemporary French silent poetry. Images remain present in our society, photography and documentary film. Thus, photographs from illuminated manuscripts to abstract paintings, and films will be studied and analysed as artistic tools from medieval icons to photography. Visual arts can for a visual exploration of contemporary topics and not be reduced to an illustration of history, as it issues. Photographs and documentary films made by contributed to its creation. Made up from aesthetic, French artists, such as Chris Marker, Sophie Calle, cultural, or political codes, images are to be seen AND Raymond Depardon, Christian Boltanski, will allow us read. to bring to light important topics of art and ______postmodern society. AS1/2a : FILM CRITICISM ASSESMENT: Fall Semester During the last class, written final exam lasting 2 hours. Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
OBJECTIVE: AS1/1b : HISTORY OF THE CINEMA : To give students an understanding of cinematographic FROM THE BEGINNINGS TO 1942 language and the different elements of film-making Fall Semester (script, filming, editing etc.); to learn how to critique any given film through examining the use of time, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 space and characters; to study film clips in detail and propose different ways to analyse them with the OBJECTIVE: central theme being the image of the artist in cinema. To discover the great movements in the history of American and European cinema from 1895 to 1942. COURSE PROGRAM: - Technical language in the film industry. 3
- Analysing space, time and characterisation AS1/3a : LISTENING TO CONTEMPORARY MUSIC within a film. - AN AESTHETIC APPROACH - Analysis of various film clips on the theme of Fall Semester the artist. - Clips by Camille Claudel, Frida Kahlo, Diego Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Rivera, Van Gogh, Basquiat etc. OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: To analyse the use of language in this type of music - AUMONT, J. 1990, L’image, Paris, Nathan, and to understand what it has inherited from previous coll. " Fac ". kinds of music, since the beginning of the 20th century, - AUMONT,J.,MARIE M., 1989, L'Analyse des as well as its originality. This process will enable each films, Nathan Université, Paris one to make sense of the music heard analyse the - AUMONT,J. BERGALA A., MARIE M., many and varied elements which may make up one VERNET,M., 1993, Esthétique du film, song or tune. Nathan Université, Paris. - GARDIES A., 1993, Le Récit filmique, COURSE PROGRAM: Hachette Supérieur, Collection Contours "Contemporary music" is a term coined by the Littéraires, Paris. music world to describe various musical trends which - GARDIES A, BESSALEL J., 1995, 200 mots- have developed over the last 20 or so years. clés de la théorie du cinéma, Cerf, Septième Contemporary music, unlike other forms of Art, Paris. popular music, places the context above the text and ______encourages mixtures of various musical genres. The various genres have developed on account of the AS1/2c : HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE FILM increasing number of technological possibilities in the INDUSTRY music industry, which means that they can not only be Fall Semester created on computers, but also broadcast and sold via the Internet. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: AS1/3b : SCRIPTWRITING To study and understand the history and the economic Fall Semester issues at stake in the film industry, from seeing a film in a cinema to seeing it on television or on DVD. Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: From the beginning of the film industry, the art of film- To teach students how to write a film script. By the making has been organised with retail issues in mind. end of the course, students should be able to write a The films we see have already been processed by a synopsis, a script summary and a full script. number of structures, all of which have evolved over time. COURSE PROGRAM: In this class students will study the principal areas of - What is a script ? What does the scriptwriter’s the film industry and their links with the actual artistic job involve ? production. - Structure and narrative technique Comparing the French and American industries, - The characters and their movements students will understand how films are born, how they - The plot – internal and external conflicts are financed, how they make their way into the - Space and setting cinemas and then into people's homes. The course will - Time : chronology and sequence take a look at the "wars" that divide the production - Perspective structures and the whole question of censorship and - Image building even sabotage. - Presenting your script
- Summarising your script BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students are required to write a synopsis in the first - AUGROS Joël, L’Argent d’Hollywood, Paris, class, which will be reworked in each class until there L’Harmattan, 1996. is a full script that can be used for production. - AUGROS Joël et KITSOPANIDOU, L’économie
du cinéma américaine. Histoiree d’une BIBLIOGRAPHY: industrie culturelle et de ses stratégies, Paris, - J-M. Lainé & S. Delzant, L'écriture du Armand Colin 2009 scénario, Paris Eyrolles, 2007 - BENGHOZI Jean-Pierre, Le cinéma, entre l’art - B. Snyder, Les règles élémentaires pour et l’argent, L’Harmattan, Paris, 1989. l'écriture d'un scénario ( traduit de - BORDWELL David et alii, The Classical l'américain par Brigitte Gauthier) Paris, Dixit, Hollywood Cinem. Film Style and Mode de 2007. Production to 1960, Routledge, 1985. - S. Field, Comment identifier et résoudre les - BOURGET Jean-Loup, Hollywood, la norme et problèmes d'un scénario ( traduit de la marge, Nathan Cinéma, Paris 2002 l'américain par Brigitte Gauthier)Paris, Dixit, - GOMERY Douglas, L’Âged’or des studios, 2006. Paris, Éditions de l’Étoile, 1987. - L. Dellisse, L' invention du scénario: prévoir, - HORKEIMER Max et ADORNO Theodor, La structurer et vérifier le récit, Bruxelles, Les dialectique de la raison, Gallimard (1944), Impressions Nouvelles, 2006. Paris 1974. - V.J. Propp, Morphologie du conte (Traduit du - MORIN Edgar, Les stars, Seuil, Paris, 1972. russe par Claude Ligny) Paris, Gallimard,1970.
4
- J.A.Greimas et coll. L'analyse structurale du - The performance récit, Paris : Seuil, 1981 ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bibliography will be given during the first class. AS1/3c : TECHNICAL APPROACHES TO PHOTOGRAPHY AS1/5b : ART WORKSHOP Fall Semester Fall Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: To understand the work of the professional To allow students to express themselves artistically in photographer. Through this introduction to the many different ways around the central theme of the photographer's work, the student will learn how to body in contemporary art. organise a photo session, how to compose an image, work within a team and understand the relationship COURSE PROGRAM: between the journalist or writer and the photographer. Experimenting with art, mixing theory and practice, student will come to understand the developments in COURSE PROGRAM: how the human body has been portrayed throughout - Introduction to the photography profession the history of art (in painting, architecture, sculpture - Basic techniques in photography and on stage) without neglecting those phenomena - Technical vocabulary that have structured this history (the cultural context, - Presenting of artistic photography social religious and political history, manners, progress - Putting theory into practice in science and technology, the economy) in order to understand that the body has finally overstepped the BIBLIOGRAPHY limits of personal expression to become the object of - UPC, Photographe Auteur Mode d’emploi, artistic experimentation. Paris,2006 (ouvrage disponible au téléchargement sur http://www.upc.com) After studying the issues surrounding the human body - Assouline, Pierre. Cartier-Bresson « L’œil du in art, the students will brainstorm then produce siècle ». Ed Plon, 1999. ISBN : 2.259.18568.1 several ways of exploring this theme in art. - NEWTON, Helmut. Autoportrait. Ed. Robert Laffont. Paris, 2004. ISBN :2.221.10105.7 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Cours d’histoire des arts, Michel Narbonne et AS1/3d : PRODUCING LIVE PERFORMANCES Josée Rodrigo, Vuibert, 1989 - Art en théorie 1900-1990, Charles Harrison et Fall Semester Paul Wood, Hazan, 1997
- Histoire matérielle et immatérielle de l’art Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 moderne, Florence de Méredieu, Larousse
- Petit dictionnaire des artistes contemporains, OBJECTIVE: Pascal Le Thorel-Daviot, Larousse To discover the whole live show world as a concrete - Vocabulaire des arts plastiques du XX siècle, reality with its laws, its words, its special features, its Jean-Yves Bosseur, Minerve personalities, its large number of specific professions, - La Collection du MNAM, Paris, Centre George etc. Throughout the course, students will approach this Pompidou, 1986 world as a place of life, creation, circulation and - Mythologies personnelles, Isabelle de Maison representation. Rouge, Scala, 2004
- Hors-limites :l’art et la vie, 1952-1994, COURSE PROGRAM: Centre George Pompidou, Paris 1994 Introduction - L’Art au corps, Musées de Marseille/Réunion - What is a live show? des Musées nationaux, 1996 - Overview of the several places dedicated to the live shows AS1/10b : ART WORKSHOP - Spatial and institutional organization of the Spring Semester existing bodies - By way of example: overview of the cultural Continuation of AS1/5b sites within Lille and its outskirts - Permanence and intermittence, welcoming and creating… a whole programme, a whole AS1/5c: SETTING UP CULTURAL EVENTS season! Fall Semester Live show’s architecture - External views: what special features? What Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 diversity? - The audience area OBJECTIVE: - The stage/auditorium relation To learn and understand the methodological tools and - The stage… techniques used for planning cultural events; to - …and the auditorium create, organize and execute a cultural events. - The backstage The live show profession COURSE PROGRAM: - Administrative staff - What is a cultural event: from ideas to - Technical staff projects, concept and methodology - The show team - Audiences: sociological principles, targeting The events in the live shows an audience according to the event - The rehearsal - Events and law 5
- ERP (events in public places) - Programming: artistic and cultural AS1/6c : MUSIC FROM THE 1930S - Human resources TO THE PRESENT DAY - Evaluation and exercises Spring Semester - Communication, specifics ofcultural events,
events and ecology, production of “green” Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 events
OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Understanding 20th century music as an art form and B Pauvert, La sécurité des spectacles, L’ Harmattan, placing it in its context. 2003
- A Richard, Guide Pratique de la sonorisation COURSE PROGRAM: - R Bouillot, Guide pratique de l’ éclairage, - What sort of music are we talking about ? Dunod 2007 - Electricity in music : amplification and - GG Saez, Institutions et vie culturelles, Paris, microphones la documentation française, 1996 et 2004 - Blues, Rhythm’n’blues and Rock’n’roll - P Moulinier, Les politiques publiques de la - Pop and folk culture en France, Paris, que sais-je?, 2001 - Soul, funk and disco ______- Krautrock and other variations on the rock
theme
- The music industry AS1/6a : HISTORY OF MODERN CINEMA - The alternative music press Spring Semester - Rock and cinema - Punk and DIY Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - New and Cold Wave - Musical experimentation OBJECTIVE: - Amateur and professional musicians To understand the gap between classic cinema and the contemporary film scene, and how to analyse a BIBLIOGRAPHY: modern film; to gain a basic knowledge of major film - « La production industrielle de biens directors in world cinema today. culturels », La dialectique de la raison, Théodor W. Adorno et Max Horkheimer, COURSE PROGRAM: Gallimard, 1974 What do we mean by modern cinema? - Outsiders. Etudes de sociologie de la - The autonomy of the camera déviance, Howard Becker, Métailié, 1985 - Breaking up the story line - Œuvres III, Walter Benjamin, Gallimard, 2000 - Improvisation - La presse musicale alternative, Copyright - A director's world Volume, vol. 5.1, Editions Séteun, 2006 - Cinema and contemplation - Histoire des industries culturelles en France - Another way of looking at reality XIXe-XXe siècles, Patrick Eveno et Jacques - A different role for the spectator Marseille (dir.), ADHE, 2002 - Rock/music Textes, Dan Graham, Les presses Analysis of a series of extracts: du réel, 2002 - Citizen Kane by Orson Welles - Les nouveaux courants musicaux : simples - Voyage en Italie by Rossellini produits des industries culturelles ?, Gérôme - Hiroshima mon amour by Alain Resnais Guibert, Editions Séteun, 1998 - Pierrot le fou by Jean-Luc Godard. - Sweet soul music, Peter Guralnick, Allia, 2003 - La Notte by Antonioni - Rock, de l’histoire au mythe, Antoine Hennion et Patrick Mignon (dir.), Anthropos, 1991 BIBLIOGRAPHY/ - Lipstick Traces. Une histoire secrète du XXe - Jean Claude Biette , L¹Encrier de la siècle, Greil Marcus, Allia, 1998 modernité, Cahiers du cinéma n°375, - Mystery Train, Greil Marcus, Allia, 2000 septembre 1985 - Rock et cinéma, Copyright Volume, Hors-série - Jean Louis Leutrat, Hiroshima mon amour, #1, Editions Séteun, 2004 Nathan, collection 128 - Great Black Music, Philippe Robert, Le mot et le reste, 2008 AS1/6b : HISTORY OF MODERN ART Spring Semester AS1/7a : DRAMATURGY Spring Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE : To bring about an understanding of mainstream trends OBJECTIVE: and movements which have existed from the To study playwriting and staging of famous plays Renaissance to the historic avant-garde. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: - Shakespeare, Macbeth After looking at some notions of the history and theory - Victor Hugo, Shakespeare of vision, the course will move into a chronological - Jules Michelet, La Sorcière history of modern art beginning with the works of - Alfred Jarry, Ubu Roi Gaëtan Picon (1863) and the birth of modern art. - Jan Kott, Shakespeare, notre contemporain ______- Shakespeare, Henry V (prologue) 6
- Shakespeare, As You Like It - CHION, Michel, Un Art sonore, Le cinéma - - Edward Gordon Craig’s stage designs Histoire, esthétique, Poétique, Paris, Éd. - Extracts from Akiri Kurosawa, Orson Welles Cahiers du Cinéma « Essais », 2003. and Roman Polanski adaptations - DELEUZE Gilles, Cinéma 1, L’Image- Mouvement, Paris, Minuit, 1983. AS1/7b SEMIOLOGY AND ART - DELEUSE Gilles, Cinéma 2, L’Image-Temps, Spring semester Paris, Minuit, 1985. - ROSSELLINI Roberto, Le Cinéma révélé, Lectures: 18 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 Paris, éd ; Cahiers du Cinéma, 2006. - SCHEFER Jean Louis, L’Homme ordinaire du OBJECTIVE: To create awareness, in a cinéma, Paris, Ed. Cahiers du Cinéma, 1997. transdisciplinary manner, of the meaning of works of mainly contemporaryart, from different areas of WEBSITES: artistic production such as painting, sculpture, theatre, International Movie Database: www.imdb.com dance, etc. Sense of Cinema: www.senseofcinema.com ______COURSE PROGRAM: In this class students will acquire the methodological AS1/8a : FILM PRODUCTION : tools necessary to the understanding of art, its FICTION ON THE SCREEN production and reception. The transdisciplinary Spring Semester approach will allows the students to look at semiology as a discipline at the crossroads of humanities. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
BIBLIOGRAPHY: - COUTURIER Élisabeth (2004) L'Art OBJECTIVE: contemporain, mode d'emploi, Paris, éd This is a practical workshop class teaching students, in Filipacchi. small groups, to produce their own film sequences - ARDENNE, Paul (2002), Un art contextuel, and, in the end, a short fictional narrative film. At the Paris, Éditions Flammarion. end of the course, students should be able to justify - CALLE Sophie (2003) M'as-tu vue ? Éditions their choice of images from the point of view of visual du Centre Pompidou, Paris Catalogue effects and the coherence of the narrative. Exposition Paris, Centre Pompidou, 19 nov. 2003-15 mars 2004. COURSE PROGRAM: - AUMONT, J. 1990 : L’image, Paris, Nathan, Lecture: coll." Fac ". - Technical terminology of film-making. - GERVEREAU, L. 1997 : Voir, comprendre, Group work: analyser les images, Paris, La Découverte, - analysis of several famous film clips, looking coll. " Guides Repères". at use of space, time sequence and ______characters - Exploration of the different stages in the film- AS1/7c : THE AESTHETICS OF CINEMA making process Spring Semester - Presentation individually and in groups of the film produced by each group and the Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 production choices. - OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: To consider the editing as the formal matrix of film - AUMONT, J. 1990 : L’image, Paris, Nathan, and to define and analyse the technical operations of coll."Fac ". editing from an aesthetics point of view. - GERVEREAU, L. 1997 : Voir, comprendre, analyser les images, Paris, La Découverte, COURSE PROGRAM: coll. " Guides Repères ". This systematic interaction between the cinema and - JOLY, M. 1993 : Introduction à l’analyse de other media should enable the student to widen their l’image, Paris, Nathan, coll. " 128 ". views of art and to consider the cinema as an art of - LEUTRAT, Jean-Louis, Le cinéma en synthesis and a meeting place perspective : une histoire, Paris, Nathan- Université, coll. "128", 1996. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - MITRY, Jean, Histoire du cinéma. Paris, Ed. - AMIEL, Vincent, Esthétique du montage, Universitaires - J.-P. Delarge, 1967-1980 Paris, A. Colin, 2005 ______- AUMONT, Jacques, Montage Eisenstein, Paris, Editions Images modernes, 2005. AS1/8b : INTRO TO CRITICISM OF - AUMONT, Jacques, L’Analyse de films, Paris, CONTEMPORARY ART A. Colin, 2004. Spring Semester - BARTHES, Roland, « Le troisième sens » in L’obvie et l’obtus ». Essais et critiques III, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Paris, Seuil, 1982. - BAZIN, André, Qu’est-ce que le cinéma ?, OBJECTIVE: Paris, Cerf, 1999. To understand the fundamental texts concerning art - BRENEZ, Nicole, De la figure en général et du criticism and their authors; to write a review of a corps en particulier, Paris, Bruxelles, De contemporary art exhibition/collection; to learn how to Boeck Université, 1998. find reliable sources and information on art criticism; to be up-to-date on contemporary art and artists; learn about the art world in the Lille area. 7
theatrical codes, theatrical analysis and critical COURSE PROGRAM: commentary, other performance arts and their - Overview of the history of art criticism since contribution to the world of the theatre (dance, circus, the 18th century video, contemporary art). - Analyse critical texts about all forms of art from the 18th century to the present day BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Culture in today’s media A list of shows and a bibliography will be given during - Present day art in Lille and the region the first class. - Writing reviews of exhibitions - Analysing dance MCC1/4c & 8c : PHOTOGRAPHY - Contributing to an amateur art criticism blog: Fall & Spring Semesters http://debutscritiques.blogspot.com/
- The role of Internet in art criticism Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
BIBLIOGRAPHY: OBJECTIVE: - Baudelaire, Ecrits sur l’art. This class aims to develop students' curiosity and - Diderot, Les salons. - Clément Greenberg. Art et Culture knowledge via the use of photography. An awareness - Susan Sontag. Sur la photographie. of the photgrapher's professional activities and the - Susan Sontag. Devant la douleur des autres. differenct contexts in which photographers work will - Georges Didi Hubermann, L’homme qui provide an introduction to this field. marchait dans la couleur (James Turell) - Georges Didi Hubermann, Le danseur des By studying photos, the student will be encouraged to solitudes. (Israel Galvan) think about the conditions in which they were take as - Georges Didi Hubermann, La demeure, la well as the technical aspects. Students will then try to souche. Appartements de l’artiste. (Pascal Convert) create their own photo documentaries and learn about - George Didi Huberman. Le cube et le visage. the work of postproduction, and in so doing come to Autour d’une sculpture de Giacometti understand the range of activities which make up the - George Didi Huberman. Etre crâne. (Penonne) photographer's working life. - Yves Michaud. L’art à l’état gazeux. - Dominique Baqué. L’effroi de la violence, IMPORTANT ! Figurer le présent. Students must have thir own digital camera. - Marie José Mondzain : L’image peut-elle tuer ? COURSE PROGRAM: - Nathalie Heinrich, le triple jeu de l’art - Becoming familar with photography and the contemporain. photographer's work - Bernard Marcadé. Marcel Duchamp, la vie à - Lerning about the legal constraints in photography crédit.2007 - Taking, adapting and producing photos - the - Philippe Solers. De Kooning, vite. technical skills - Pierre Restany. Manifeste des nouveaux - How to produce a photo documentary réalistes. - Benoît Duteurtre. Requiem pour une avant- Bibliography: garde. DELAMARRE Eric, 2009, Profession photographe - Claude Debussy. M.Croche. indépendant, Eyrolles, Paris. - Stanley Cavell. Le cinéma nous rend-il JACQUART Anne-Laure, 2011, Composez, réglez, meilleurs ? 2003 déclenchez ! La photo pas à pas, Eyrolles. - Marc Jimenez. La querelle de l’art « DOISNEAU Robert, Pour la liberté de la presse », contemporain. Reporters sans frontières, 2000 - Nicolas Bourriaud Postproduction , La culture Revue 6 mois ; le XXIème siècle en images. comme scénario, comment l'art reprogramme ______le monde contemporain - Nicolas Bourriaud Esthétique relationnelle - Magali Le Mens , Jean-Luc Nancy MCC1/2a : VISUAL COMMUNICATION (ART) L'hermaphrodite de Nadar Fall Semester ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 AS1/8c : THE ROLE OF THE SPECTATOR COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester This class is an introduction to history of art and in
particular to the contemporary image or icon seen in Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 its historical and esthetic perspective. We shall see
how artistic representation through the ages has OBJECTIVE: influenced the art, in all senses of the word, which we To learn the codes, issues at stake, evolution and see today. limits of the theatre. Students will draw up an observation grid to analyse various theatrical phenomena. Beyond this analysis, and to gain a better AS2/11a : HISTORY AND AESTHETICS OF understanding of the theatre, questions concerning the CONTEMPORARY CINEMA script and how it is staged will regularly be suggested. Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 By teaching students how to watch and observe, the course will be centred on several themes: the study of OBJECTIVE: 8
To define and analyse the director's role in a film and - Le caractère fétiche dans la musique, Théodor how it is produced; to understand the narrative W Adorno, Allia, 2001 techniques used in the cinema. - A l’écoute de l’environnement. Répertoire des effets sonores, Jean-François Augoyard et COURSE PROGRAM: Henry Torgue, Parenthèses, 1995 The role of light: - Aux sources du Reggae, Martin Denis- - Natural light Constant, Parenthèses, 1982 - Expressionist light - Le boucher du prince Wen-houei. Enquêtes - Classic use of light – the Hollywood method sur les musiques électroniques, Bastien - Realistic light – the loss of meaning in modern Gallet, Musica Falsa, 2002 Hard rock, heavy use of ligh metal, metal, Fabien Hein, Editions Sound : Irma/Seteun, 2003 - The birth of the talking pictures - Rock, de l’histoire au mythe, Antoine Hennion - Sound to convey action et Patrick Mignon (dir.), Anthropos, 1991 - Emancipation of sound – voices over, - Les imaginaires médiatiques, une sociologie unsynchronised sound and picture, etc. postcritique des médias, Eric Macé, Editions Production Amsterdam, 2006 - Definition and controversy - DJ Culture, Ulf Poschardt, L’Eclat/Kargo, 2002 - Straight narrative – the American School - Les musiques expérimentales, Philippe alternating or parallel narrative Robert, Le mot et le reste, 2007 - Expressive narrative : the Soviet School - L’art à l’état vif, Richard Shusterman, Editions The Koulechov effect, attraction, irregular Minuit, 2002 narrative, speed production. - Du phonographe au mp3, une histoire de la musique enregistrée, Ludovic Tournès, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Autrement, 2008 - Fabrice Revault d¹Allonnes : La Lumière au cinéma, Cahiers du cinéma, collection essais, AS2/11c : DOCUMENTARY CINEMA 1991 Fall Semester - André Bazin : Qu'est-ce que le cinéma ?,
CERF, collection 7ème art, 1985. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 - Jean Marie Aumont, Alain Bergala,
L¹Esthétique du film, Nathan Arts, 1986 OBJECTIVE: - Michel Chion, La Parole au cinéma, la toile To give an overview of the history of documentary trouée, Cahiers du cinéma, 1988. cinema from the 1920s. - Vincent Pinel, Le Montage, Cahiers du cinéma, To know the different sorts of documentaries. les petits cahiers. To understand the technical, aesthetical, ethical, social - and political issues when it comes to a documentary AS2/11b : POPULAR MUSIC film. IN CONTEMPORARY CULTURE Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: 4 themes will be studied: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 1) The link between reality and fiction 2) Documentary films and History OBJECTIVE: 3) Documentary films and the spectator To ask the question of contemporary music recognition 4) Documentary films and social issues as an art by the philosophers and the institutions in charge of the cultural policies. At the end of the course the student should be able to analyse a contemporary BIBLIOGRAPHY: music clip and to situate it in its historical background, Filmer le reel, BIFI, 2001, 184p and comment on a text included in the programme. G. Gauthier, Le documentaire, un autre cinéma, Paris: Nathan, 1997 et 2000 COURSE PROGRAM: F Niney, L’épreuve du réel à l’écran. Essai sur le Forms of popular and modern music: principe de réalité documentaire. Bruxelles : De Boeck - History of the recording industry Université, 2000 - Codes and rituals - Rock’n’roll AS2/12b: CINEMA : - Hard rock, heavy metal and metal PASTICHES, HOMAGES, CITATIONS, REMAKES - Recognition of popular music as a genuine art Fall Semester form from Adorno to Shusterman
- Music and cultural policy Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Music and the media, the role of the music
critic OBJECTIVE: - Reggae and dub, from Jamaica to the UK To understand the issues of reproduction in cinema - DJ culture and the typical practices in film-making. - Experimentation and improvisation
- The aesthetics of sampling music in public COURSE PROGRAM: places Making a film is means of reproducing images and
sounds. We may note that, aesthetically speaking, BIBLIOGRAPHY: there are several practices in film-making which can - « La production industrielle de biens be grouped together under the title "reproduction" in culturels », La dialectique de la raison, another sense of the word: pastiches, homages to a Théodor W. Adorno et Max Horkheimer, former great director, intertextual citations and Gallimard, 1974 9
remakes. All these practices feed and renew the art of - Friedrich Nietzsche , Naissance de la the cinema. tragédie - Heidegger Chemins qui ne mènent nulle part Using a large number of examples and case studies, ______students will examine this notion and try to define it in AS2/13c : METHODOLOGY FOR order to better understand the films that we watch. STUDYING DRAMA Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: - AUMONT, Jacques, L’Analyse de films, Paris, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 A. Colin, 2004. - BAZIN, André, Qu’est-ce que le cinéma ?, OBJECTIVE: Paris, Cerf, 1999. Student will look at all the different ways of studying - BENJAMIN, Walter, « L’œuvre d’art à l’époque drama, and in particular of studying the text from a de sa reproductibilité technique » in Œuvres dramatic viewpoint. III, Paris, Folio Essais, 2000. - BRENEZ, Nicole, De la figure en général et du COURSE PROGRAM: corps en particulier, Paris, Bruxelles, De Highlighting drama’s dual function of text and Boeck Université, 1998. performance, the course will consider four different - CHATEAU D., GARDIES A., JOST F (sous la perspectives: genetics, aesthetics, the conditions of direction de), Cinémas de la modernité : production, and reception. films, théories / Colloque de Cerisy, Paris, Klincksieck, 1981. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - DELEUZE Gilles, Cinéma 1, L’Image- Patrice Pavis, L’Analyse des spectacles, Paris, Nathan Mouvement, Paris, Minuit, 1983 et Cinéma 2, Université, 1996. L’Image-Temps, Paris, Minuit, 1985. Patrice Pavis, Le théâtre contemporain, Paris, Nathan - DIDI-HUBERMAN Georges, Devant l’image, Université, 2000. Paris, Minuit, 1990. Anne Ubersfeld, Lire le théâtre, Paris, Editions sociales, - DANEY Serge, Ciné journal, 1977. - LYOTARD Jean-François, « L’acinéma » in Anne Ubersfeld, L’Ecole du spectateur, Paris, Editions Dominique Noguez (sous la direction de), sociales, 1981. Cinéma : théorie, lectures, Revue Jacques Scherer, La Dramaturgie classique en France, d’Esthétique, Klincksieck, 1973. Paris, Nizet, 1950. - MOURE, José, Vers une esthétique du vide,
Paris, L’Harmattan, 1997. ______AS2/15a : CULTURAL MEDIATION Fall & Spring Semesters AS2/12c : PHILOSOPHY OF ART Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 To question the issue of cultural mediation, to
understand the goals of cultural mediation activities, OBJECTIVE: and to implement practical actions. To get to know the main texts concerning aesthetics from classical Antiquity to the present day, and to COURSE PROGRAM: acquire an accurate technical vocabulary in aesthetics. Themes studied will be related to the case studies. By the end of the course, students should be able to - Definition of cultural mediation comment on a philosophical text and put it in its - Artistic education/tastes context, comparing it with other texts of a similar - Art and public spaces/art and territories theme. New trends: Projects
- Contemporary artists and cultural mediation COURSE PROGRAM: - Experience Art: the audience as a part of art Reading and analysing the most important texts on Artists, institutions, partners, audience aesthetics from Plato to contemporary philosophers. Actors and goals of cultural mediation: - What defines a work of art? - At the core of political and social projects - From where does the artist draw his/her - Cultural democratisation imagination? - Cultural structures - What is beauty? Audiences, coordination, expectations and constraints - How to judge the worth of a work of art. Oral mediation: - The mimesis - Active and passive mediation
- The importance of language BIBLIOGRAPHY: - What is the actual message? - Hegel, Esthétique - Adaptation of cultural mediation according to - Hegel, Introduction à l'Esthétique the audience - Kant, Critique de la faculté de juger, - Speech limits - Bergson, La pensée et le mouvant, Essais et
conférences, V. La perception du changement BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Platon, La république X . Le banquet. - Bernard Lamizet, La médiation culturelle, - Aristote, Poétique. L’Harmattan,2000 - Hume, Essais esthétiques. - Jean Caune, La democratisation culturelle: - Merleau Ponty, L’œil et l’esprit. une médiation à bout de soufflé, Presses - Malraux, Le musée imaginaire. uiversitaires de Grenoble, Collection Art, - Benjamin, L’œuvre d’art à l’ère de sa culture, public, 2006 reproductibilité technique. 10
- Jean Louis Hordé, Le Démocratiseur, Les Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Solitaires Intempestifs, 2011 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS2/11b. AS2/20a: CULTURAL MEDIATION
Spring Semester AS2/17b : CONTEMPORARY MUSIC
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS2/15a Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
AS3/23c: CULTURAL MEDIATION OBJECTIVE: To be capable of analyzing music clips studied and Fall Semester place them in their historical context, as well as
develop commentary on a topic to be determined. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS2/15a Since the early 20th century, all the norms relating to the very nature of music have been questioned. AS3/28b: CULTURAL MEDIATION Experiences, futurism, improvisation, electronic music, Spring Semester minimalism have enabled people to reconsider the links between music and noise, sound and silence, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 musicians and non-musicians, music and sociology, time and space. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS2/15a BIBLIOGRAPHY: AS2/16a : THEATRE AND OTHER ARTS - Derek Bailey, L’ improvisation.Sa nature et sa (STAGE & SCREEN) pratique dans la musique, Paris, Outre Mesure, 1999 Spring Semester - Jean-Yves Bosseur ,Le Sonore et le visuel,
Paris, Dis Voir, 1992 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - John Cage, Pour les Oiseaux. Entratiens avec
Daniel Charles, Paris, L’ Herne, 2002 OBJECTIVE: - Bastien Gallet, Composer des étendues. L’ art This course enables students to learn about the del’ installation sonore, Geneve, HEAD, 2005 theatre in a transdisciplinary context and, more - Mychael Nyman, Experimental Music. Cage et particularly, to examine how theater and its staging au-delà, Paris, Allia, 2005 are linked to the other forms of art: architecture, - David Toop, Ocean of Sound, Paris, Kargo, painting, sculpture, cinema. 2000
COURSE PROGRAM: AS2/17c : 20th CENTURY ARTISTIC TRENDS The various adaptations of Molière’s Tartuffe: Staging by the Comédie Française or Roger Planchon Spring Semester or Jacques Lassalle or Stéphane Braunschweig Film adaptations by F. W. Murnau and the Lectures: 1 ½ hour per week ECTS credits: 3 interpretations of the main character (Robert Hirsch, Michel Auclair, Roger Planchon, Gérard Depardieu, OBJECTIVE: Philippe Torreton, Emil Jannings) To identify and understand the main artistic movements of the 20th century and be able to discuss a work of art and place it in its historical and cultural AS2/16b: THE LANGUAGES OF ART context. Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - What is meant by "modern"? - Cézanne OBJECTIVE: - The Cubist Revolution To know the main issues of contemporary creation - Humanism transformed To analyse a work of art (picture, sculpture, - The horror of another war as a means to architecture, performance, etc) with methodology and rethink the human figure technical vocabulary - Dadaism and Surrealism as tools of To link works of different nature and to compare them deconstruction - Formlessness and eroticism in the works of COURSE PROGRAM: Georges Bataille 1) Decompartmentalizing the arts in the 20th century BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2) Men vs machines - BLISTENE Bernard, Une histoire de l’art du 3) Arts and globalization XXe siècle, Paris, Centre George Pompidou, 4) To create or to copy 1999. 5) Humour in the art - CHALUTMEAU Jean-Luc, Les théorie de l’art, Philosophie, crtitique et histoire de l’art de AS2/16c : POPULAR MUSIC IN Platon à nos jours, Paris, Vuibert, 2002. CONTEMPORARY CULTURE - Histoire de l’art contemporain, Paris, Klincksieck, 2004. Spring Semester - DUROZOI Gérard, Regarder l’art du XXe
siècle, Paris, Hazan, 2004. 11
- LANEYRIE-DAGEN Nadeije, Lire la peinture : - Light esthetism dans l’intimité des œuvres, Paris, Larousse, - Using a DV camera. 2011. Editing : - Lire la peinture : dans le secret des ateliers, - Set acquiring Paris, Larousse, 2011. - Time line - LE THOREL-DAVIOT, Pascale, Nouveau - Effects and transitions dictionnaire des artistes contemporains, Paris, - Sound managing Larousse, 2010. - “Conformation” - MALDONADO, Guitemie et EWIG, E, Lire l’art Broadcasting : contemporain, Paris, Larousse, 2010. - Squeeze for the Web (uploading or streaming) LM2/12a: HISTORY OF CINEMA/CINEMA - Autoring DVD ANALYSIS Fall Semesters ASSESSMENT: control of the work done in class. ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 LCE2E/11b OBJECTIVE: SPANISH & LATIN AMERICAN CINEMA To master the vocabulary of analysis techniques, the Fall & Spring Semesters peculiarities and evolution of analysis language. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH COURSE PROGRAM: - Size of shots Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Camera Movements - Build a timeline OBJECTIVE: - Where do you see the film from? To analyse simple film clips seen in class (by the - Behind the camera same author, or belonging to the same esthetic - Sound Credits movement) and understand that cinema inspired other art forms. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Esthétique du film, Jacques Aumont, Alain COURSE PROGRAM: Bergala, Michel Marie et Marc Vernet, Coll. Fall semester: Fac. cinéma, Editions Nathan, Paris, 1994 Spanish cinema (revue et augmentée) - Introduction & main themes - La Lucarne de l' Infini: naissance du langage - Luís Buñuel cinématographique, Noël Burch, coll. - Carlos Saura Fac.cinéma, Editions Nathan, Paris 1991 - Alejandro Amenabas - Précis d' analyse filmique, Francis Vanoye et - La “movida” Anne Goliot Lété, coll.128, Edtions Nathan, Paris, 1992 Spring semester: Latin-American cinema Introduction & main themes MCC2/15d : AUDIOVISUAL METHODOLOGY - Cuban cinema: Gutiérrez Alea, Pineda Barnet Spring Semester - Contemporary Mexican cinema: Rodrigo Plá, Alejandro González Iñárritu Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Introduction to Central America and Columbian OBJECTIVE: The course aims at giving students the technical basis BIBLIOGRAPHY: required to make and broadcast an audiovisual document. Students will experiment shotting, - Como se comenta un texto fílmico, Ramón photomontage, broadcasting on a DVD or on the Carmona, Cátedra, 1993 internet, thanks to the DVD technologies. The course - Histoire du cinéma espagnol, J-C Seguin, is seen in the communicational methodology angle. To Nathan université, Paris, 2005 receive the needs of the partner, orientate a radical - Penser le cinéma espagnol (1975-2000), creative step, to write a letter of thought, to make a Lyon, GRIMH/GRIMIA, 2002. story board paper or an animated story board, to - Panorama del cine iberoamericano, José organize and to supervise a photographic shotting, to Mathieu, Madrid, Ed. Cultura Hispánica, 1990. know the basis functions of a DV camera, to know the - 1989–2008 : 20 ans de cinéma latino- basic functions of an editing software, to model a américain, Amanda Rueda, Cinémas video for its broadcasting. d’Amérique latine, 2008, n. 16 - Le Cinéma cubain : identité et regard de COURSE PROGRAM: l’intérieur, coordonné par Sandra Hernández, Methodology : Centre de Recherche sur les Identités - Project making and mediatic integration Nationales et l’Interculturalité, Université de prospect. Nantes, 2006. - Creative techniques. ______- The letter of thought. - Story boards. LCE2E/15b SPANISH & LATIN AMERICAN Experiments : CINEMA - Animated Storyboard - Animated film Spring Semester Photographic shooting : - Supervising THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH 12
AS3/21b ART AND CULTURAL HISTORY: GREAT Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 WOMEN Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/11b. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE2E/13a : LATIN AMERICAN CIVILISATION Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Great feminine figures in the world of art : Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Understanding these in the context of various artistic movements and of the different periods in art history OBJECTIVE: with their specificities. Know how to place any To learn about and understand American particular work in its historical and cultural context. independance and the birth of new nations, as well as Understanding the iconography of the great artists. historical essays. Learning how to analyse works of art in depth using Panofsky's iconology. Being able to identify common COURSE PROGRAM: themes in an artist's whole corpus. - The Enlightenment Period - The Bourbons - Revolutions AS3/22a : FILM ANALYSIS – HITCHCOCK - Independence - Liberators Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Lavallé, Bernard, L’Amérique espagnole de Colomb à Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002. OBJECTIVE: ______To give students the tools they require to analyse films and obtain a good understanding of Hitchcock's films.
COURSE PROGRAM: AS3/21a: CINEMA AND PAINTING Presentation of Hitchcock's works Fall Semester Structural analysis of Hitchcock's North by Northwest Historical analysis : Lectures: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - America during the Cold War - Getting round the Hays Code OBJECTIVE : Analysis of themes To question the aesthetic challenges in the different - The abusive mother ways paintings are viewed on screen; to - Voyeurism learn how to recognize a certain pictorial influence in - Loss of identity various movie genres; to understand the specific - Metaphors in the cinema features of movie images, and, thanks to an in-depth Analysis of sound and visual effects : analysis, understand the dialogue between images. - Titles - The kidnapping at Thornhill COURSE PROGRAM: - Meeting between Thornhill and Townsend Painting and the cinema are slightly intertwined from (Vandamm) their beginnings, with Lumière being “the last - Crime at the United Nations impressionist,” according to Jean-Luc Godard (La - Meeting between Eve and Roger in the train Chinoise, 1967). - The airplane - Where and why do paintings appear on stage? - The auction - Can we speak of a “plan-tableau” (Pascal - Vandamm's house Bonitzer, Décadrages) - How does cinema – as the art of moving BIBLIOGRAPHY images - deal with still images? - Les Entretiens Hitchcock Truffaut, Ramsay - How does a conversation start between the - Martine Joly, Introduction à l'analyse de character, the painting and the spectator? l'image, Nathan Université, collection 128, 1996 FILMOGRAPHY: Bunuel, Ford Coppola, Godard, - Francis Vanoye, Anne Goliot Lété : Précis Jarman, Murnau, Hitchcock, Pasoloni, Robson, Ruiz, d'analyse filmique, Nathan Université, 1992 Tarkovski, Tourneur, von Trier - Jean Marie aumont, Michel Marie : L'analyse BIBLIOGRAPHY: filmique, Nathan Université, 1988 - Aumont, Jacques, L’Œil interminable : - Laurent Jullier, L'Analyse de séquence, cinéma et peinture, Paris, Librairie Séguier, Nathan cinéma, 2003 1989 - Stéphane du Mesnildot, La Mort aux trousses, - Bonitzer, Pascal, Décadrages, Paris, Éditions Cahiers du cinéma, CNDP de l’Étoile, 1985 - Vancheri, Luc, Cinéma et peinture : passages, partages, présences, Paris, Armand MCC3/17d: VISUAL CULTURE Collin, 2007 Fall Semester - Hitchcock et l'art : coïncidences fatales, dirigé par Guy Cogeval et Dominique Païni, Paris, Lectures: 18 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 Editions du Centre Pompidou, 2001 - Peinture et cinéma, Pictorialité de l’image OBJECTIVES: filmée de la toile à l’écran, Revue Ligeia, According to the old medicine, the body is balanced by Dossiers sur l’art, Juillet-décembre 2007 humours, moving liquids, and diseases are a result of - misbalance between these liquids. For example, too 13
much black bile could lead to melancholia. What about - Spatial Otherness this theory in the 20th century? According to Walter - The Other as it applies to self Benjamin, melancholia is “the allegory for modernity”. ______Thus, it would be possible to reread 20th century art with that prism. AS3/26b : CINEMA THEORY The gap between the classical and the modern Spring Semester representations of melancholia will be analysed, as well as how artists (such as Warhol, Martin Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Kippenberger, Orlan, Pierre Huyghen Bill Violan, Picabia or Boltanski) represent the polymorphous and COURSE PROGRAM: evasive aspect of contemporary melancholia. The aim of this class is to understand theoretical texts Its representation in other forms of arts will be studies about cinema studies and know how to apply them to too, cinema for example. the films we see. We intend to get a good overview of the writings of the great theoreticians of the cinema At the end of the course, the students will know the and moving pictures in general and learn how to move modern artists’ implication in defining melancholia, from an understanding of keys notions into a profound know the difficulty with classifying, recognize new personal reflection on the subject. relevant experiences, etc. ______
COURSE PROGRAM: AS3/26c : CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH CINEMA -The shapeless -Suspicion about politics Spring Semester -Refusal of the ideology -Representing diseases Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
BIBLIOGRAPHY: OBJECTIVE: - CLAIR Jean, Mélancolie : Génie et Folie en We shall examine how contemporary English cinema Occident, Editions Gallimard, 2005 portrays individuals and their private life. - KRISTEVA Julia, Soleil Noir, Livre de poche, 1989 COURSE PROGRAM: - PIGEAUD Jackie, De la mélancolie, Editions We shall analyse films by the following directors : Dilecta, 2005 M. Powell – Le Voyeur - STAROBINSKI, Jean, La mélancolie au miroir, S. Frears – Les Liaisons Dangereuses, Chéri Julliard, 1997 Ken Loach – Sweet Sixteen, Kess ______
AS3/23a: SCRIPT WRITING AS3/27b : HISTORY OF IMAGES Fall Semester Spring Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: To develop the students’ acuteness of the challenges To learn the major trends, the contributions and of dramatic construction, in feature-length or short influences of different periods in the history of art, and films, and series writing; to introduce students to the ultimately, how place the works into an historical and job of the scriptwriter through ages and industries into cultural perspective. the present day’s opportunities; to guide the students through a personal writing project and familiarise them COURSE PROGRAM: with collaborative writing. The course will explore the evolution of the face of art, from ancient Egypt’s portraits of Fayoum to the works COURSE PROGRAM: of Christian Boltanski. - Scene analysis from completed films and films - Is the face a “reflection of the soul”, of inner still in the writing stages. nature? - What are the issues of the accession of the - Short-film writing workshop th portrain in the 15 Century, idealism or At the end of the workshop, professionals will vote on realism? two of the written projects which will be filmed in the - What are the codes of official portraits (court, Spring Semester. Venetian, representations of power) that are still visible today? - The self-portrait from Van Eyck to Cindy AS3/26a : HISTORY OF CULTURAL Sherman and La Caravage, Artemisia PERFORMANCE: OTHERNESS IN THE ARTS Gentileschi, Velasquez, Rembrandt, Courbet, Spring Semester Picasso, Warhol, Ben, etc.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 AS3/27c : CRITICISM OF CONTEMPORARY ART OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester To read theoretical texts from the field of humanities and social sciences allowing the students to question Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 the identity of artists and their works primarily through the figure of the Other and the Elsewhere. OBJECTIVE: To learn the fundamental texts of contemporary art COURSE PROGRAM: criticism and their authors; to be capable of writing a - Otherness as a vehicle in an artistic creation: critical analysis of a work of art; to identify and 14
understand reliable works of art criticism which may commence, Wadja's Danton or Visconti's Les damnés, be used for university research; to be up-to-date on we need to make it clear that every time there is a contemporary art in France; to learn the best places to double historical context – that of the period portrayed see contemporary art in Lille. and that in which the film was produced. When we see these films, we are therefore called to interpret certain COURSE PROGRAM: sequences of reconstition of the past in the light of - History of art criticism beginning with the more modern preoccupations. Intemporal themes are 18th century intermixed with present dilemmas in order to give - Analysis of critical texts in their historical each historical film its specific message. context from the 18th century to today - Introduction to the cultural press LCE3E/17b: HISTORY OF SPANISH ART - Art in and around Lille Fall Semester - A written critical analysis of an exhibition
- A written critical analysis of a contemorary THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH dance show
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Students will be asked to contribute to a critical blog http://debutscritiques.blogspot.com/ and to OBJECTIVE : analyse the role of the Internet in art criticism. To understand a work of art and be able to analyse the different components (materials, techniques, AS3/28a : CULTURAL COMMUNICATION conservation, date, etc); to analyse and make a critical PLANNING commentary of the art (describe the content and its Spring Semester sources of inspiration, its style and composition); to place a work of art in its historical, ideological and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 artistic context; and to competently use technical terminology. OBJECTIVE: To distinguish the different areas of communications; COURSE PROGRAM: to understand the specifics of the cultural sector in - What is a painting? (techniques, materials, terms of communications; to be able to design a subjets, vocabulary) strategy and appropriate communications plan for the - What is a sculpture? (techniques, materials, cultural sector. subjets, vocabulary) - Antiquity Era art COURSE PROGRAM: - Medieval art - Introduction: Reminder of the major - Renaissance art - Baroque art principles and areas of communication th - Internal communication - 19 Century art - Corporate communications - External communications BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Assessment / Exercise - Nadeije Laneyrie-Dagen, Lire la peinture, - External communications, cont’d dans l’intimité des œuvres, T.1, Larousse, coll. Comprendre et Reconnaître, dernière édition 2006 AS3/28c : THE AESTHETICS OF CONTEMPORARY MUSIC LCE3E/21b : HISTORY OF SPANISH ART Spring Semester Spring Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: To link technological and musical evolutions 2.5 To know the musical trends linked to electronic music COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17b COURSE PROGRAM: Dance music Hip hop AS4/1a: SEMINAR: HISTORY AND AESTHETICS Electronic music OF THE CINEMA Fall Semester
H3/17b : CINEMA & HISTORY Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester OBJECTIVES: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 To have a rich cinematic culture To know the fundamental evolution in the history of COURSE PROGRAM: the cinema For as long as it has existed, the cinema has To recognize and understand a cinematic trend, always found inspiration in past events, whether to historically and aesthetically encourage the feeling a belonging to a national group, to serve the interests of a political agenda or simply in COURSE PROGRAM: order to capture the romantic side of life or the feeling From the origins of cinema to the 1960s, this class will of destiny. present all the main movements in film history. Taking, for example, films as different as - What movements have contributed to making Chéreau's La reine Margot, Tavernier's Que la fête cinema a genuine art form? 15
- How have production techniques, narration, Continuous assessment: participation during the sound, filming and settings been understood classes. in different periods? Final: essay or commenting a text - German expressionism, - Russian avant-garde films BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Neorealism -BARAKA Amiri/JONES LeRoi (2000), Le Peuple du - New Wave blues [1963], Paris, Gallimard. - other movements in order to understand the -BECKER Howard (2006), Les Mondes de l’art [1982], aesthetic and historical issues at stake, which Paris, Flammarion. have made cinema what it is today. -BRADLEY Lloyd (2005), Bass culture. Quand le reggae était roi, Paris, Allia. -CERTEAU Michel de, (1990), L’Invention du quotidien, AS4/1b: HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY 1. Arts de faire, Paris, Gallimard. PHOTOGRAPHY -FRITH Simon, LE GUERN Philippe, « Sociologie des Fall Semester musiques populaires », Réseaux, Paris, La -Découverte. http://www.cairn.info/revue-reseaux- Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 2007-2.htm -GUIBERT Gérôme, 2006, La Production de la culture. COURSE PROGRAM: Le cas des musiques amplifiées en France. Genèses, From the heliographic images of Niepce in 1822 to the structurations, industries, alternatives, Paris, latest digital photos, photography has changed a lot in Irma/Mélanie Seteun. the last two centuries, although its goal, to -GURALNICK Peter (2003), Sweet soul music, Paris, immortalise what we see, has not changed. The issues Allia. raised by photography in the history of art have also -HALL Stuart (1994), « Codage/décodage », Réseaux, undergone a transformation. Easily reproduced and vol. 12, n° 68, Paris, La Découverte, pp. 27-39. disseminated, the photo has completely shaken the - relationship between the spectator and the work of art, http://www.persee.fr/web/revues/home/prescript/artic as works can now be dematerialised and exhibited in le/reso_0751-7971_1994_num_12_68_2618 an Imaginary Gallery (André Malraux). Photos are no -HAMMOU Karim (2012), Une Histoire du rap en longer just documents, they are another form of France, Paris, La découverte. modern art and are highly successful as such. This is -HEBDIGE Dick (2008), Sous-culture : le sens du style the result of interaction between painters and [1979], Paris, Zones. photographers from the beginning of the 20th century -HEIN Fabien (2003), Heavy metal, Metal, Histoire, onwards. While photographers are inspired by painters culture et pratiquants, Paris/Nantes, Éd. Mélanie in order to find a certain texture and depth in their Séteun/Irma. work, helping them to forget the myth of the objective -HENNION Antoine & MIGNON Patrick (dir.) (1991), image, recent work by artistic photographers helps the Rock, de l’histoire au mythe, Paris, Anthropos. plastic artist to abandon the idea of imitation in art in -MATTELART Armand et NEVEU Erik (1996), « Cultural order to experiments in new form studies’ stories. La domestication d’une pensée ______sauvage ? », Réseaux, vol. 14 n° 80, Paris, La Découverte, pp. 11-58. AS4/1c : SEMINAR ON CONTEMPORARY MUSIC : - AESTHETICS, PRACTISE AND MEANING http://www.persee.fr/web/revues/home/prescript/artic Fall Semester le/reso_0751-7971_1996_num_14_80_3799 -POSCHARDT Ulf (2002), DJ Culture, Paris, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 L’Eclat/Kargo. -SZENDY Peter (2001), Écoute. Une histoire de nos OBJECTIVES: oreilles, Paris, Editions de Minuit. To recognise the different theories studied on -TOSCHES Nick (2003), Blackface. Au confluent des analysing history and aesthetics of genres of music. voix mortes, Paris, Allia. To know the issues at stake while analysing contemporary or “popular” music, from blues to techno Internet Resources to jazz, rock and hip-hop. http://volume.revues.org To know what endogenous (musicians, critics, fans) Cairn.info, revues.org, Jstor. and exogenous (sociology, aesthetics, cultural studies) ______people say about contemporary music. To be able to analyse and criticise a text on the H4/3b : HISTORY OF ART (for non-specialists) subject. Fall & Spring Semesters
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 1) Introduction: what is “contemporary music”? OBJECTIVES: 2) Aesthetics of jazz music (1917-1970s) 1) To acquire a good general knowledge of art and 3) Culture, race and politics in African- visual culture American music 2) To learn how to analyse a work of art 4) History of rock ‘n roll (1930s-1950s) 5) Rock, technology and politics (1960s- COURSE PROGRAM: 1970s) An overview of the History of Art from pre-history to 6) Appearance of electronic music the present, including all the different forms of art (1980s-1990s) (painting, sculpture, engraving, contemporary graphic techniques etc.). We shall look at famous artists and ASSESMENT: artistic movements and also examine different
16
materials, the use of light and space, and art as an 2003. instrument of protest. Françoise PARFAIT, Vidéo : Un art contemporain, We shall also visit some art museums and exhibitions. Paris, Regard, 2001. ______Janine SMIRGEL-CHASSEGUET, Pour une psychanalyse de l’art et de la créativité, Payot, 1971. AS4/1d: WORLD MUSIC Fall Semester AS4/1f: AESTHETICS (RHYTHM IN THE ARTS) Fall Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVES: To know the main trends in music of West Africa, OBJECTIVE: South America, South Asia and West Asia To recognise and understand the aesthetic and To know the instruments used in these areas and the philosophical issues at stake in rhythm in music, main artists dance, painting, cinema; to analyse the interaction To establish links between the different genres of between people and rhythm, whether regular or music irregular; to understand the fascination exercised in our culture for irregularities, upset rhythms and the COURSE PROGRAM: unpredictable; to acquire a way of thinking which is World music has become an essential ingredient in both transversal and interdisciplinary. many music festivals and concert seasons. Although this type of music usually has a rural origin, it has COURSE PROGRAM: become, over time and with the development of Rhythms in the arts are complex and difficult to grasp. technological means of music making, very popular in There is a kind of mystery in rhythm. "We don't just the western world - leading to all kinds of hybrid stand and look at a rhythm," said Henri Maldiney, "We genres and melodious mixes. are caught up in it". This empiricism, his statement We shall attempt here to draw up an overview of the about rhythm is more than a fact to be noted, it is an most popular varietie of this kind of music and look for invitation. An invitation to enter into what it is to be parallels and similarities between them: use of alive, to be an individual in a society. Looking at the rhythm, vocal techniques, use of traditional aesthetic dimensions of rhythm, this class will look at instruments etc. different ways, both thereoretical and practical, in which rhythm finds its place in the world of culture. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Laurent Aubert : La Musique de l’autre (Georg Editeur. BIBLIOGRAPY: Ateliers Sabine Prokhoris et Simon Hecquet, Fabriques de la d’ethnomusicologie) danse, éd. Seuil, 2008 Eliane Azoulay : Musiques du monde (Editions Bayard) Henri Maldiney, Art et existence, éd. Klincksieck, 2004 François Bensignor (sous la direction de) : Les Henri Meschonnic, Critique du rythme, éd. Verdier, Musiques du monde (Guide Totem) 2009 (Larousse) Christian Doumet et Aliocha Wald Lasowski, Rythmes Etienne Bours : Dictionnaire thématique des musiques de l’homme, rythmes du monde, éd. Hermann, du monde (Fayard) 2010 Henri Lecomte : Guide des meilleures musiques du monde en CD (Bleu Nuit Editeur) ______AS4/4c: SEMINAR: TELEVISION SERIES Spring Semester
AS4/1e: THE ARTIST AND HIS IDENTITY Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 6 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 The principle of this class is to begin from the student's own experience of watching television series OBJECTIVE: and their reactions to them and to compare this with To constitute an audio-visual stock of regional artists. other time periods, geographical zones and cultures. The course will examine satellite television, DVD box BIBLIOGRAPHY sets, Internet downloading, streaming, etc. Students Paul ARDENNE Art, l'âge contemporain : une will then be asked to analyse the script-writing, histoire des arts plastiques à la fin du XXe siècle, production, broadcasting and accessories for a series. Regard, The course will also take a look at the role of television 1997 series in modern society, their cult status, their role in Paul, ARDENNE un art contextuel, Flammarion, initiation and social rituals as well as the artistic 2002. elements involved in their production. Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Esthetique relationnelle, ______Presses du réel, 1998. Nicolas BOURRIAUD, La culture comme scénario Les AS4/4d: NEW APPROACHES TO ART Presses du réel, 2003. Spring Semester Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Radicant, Denoël, COLLECTIF,
L'art au XXe siècle, Taschen 2002 Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits:1 Nicolas BOURRIAUD, L’art moderne et l’invention de soi, Denoël, 2003. OBJECTIVE: Élisabeth COUTURIER, L'Art contemporain: mode To develop a discourse on the new approaches to art d'emploi, éd. Éditions Filipacchi, Paris, 2004. To understand how to display and present a work of Yves MICHAUD, L'Art à l'état gazeux : essai sur le art triomphe de l'esthétique, Paris, éditions Stock, 17
To know the new venues of contemporary art To know the realtionship between art and spatiality Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 1
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Nowadays, it is no longer possible to analyze a work of Whether we're talking about films with fictional plots art without referring to its presentation and reception. or documentaries, it is undeniable that cinema has the Thus spatiality may be considered as an essential power to evoke real situations and incite the audience material. The class includes an overview of the history to question the link between the film and real life. This of the installation of works of art and of the digital class will look at the cinema in this perspective and in arts. After studying cases and analyzing exhibitions, particular, at what is known as "social cinema". Special we will see that arts and artistic institutions are emphasis will be placed on the work of Ken Loach increasingly linked. We will also study the relationship (winner at Cannes in 2006) in order to examine the between arts and the landscape and/or cityscape. concepts of commitment, testimony and denunciation in films and to analyse the ideological basis of his ASSESMENT: One midterm (oral presentation) and work. one final (paper) ______
Bibliography: AS4/4g: SEMINAR: A DIALOGUE BETWEEN THE -Paul Ardenne, Un art contextuel : création artistique CINEMA AND THE OTHER ARTS en milieu urbain, en situation, d'intervention, de Spring Semester participation, Paris, éd. Flammarion, 2002 - Jean-Louis Boissier, La Relation comme forme. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 L'Interactivité en art, Genève, éd. Les presses du réel, 2009 COURSE PROGRAM: - Edmond Couchot, La technologie dans l'art. De la If parallels between other arts, drama, photography, photographie à la réalité virtuelle, Nîmes, éd. architecture and painting are always rich, in this class Jacqueline Chambon, 1998 we will explore the dialogue between the different - Edmond Couchot, Norbert Hillaire, L'art numérique. tendencies where the cinema inspires or has inspired Comment la technologie vient au monde de l'art, the artistic production of its day. Paris, éd. Flammarion, 2009 - From futurist avant-garde artists and - Jean-Paul Fourmentraux, Art et Internet, Paris, éd. surrealists to pop art, how has the 7th art CNRS, 2005 form become a means of genuine artistic - Jean-Paul Fourmentraux, L’oeuvre commune. Affaire expression? d’art et de citoyen, éd. Les presses du réel, 2012 - How do film makers envision their - Jean-Marc Lachaud, Olivier Lussac (dir.), Arts et collaboration with other artists, for example nouvelles technologies, Paris, éd. L'Harmattan, 2007 Bunuel and Hitchcock with Salvador Dali? - Florence de Mèredieu, Histoire matérielle et - And if the cinema is inspired by painting, immatérielle de l'art moderne & contemporain, Paris, photography or video, how do these arts use éd. film as inspiration, for example Douglas Larousse, 2008 Gordon whose work 24 Hour Psycho (1993) - Florence de Mèredieu, Arts et nouvelles technologies. is inspired by Hitchcock and who, in his turn, Art vidéo, art numérique, Paris, éd. Larousse, 2011 is reinterpreted by the writer Don DeLillo in - Dominique Moulon, Art contemporain, nouveaux Point Oméga (2010)? médias, Paris, éd. Scala, 2011 These issues will be analysed and placed in context - Abraham Moles, Art et ordinateur, Paris, éd. through the study of numerous film clips and works of Casterman, 1971 art. - Brian O’Doherty, White cube. L’espace de la galerie ______et son idéologie, Paris, éd. Les presses du réel, 2008 - Louise Poissant (dir.), Dictionnaire des arts AS5/4c : SEMINAR: A DIALOGUE BETWEEN THE médiatiques, Montréal, éd. Presses de l’Université de CINEMA AND THE OTHER ARTS Québec, 1997 - Frank Popper, L'art à l'âge électronique, Paris, éd. Spring Semester Hazan, 1993 - Alain Roger, « Le paysage occidental. Rétrospective Continuation of AS4/4g et prospective », in Art et anticipation, Paris, ______éd. Carré, 1997, p.13-43 - la collection Esthétique des arts médiatiques AS5/4g : SEMINAR: DOCUMENTARY FILMS (Montréal, éd. UQAM) ISSUES Spring Semester AS5/4e : NEW APPROACHES TO ART Spring Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
Continuation of AS4/4d OBJECTIVE: To know the issues at stake in documentary films
AS5/4h : NEW APPROACHES TO ART COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Social cinema: between testimony and denunciation, the spectator’s role Continuation of AS4/4f Political issues in the Argentinian cinema Social issues in the Mexican cinema AS4/4e: DOCUMENTARY FILMS Political and social issues in the Brazilian cinema (FILM & SOCIAL ISSUES)
Spring Semester 18
CTV4/2c : HISTORY OF ART AND CULTURE taste. Then we shall focus on the protection of this Fall Semester artistic heritage.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Italian Baroque and Classicism, Flemish and Dutch 17th OBJECTIVE: century, The French Great Century, the Age of We shall study a synthesis of Western arts Enlightenment, the 19th century: the Maelstrom, (architecture, sculpture, painting) in their historical Barbizon school, Naturalism, Realism, Impressionism, and intellectual contexts. Students will have to deepen Post-Impressionism, Pont-Aven school, the Naïves, the analysis and to do personal research. In parallel to The Nabis, Pointillism, Sculpture, Architecture, the 20th this approach of creation, an emphasis will be put on century. the role of patronage and the evolution of artistic taste. Then we shall focus on the protection of this ASSESSMENT: examinations, research papers and artistic heritage. oral presentations.
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Prehistory, Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, High - Histoire de l’art, Flammarion, 4 volumes: Middle-Ages, Roman Art, Gothic Art, Renaissance SCHNAPP, Alain dir., Préhistoire et Antiquité Humanism, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael, HECK, Christian dir., Moyen Âge : chrétienté et Islam Mannerism. MIGNOT, RABREAU dir., Les temps modernes DAGEN, HAMON dir., Epoque contemporaine : XIXe- ASSESSMENT: examinations, research papers and XXe siècles oral presentations. - L’Art et les grandes civilisations, Citadelles et Mazenod BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The series Tout l’art Encyclopédie, - Histoire de l’art, Flammarion, 4 volumes: Flammarion : Chronologie de l’art du XIXe SCHNAPP, Alain dir., Préhistoire et Antiquité siècle, 2008 / Chronologie de l’art du XXe HECK, Christian dir., Moyen Âge : chrétienté et Islam siècle, 2006 / Barral i Altet (Xavier), MIGNOT, RABREAU dir., Les temps modernes Chronologie de l’art du Moyen Âgen, 2003 / DAGEN, HAMON dir., Epoque contemporaine : XIXe- Les techniques de l’art, 2006 XXe siècles - GOMBRICH (Ernst Hans), Histoire de l’art - L’Art et les grandes civilisations, Citadelles et - FRONTISI (Claude) dir., Histoire visuelle de Mazenod l’art, Paris, Larousse, 2005 - The series Tout l’art Encyclopédie, - ANONYME, Encyclopédie de l’art, Paris, Flammarion : Chronologie de l’art du XIXe Larousse, 2000 siècle, 2008 / Chronologie de l’art du XXe - ARASSE (Daniel), On n’y voit rien, Gallimard, siècle, 2006 / Barral i Altet (Xavier), 2000 Chronologie de l’art du Moyen Âgen, 2003 / - ARASSE (Daniel), Histoires de peinture, Les techniques de l’art, 2006 Gallimard, 2004 - GOMBRICH (Ernst Hans), Histoire de l’art - LENEYRIE-DAGEN (Nadège), Lire la peinture - FRONTISI (Claude) dir., Histoire visuelle de tome 1 Dans l’intimité des œuvres, Larousse, l’art, Paris, Larousse, 2005 2002 Tome 2 Dans le secret des ateliers, - ANONYME, Encyclopédie de l’art, Paris, Larousse, 2004. Larousse, 2000 - ARASSE (Daniel), On n’y voit rien, Gallimard, INTERNET WEBSITES: 2000 www.louvre.fr - ARASSE (Daniel), Histoires de peinture,
Gallimard, 2004 www.photo.rmn.fr - LENEYRIE-DAGEN (Nadège), Lire la peinture www.wga.hu tome 1 Dans l’intimité des œuvres, Larousse, www.musenor.fr 2002 Tome 2 Dans le secret des ateliers, Larousse, 2004. www.centrepompidou.fr
INTERNET WEBSITES: CTV4/8b : LECTURES AND VISITS : www.louvre.fr FESTIVALS, HERITAGE PROJECTS CONTEMPORARY ART, MUSIC AND LITERATURE. www.photo.rmn.fr Spring Semester www.wga.hu www.musenor.fr Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 www.centrepompidou.fr COURSE PROGRAM: - Culture, a field of conceptual controversy CTV4/6b : HISTORY OF ART AND CULTURE - Elements of the history of public cultural Spring Semester action - Different viewpoints on cultural practices in Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 France. - The action of territorial collectivities OBJECTIVE: - The European Union We shall study a synthesis of Western arts - Support structures (architecture, sculpture, painting) in their historical - The field of municipal cultural affairs and intellectual contexts. Students will have to deepen - The domains of public cultural action. the analysis and to do personal research. In parallel to - Heritage projects. this approach of creation, an emphasis will be put on - Archives the role of patronage and the evolution of artistic 19
- State museums Photography's success and its acceptance in the world - Libraries of art and art exhibitions may partly be explained by - Theater the collaboration between painters and photographers - Music ever since the first avant-garde movements at teh - Cinema start of the 20th century. - Art Although painting has a tangible aspect absent in photography, the new possibilities tchnology has given ASSESSMENT: Summary of lectures. the photographer has invited the manual artist to work ______in new media.
AS5/1a: FIGURE OF THE ARTIST Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: This seminar will cover 4 major issues: Lectures: 6 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 - Reproduction of visual art - From document to work of art COURSE PROGRAM - Photography and the avant-garde movement We seek to enable the student to identify the issues at - The principle contemporary trends in photography stake in audiovisual artistic creation and contemporary cinema. Thereoretical texts from the human and social BIBLIOGRAPHY: sciences will enable us to ask questions about the - Dominique Baqué, Photographie plasticienne, un art identity of the artist and his work in order to analyse paradoxal, Paris, éd. du Regard, 1998 the relevance of this in a context of globalisation. !we - Dominique Baqué, Photographie plasticienne, shall also study the links between creation, identity l'extrême contemporain, Paris, éd. du Regard, 2004 and geographical location. - Jean-François Chevrier, Entre les beaux-arts et les In this perspective we shall ask how, in a world whose médias : photographie et art moderne, Paris, éd. frontiers appear to be continually expanding, we can Hazan, 2006 define personal and cultural identity in a way which - Jean-François Chevrier, Jeff Wall, Paris, éd. Hazan, makes sense in the world of art. 2006 We shall also wonder what role other people have to - Michael Fried, Contre la théâtralité, Du minimalisme play in this construction of personal and artistic à la photographie contemporaine, Paris, éd. identity. Gallimard, 2007 The class will also look at the role and status of the - Michael Fried, Pourquoi la photographie a aujourd'hui artist in society, the natur of his workplace and the force d'art, Paris, éd. Hazan, 2013 way his work is received by the public. - Thierry Gervais, Gaëlle Morel, La photographie. Histoire, techniques, art, presse, Paris, éd. Larousse, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2011 Paul ARDENNE Art, l'âge contemporain : une histoire - Gaëlle Morel, Le photoreportage d'auteur. des arts plastiques à la fin du XXe siècle, L'institution culturelle de la photographie en France Regard, 1997 depuis les Paul, ARDENNE un art contextuel, Flammarion, 2002. années 1970, Paris, éd. CNRS, 2006 Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Esthetique relationnelle, Presses - Michel Poivert, La photographie contemporaine, du réel, 1998. Paris, éd. Flammarion, 2003 Nicolas BOURRIAUD, La culture comme scénario Les - André Rouillé, La photographie, Paris, Folio Essais, Presses du réel, 2003. éd. Gallimard, 2005 Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Radicant, Denoël, COLLECTIF, Des ouvrages complémentaires seront proposés pour L'art au XXe siècle, Taschen 2002 chacune des séances, en particulier des Nicolas BOURRIAUD, L’art moderne et l’invention de catalogues d'exposition ou des monographies soi, Denoël, 2003. d'artistes. Élisabeth COUTURIER, L'Art contemporain: mode ______d'emploi, éd. Éditions Filipacchi, Paris, 2004. Yves MICHAUD, L'Art à l'état gazeux : essai sur le AS5/1c: AESTHETICS: RHYTHM IN THE ARTS triomphe de l'esthétique, Paris, éditions Stock, Fall Semester 2003. Françoise PARFAIT, Vidéo : Un art contemporain, Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 Paris, Regard, 2001. Janine SMIRGEL-CHASSEGUET, Pour une psychanalyse Continuation of AS4/1f de l’art et de la créativité, Payot, 1971. ______
AS5/1e: MUSICAL MEDIATION AS5/1b: CONTEMPORARY PHOTOGRAPHY Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 Lectures: 18 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: To define the concept of musical mediation and the Since its invention, photography has changed very relationship between musical practices and cultural greatly from a technical point of view while still policy; to learn and understand the issues regarding maintaining the same basic aims. We cannot say the the international distribution of today’s music. same for its place in the history of art and for the issues this raises. Its ease of reproduction has COURSE PROGRAM: completely tansformed the relationship between the - Socio-anthropology of music and musical artistic image and the public, as pictures may now be practices stored in what Malraux called "an imaginary museum". 20
- The boundary between amateur and - Sam Ammar, Joseph Dichy, Les Verbes professional arabes, , Hatier, , coll. "Bescherelle". Paris - The disc, and the cultural industry 1999. - Music and live performances http://www.imarabe.org - Music and the rights of the composer http://classes.bnf.fr/dossiecr/sp-prop3.htm#arabe http://www.lexilogos.com/clavier/araby.htm
AS5/4d: TELEVISION SERIES Spring Semester LCE1/7f & H1/7d & LEA1/8f : ARABIC 2 Lectures : 12 hours in total ECTS Spring Semester
Credits : 2 Students must have studied at least one Continuation of AS4/4c semester of Arabic.
AS5/4f: PERFORMANCE STUDIES Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/3f Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 1
OBJECTIVE: LCE2/12f & H2/11f : ARABIC 3 To define the concept of performance in theatrical studies, the science of information and communication Fall Semester and in anthropology; to understand and analyse the relationship between the movement, speech, the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 language and the action in standard artistic framework of Performing Art; to grasp the ritual, the scene and Students must have studied at least one year of the body as measure of mediation. Arabic.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: - Socio-anthropology of cultural practices Written and oral modern standard Arabic. Students will - Introduction to Performing Arts be reaching the stage where they can communicate in - Introduction to Performance Studies and its most everyday situations and start to read the press. issues (tradition, theatre, movement, Some elements of Arab culture & civilisation will be language, communication, mise en scène, included. self-presentation - Establish the connection between interdisciplinary and theatrical studies, or LCE2/16f & H2/15f : ARABIC 4 artistic studies and the science of information Spring Semester and communication, and anthropology of communication Students must have studied at least one year of ______Arabic.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Arabic COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of course above. LCE1/3f & H1/3d & LEA1/4f : BEGINNERS ______ARABIC Fall Semester LCE3/20f & H3/19f : ARABIC 5 Fall Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: This course is an introduction to the Arabic language Students must have studied at least two years of which is one of the official languages of the United Arabic. Nations, it is also the official language of the twenty two states of the Arabic League. During the medieval COURSE PROGRAM: period, Arabic was the language of culture and Written and oral modern standard Arabic. Students will knowledge, which is etymologically proved in some be reaching the stage where they can communicate in European languages. It is the true expression of a all everyday situations and read the press and some whole civilisation and gave the cultural heritage of elementary literature. humanity one of the most beautiful literatures. Some elements of Arab culture & civilisation will be This introduction will give students the basis of Arabic included. writing and of Arabic pronunciation. A few grammar rules and the vocabulary required to read and understand texts will be taught. LCE3/24f & H2/23f : ARABIC 6
Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Michel Neyreneuf, Christine Canamas et Students must have studied at least two years of Mohammad Bakri .Arabe pratique de base, Arabic. Paris, 1997, coll. Méthode 90.
- Gérard LECOMTE, Grammaire de l’arabe. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Collection Que sais-je ? n°1275 Presses
Universitaires de France. 21
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of course above. STUDENTS SHOULD SPEAK BOTH FRENCH AND ENGLISH
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
Business & Economics OBJECTIVE: - To help students disover the different economic IMPORTANT: ALL OUR BUSINESS COURSES ARE zones in the world and how they are affected by TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE globalisation. STATED) - To explain how international factors inevitably LEA1/2c : INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS influence business in every country and to identify the Fall Semester opportunities and the limits or risks involved in
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per intenational sales and recruitment. P week ECTS credits: 2 - To understand the role of customs, how logistics function and the principal actors in international OBJECTIVE: The course aims at 4 goals: transport. - To get non-specialist students to learn about basic economic concepts: supply, production, - To know how to work out a complete and effective growth and development, crises, plan for getting you products across the world. How to unemployment and inflation import and export. - To help students to understand the way modern societies work, by stressing the role COURSE PROGRAM: played by various economic actors: the How intenational exchanges have developped over Government, consumers and companies the last century and how they continue to do so - To develop students’ ability to synthesize, by observing various factors which influence the economy: population, the unemployment The principal zones of productionand consumption in rate, price increases and the Budget the world - To give an exhaustive vision of the main trends in economic thought: classical, neo- International logistics and how they work classical, Marxist, Keynesian and modern Trasport worldwide COURSE PROGRAM: General introduction: Introduction to economic Customs, taxes etc. methodology (commentary on statistics, written essays on economics) Imports and exports - why bother? - Chapter 1: What is Economics? - Chapter 2: The Great Trends in economic thought Imports and exports - how to do it? - Chapter 3: Government Accountancy - Chapter 4: Supply and demand Human skills needed to work effectively - Chapter 5: Productivity and investments internationally - Chapter 6: Unemployment and inflation Selling your products in foreign markets
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Delocalisation, outsourcing, franchising etc. BEITONE, BELOEIL-BENOIST, NORECK, PASQUIER, THORIS, VOISIN – Analyse économique et historique des sociétés contemporaines – ed. Armand Colin, 1996 Risk management and international law DAUBE, RICARD – Economie générale – ed. Dunod, 1992 What changes from country to country? (tax, qulity DASQUE, VANHOVE, VIPREY – Economie générale, control, regulations, transport, culture etc.) BTS 1 – ed. Dunod, 1995 DASQUE, VANHOVE, VIPREY – Economie générale, How to get X from A to B legally .... and prove BTS 2 – ed. Dunod, 1996 you've done it LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, n° 279 : Concepts et mécanismes – La Documentation ______française, 1997 LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, LEA1/6c : INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR n°280 : Histoire de la pensée économique – La BUSINESSSES Documentation française, 1997 Fall Semester LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, n°284 : Découverte de l’économie : Les politiques Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 économiques – La Documentation française, 1998 ______OBJECTIVE: Learning about the systems set up by France and the UE to support the international LEA1/2d : INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL development of European companies and in particular BUSINESS to encourage exports and the establishment of Fall Semester branches abroad.
22
COURSE PROGRAM: http://www.marketing-etudiant.fr * Help for Companies: The role of the consulates in http://www.en-stage.com/ France and abroad, Ubifrance, economic services at http://www.directetudiant.com/ the embassies, the role of regional authorities, French http://www.infostages.com/ international business advisors abroad, BPI France, http://www.emploi-stage-job.com Coface, Sopexa, INPI, the big multinational networks, http://www.capcampus.com/ the banks. * How the EU can help: The European Business … pourquoi pas dans le Nord … Network the COSME programme, the H2020 service http://www.l4m.fr/ for small businesses, training programmes for … ou à l’étranger executives, Asean IPR SME Helpdesk... http://www.exporter.gouv.fr/exporter/Pages.aspx?idd * Tax aid: tax credits for exports, income tax oc=47&pex=1-12-47 reductions for employees prospecting overseas etc. ______* Help with human resources: Overseas volunteer service LEA1/3c THE EUROPEAN UNION AND WORLD MARKETS: A * Money: Loans for export development and overseas GEOPOLITICAL APPROACH prospection Fall Semester
* Insurance: insurance for prospection, for short and STUDENTS SHOULD SPEAK BOTH FRENCH AND medium-term credits and for overseas investment ENGLISH
* Guarantees: for exchange rates, deposits, business Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 contracts, for banking arrangements, investments and projects abroad OBJECTIVE: To help students perceive the issues at ______stake for businesses in the various measures and directives coming from certain EU bodies responsible LEA1/4a for implementing the EU's common business policy. BUILDING PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: We shall examine the role of the European Council of Economic and Financial Affairs, Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 their projects and the extent of their powers and
influence in the areas of agriculture, fishing, OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, the student should be able to build a career reference, a cometitivity, the environment, transport professional project, create a CV, a cover letter, telecommunications and energy. follow/lead a job interview, find a job through networking actions We shall also look at negotiations on a more political level both with regad to trans-Atlantic agreements, the COURSE PROGRAM: attempt to create a bilateral commercial agreement Notions of personal/professional project , create a CV betweent eh UE and China the free exchange and a cover letter agreement with Japan and various other recent Fictional job interviews agreements. We shall look in particular at the role of Networking the EO in the World Trade Organisation. Behaviourism BIBLIOGRAPHY: BIBLIOGRAPHY: _ Portail de l'Union européenne: http://europa.eu Herzberg's theory of motivation and maslow's Conseil européen: http://www.european- hierarchy of needs. Practical Assessment, Research & council.europa.eu/ Evaluation, 5(11) Gawel, Joseph E. (1997). Commission européenne: http://ec.europa.eu/ Méthode Déclic pour conduire votre projet Parlement européen: http://www.europarl.europa.eu/ professionnel (Broché), APEC Présidence italienne: http://italia2014.eu/ Le Grand Livre du CV (Broché), A. Baden Comité Economique et Social Européen: Le grand livre de la lettre de motivation(Studyrama), http://www.eesc.europa.eu/ C . Fontaine DG Commerce: http://ec.europa.eu/trade/ Trouver un stage (Hachette), C. Fontaine Représentation permanente de la France: 101 Questions pièges de l'entretien d'embauche et les http://www.rpfrance.eu/ réponses pour décrocher le job – (Broché, l’Express) Secrétariat d'Etat aux Affaires Européennes (Ministère Daniel Porot, Dominique Pialot des Affaires Etrangères): Le savoir-être dans l'entreprise : Utilité en gestion des http://www.diplomatie.gouv.fr/ ressources humaines (Broché), S. Bellier Secrétariat Général des Affaires Européennes: http://www.sgae.gouv.fr/ WEBSITES: Direction générale du Trésor: http://www.tresor.economie.gouv.fr/ Un méta-site Think Tanks (Exemple: "Notre Europe - Institut http://www.cyber-emploi- Jacques Delors": http://www.notre-europe.eu/) centre.com/site/3_formation/form_stages_offres.htm Blogs (Exemple: "Coulisses de Bruxelles": http://bruxelles.blogs.liberation.fr/coulisses/) Des sites pour chercher des stages … MEDEF: http://www.medef.com/medef- tv/dossiers/categorie/les-nouvelles-de-bruxelles.html http://www.michaelpagejunior.com 23
CGPME: http://www.cgpme.fr/internationals/voir/570/program II- What you will need mes-d-action-des-commissaires-europeens -A follow-up strategy Sites des lobbys auprès de l'Union européenne -Definite aims ______-Reliable statistical methods
LEA2/10c : INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING III- On the telephone Fall Semester - Developing a Positive Attitude - Getting over reticence and objections Lectures: 1 hours per week Tutorials: 1 hour per - Attracting interest week - Pragmatism and how to make a follow-up ECTS credits: 3 appointment - How to reassure the future client and COURSE PROGRAM: answer queries I) Marketing & Information - Market research BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Internal & external diagnosis MOULINIER, René, La Prospection commerciale en - Surveys action, Eds. d'Organisation, 1986 - Aims of market surveys MOULINIER, René, La prospection commerciale : - Sampling Stratégie et tactiques, Eds. d'Organisation, 2001 - Variation over time PY, Pascal, Méthodes et astuces pour conquérir de - Geographical variation nouveaux clients, Eds. d'Organisation, 2005 PIKETTY, Thomas, Le capital au XXIe siècle, Seuil, II) Strategic Marketing 2013 - The company and its environment : http://www.manager-go.com/vente/prospection- political, legal, economic, commerciale.htm technological and sociocultural ______- Domains of strategic activity: 1 technology, 1 sector, 1 need LEA2/14d INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS - Strategic Choices: targets, sectors, NEGOCIATION IN ENGLISH growth, special offers, competition et Spring Semester internationalisation - Beating your competitors THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH - Human capital - Strategic developments: Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1hour per geomarketing, net-marketing et week sensory marketing ECTS credits: 3
III) Operational Marketing OBJECTIVE: - Commercial policy At the end of the course students should be able to: Formulate and express ideas in English ASSESSMENT: intermediary evaluation in the form of Influence and convince people in English a marketing file and a work on the firms’ actuality. Know the technical vocabulary used in Final ASSESSMENT: an oral examination about the file business negociation in English or a one hour and a half writing test (practical case, Analyse power relationships case study…). Construct a negociating strategy Bring negociations to a successful conclusion RECOMMENDED READINGS Understand the basic cultural factors which Capital, L'Entreprise, 60 millions de consommateurs... influence intercultural negociating ______COURSE PROGRAM: Setting the framework : LEA2/10c & 14c : Introductions, greetings, starting a conversation MARKET SURVEYS AND PROSPECTION Expressing first impressions and personal opinions Fall & Spring Semesters Clarifying the agenda and the key points
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Starting negociations : Seeking information about needs, summarising, OBJECTIVES: checking and reformulating How to seek out and acquire new customers. Referring back to previous discussions Analysing and undestanding the market for your Fixing deadlines and future meetings products Creating tools for market surveys and follow-up The main points : Using the telphone to find new customers Making suggestions, giving precise details How to sell things, develop your sales talk and attract Conditions and requirements customers Reacting to an offer Accepting, refusing and explaining your reasons COURSE PROGRAM: I- Why do market surveys ? Problem solving : -The Sniper strategy Explaining why you disagree -Identification and tarketing of new Clarifying problems, suggesting modifications customers Apllying pressure, coming to a compromise -Preparing your tools -Analysis and use of your survey results 24
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Making agreements : Summarising the main points OBJECTIVE: Defining actions points and precise arrangements To help students gain a better understanding of the Distributing responsibilities different careers in international marketing and the Drawing up a written agreement skills required.
LEA2/15b : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester 1. Definition 2. What is a market? Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per 3. Different types of market week. 4. Market surveys ECTS credits: 3 5. Marketing plans 6. International brand management OBJECTIVES: 7. Strategic options 1. Developping students’ knowledge of what is 8. Marketing Mix at stake in human resource management : 9. Careers in Marketing learning about the different practices current 10. Training in marketing in business ; ______2. Learning to analyse frequent problems in HRM, seeing situations in their context, LEA3/23b : INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT formulating hypotheses, suggesting solutions Spring Semester and evaluating their efficacity 3. Getting to know about the HRM missions THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH students may later experience in their working lives, particularly in the areas of Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 recruitment and professional training, career management, salaries and work OBJECTIVE: relationships ; To help students understand management via a class 4. Acquiring principles of good teamwork; based on experience and tough reality. We shall 5. Improving public-speaking, particularly at discuss some key texts and testimonies by managers interviews; and explore various important themes. We aim to give 6. developping their critical faculties and ability students a realistic idea of what a manager's daily life to look objectively at situations where they is like. are personally involved; 7. learning to find and apply successfully for a COURSE PROGRAM: useful internship 1° The Tools of Management: The Team, the Organisation, the Organisation Chart, the Meetings COURSE PROGRAM: the class will be divided into 3 2° Human Resources: Recruiting, Training, Salary main sections: strategy, career development, Coaching. aims, actors, methods and tools connected Communication: Building your network strategy for with career and skills management : your professional objectives » recruitment, professional training, pay, 3° Other management Key Responsibilities; communication, work relationships Commercial law, Shrinkage, Communication, Health and Security, Customers Service, Ethics. finding an internship/job : 4° Management and Motivation: Work force knowing the job market motivation, Basic Principles to remember. Le understanding companies’ recruitment management et la motivation. criteria 5° Motivation: the key to Performance improvement: mastering the best methods of Employee Motivation Techniques. job/internship seeking 6° Handling tricky situations. Disciplinary Problems, knowing how to make the most of one’s Poor Performance, Grievances. abilities and experience on paper 7° What are the attributes of personal knowing how to explain clearly what sort of effectiveness? What is Leadership ? job/internship you are looking for 8° Motivation strategies, Motivational team building, producing an attractive CV/resumé Motivational coaching and training motivation. writing application letters, both Stratégie de motivation. spontaneous and in reply to an ad. 9°Retail Management and store operations. understanding what is required in an 10° Sales Management. interview understanding how to make the most of SET BOOK: yourself in an interview Harvard Business School professor Linda A. Hill's understanding recruitment tests, classic book, Becoming a Manager: Mastery of a New graphology etc. Identity (Harvard Business Press, 2003)
MCC2/10b: BUSINESS AND MARKET FORCES ______Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LEA3/22c : INTERNATIONAL MARKETING & NEGOCIATION COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Daniel Cohen’s book, Three lessons on post-industrial society/ What is an company? / What is management? 25
/ Different types of business / Strategic decision- JF. TRINQUECOSTE, Eléments de stratégie marketing taking / Economic Communication / Practices / vol.1 initiation, vol.2 cas & corrigés, e-thèque, Internal Communication / Business and globalisation / Onnaing, 2003. Business and the State/ Businesses and Markets Graeme DRUMMOND & John ENSOR, Introduction to marketing concepts, Elsevier Science & Technology BIBLIOGRAPHY: Books, Oxford 2005. Stéphane BAILLAND & Anne-Marie BOUVIER, Catherine VIOT, Memento LMD, le Marketing, Gualino, Management des Entreprises, Dunod Paris, 2006. Gilles BRESSY & Christian KONKUYT, management et David HURON, Décisions et stratégie marketing, économie des entreprises, Dalloz Gualino, Paris, 2007. Stéphane PAQUIN, La nouvelle économie politique Michel HEBERT, Raisonner « Métis » : marketing et internationale, chapitre 6 p 177 à 191 et conclusion communication, Maxima, Paris, 2008. page 264 et suivantes John WIMSHURT, Adrian MACKEY, Fundamentals and Guy SORMAN, l’ économie ne ment pas, chapitre 7 « practice of marketing (4°ed.), Elsevier Science & la rationalité intégrale », chapitre 8 »les limites de la Technology Books, Oxford, 2003. raison pure » Sébastien SOULEZ, Le marketing, Gualinon Paris, 2008. David JOBBER, Principles and practice of marketing MCC2/14d : MARKETING & THE MEDIA (5°ed.), McGraw-Hill, Maidenhead, 2006. Spring Semester Eric VERNETTE, L’essentiel du marketing (3°ed.), Eyrolles, Paris, 2008. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Saïd HALLA, Thierry HIMBER, Sébastien SOULEZ, Exercices de marketing avec corrigés détaillés, OBJECTIVE: Gualino, Paris, 2008. - Making a market survey by using key- Marilyn A. STONE, John DESMOND, Ian JB. McCALL, concepts. Fundamentals of Marketing, Taylor & Francis, New - How to attract customers and develop their York, 2006. loyalty. - Creating a specific identity MCC3/17a: STRATEGIC AND FINANCIAL CONCERNS OF INTERNATIONAL COMPANIES COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester I) Marketing & Information - Market research Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - Internal & external diagnosis - Surveys OBJECTIVES: - Aims of market surveys To know the context of international economy with its - Sampling main operators and issues. To analyze the financial - Variation over time strategies international companies can implement. - Geographical variation COURSE PROGRAM: II) Strategic Marketing I/ The international economy context - The company and its environment : -Statistics of international competition political, legal, economic, -WTO and the economic issues at stake technological and sociocultural -The international monetary unit and the risks - Domains of strategic activity: 1 of exchange rates technology, 1 sector, 1 need -Union of border services - Strategic Choices: targets, sectors, -The World Bank and other financing growth, special offers, competition et organizations internationalisation - Multinational companies - Beating your competitors II/ International dimension and companies’ strategies - Human capital -Critical international dimension and scale -Strategic developments: economics geomarketing, net-marketing et -Opportunities and pressure of globalization sensory marketing -Financing international projects -Direct international investments III) Operational Marketing -International side of estimating costs - Commercial policy -Strategies for international development - Objective - Strategies : product mix, price mix, ASSESMENT: distribution mix, communication mix Midterm and final: 2-hour long written test - The coherence of actions - Recommendation BIBLIOGRAPHY: “Exporter” (23rd edition), FOUCHER Le management des firmes multinationales. VUIBERT BIBLIOGRAPHY: Mondialisation et delocalisation des entreprises, LA A. BEMMAOR, G. CLIQUET, JF. TRINQUECOSTE, Les grands DECOUVERTE auteurs en marketing, EMS éditions, Paris, 2001. Pierre CHAIX, Faire un plan marketing, e-thèque, Onnaing, 2003 Eric VERNETTE, Les courants du marketing, Gestion MCC3/18a : CASE STUDY: STRATEGIC 2000, 2001. COMMUNICATION Bjorn WALLISER, Le marketing international, e-thèque, Spring Semester Onnaing, 2002.
Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 26
Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 OBJECTIVES: Partie 2 : chapitre 2 : la publicité dans la After some remainders of fundamental theories in presse française communication, the students will work on case studies Chapitre 3 : la concentration de la presse to find solutions to different problems. These solutions française will be presented and criticized. This class provides for Chapitre 4 : la gestion des entreprises de concrete situations as can be dealt with in companies presses et entreprises annexes. or people in charge of the communication office. It allows the students to acquire basic reflexes and to use a set of various tools. MCC3/22b: PRESS RELATIONS
Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM:
The workshop is constituted of 4-hour long class, with Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 2 hours given to reminders and studying the case, and
2 hours for criticism, comments and analysis. OBJECTIVES: 6 themes will be dealt with: To know the effects of several operators on the -internal communication: communications of a Internet in a strategy of press and public relations. company To know and to use digital tools. -press relations: organizing a press conference To learn how to rank, grade and analyze information, -public relations: organizing an event trends, journalists’ sources. -advertising: drawing an advertising campaign for a To manage a social network. small business
-institutional communication COURSE PROGRAM: -communication in a time of crisis -Brands and positive publicity
-Brand content: reputation and animation ASSESMENT: -Public relation and participative web 6 grades in total, one for each theme. Individual -Communication in time of a crisis and and/or group work. Internet 2.0
-Monitoring the com 2.0 MCC3/18b : ECONOMICS AND THE MEDIA -Internal communication and social media Fall Semester -Organising digital communication, planning a communication strategy Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 -Influencing strategies
OBJECTIVE: ASSESMENT: At the end of the course students should know: Midterm and final: write a press release. . Essential economic information about the media BIBLIOGRAPHY: . The theoretical basis behind the economic Books : factors governing the media Storytelling, la machine à fabriquer des histoires et à . Financial strategies for the media and the formater les esprits, Christian Salmon, LA découverte economic problem currently facing managers Poche in this sector Les RP au cas par cas, Philippe Morel . Some useful figures and statistics Lionel CHOUCHAN et Jean-François FLAHAUT, Les . Where do we go from here? relations publiques, Que sais-je ?, PUF (pour les bases) Daniel ICHBIAH – Richard SHARPE, Relations presse – Comment gagner l’attention et l’affection des médias, COURSE PROGRAM: Village Mondial /PEARSON Education France Theme 1 : Economic characteristics of the media Al et Laura RIES, La pub est morte, vive les RP !, Session 1 : the press Village Mondial Session 2 : production costs Website: SYNTEC RP : www.syntec-rp.fr Session 3 : the historical context Periodicals: Session 4 : the written press and its traidtional Stratégies economic practice Influencia (on-line uniquement : www.influencia.net Theme 2 : the market Session 5 : barriers and saturated sectors AS2/13a ECONOMICS FOR THE ENTERTAINMENT Session 6 : the principal players today INDUSTRY Session 7 : advertising Fall Semester Theme 3 : business strategies in the media
Session 8 : general info Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Session 9 : some successful examples
Theme 4 : other forms of media OBJECTIVE: Students will learn who does what when Session 10 : television, classic, cable and satellite organising live entertainment, how it is financed, how Session 11 : internet the market works, and its managerial practices in the Session 12 : the free press industry.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Patrick LE FLOCH & Nathalie SONNAC, Economie de la - An analysis of the live entertainment industry presse, La Découverte, Paris, 2005 - The economics of intellectual property and Ghislain DESLANDES, Le management des médias, La copyright Découverte, Paris, 2008 - The legal context for live entertainment Jean-Marie CHARON, La presse quotidienne, La - State subsidies Découverte, Paris, 2005 - Private patronage or sponsorship 27
- Entertainment as a business consequences of these technical changes as much - Working in the live entertainement industry from a social point of view for the user as for the type of products placed in circulation. AS4/2b : ECONOMICS OF FRENCH CINEMA Fall Semester AS5/2c : MANAGING A CULTURAL STRUCTURE Fall Semester Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 COURSE PROGRAM: This course will analyse the emergence of the notions OBJECTIVES: of actors and producers and their legal framework, in Managing the project of a cultural structure: budget, particular, the key moments in the economic history of implementation the cinema and the development of financing up to the To understand the administration operating of a present day. If the cinema has reached the height of cultural structure its popularity in France, the number of cinema screens To detect the opportunities of partnerships for a has little connection with this, and is becoming a minor cultural structure regarding its location and project issue. Television is now the principal support for the To draw a development strategy for a cultural cinema, as are digital mediums of diffusion. However, structure this does not seem to having greatly affected the number of people regularly visiting a cinema, although COURSE PROGRAM: these too are subject to regular technological 1) Analysing the role playing by the innovations. The course will look at current trends and different sponsors in the budget of a cultural their effect on the industy as a whole. structure, with special attention to the EU 2) Legal, social, fiscal and financial AS4/5b HUMAN RESOURCES background of a cultural structure Spring Semester 3) Case study
4) Setting up a project Lectures: 1 ½ hours a week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESMENT: OBJECTIVE: A case study at home To know how the human resources work ______
COURSE PROGRAM: AS5/2d : PARTNERSHIP AND PATRONAGE: The history of the human resources, from its very DEVELOPING THE PRIVATE RESOURCES beginning to its current development ______Fall Semester
AS4/5c SEARCHING FOR GRANTS Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester
OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 1 hour a week ECTS credits: 1 To present one’s cultural or artistic project to a patron
OBJECTIVES: COURSE PROGRAM: To know the operators financing the show business 1) Patronage: definition, expectations, To know how to request for sponsorship motives, laws To know the basis of a partnership 2) Sales points
3) Communication, requesting a grant COURSE PROGRAM:
Sponsoring structures in France ASSESMENT: Definition of a sponsor Continuous; producing a file to request a grant and/or Analysing the different sorts of sponsor a patronage The motives behind a partnership
______BIBLIOGRAPHY: Répertoire du mécénat, Admical, 2011 Associations culturelles et mécénat d’entreprise. AS5/2b : ECONOMICS OF TELEVISION Comment aborder la recherche de partenaires privés ? Spring Semester Stéphane Barré, Patrick Rosenfeld, François-Xavier Tramond, Opale CNAR Culture, 2008 www.culture- Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 proximite.org/article.php3?id_article=256 Guide des fondations, CRESS Nord-Pas de Calais, COURSE PROGRAM: 2010 www.cressnpdc.org If the cinema was able to develop economically as Guide du mécénat, CRESS Nord-Pas de Calais, 2007 result of direct control of income from spectators, the www.cressnpdc.org economic model for television has always relied on Guide juridique et fiscal du mécénat et des certain beliefs about the effects of watching it, as fondations, Olivier Binder, Admical, 2007 television audiences are much harder to count. With Mécénat et parrainage, guide juridique et fiscal, internet, the situation is different again and new Xavier Delsol, Juris Service, 2003 models of technology seem to challenge the economic Parrainage, mécénat et fondations d’entreprise, model developped for television, as well as that of the Philippe Morel, Vuibert, 2007 cinema. We shall analyse this situation, showing how Ce qui motive les entreprises mécènes, Virginie the diffeent actors currently acitve on the market Seghers, Autrement, 2007 enable us to reassess these models and question the 28
Internet Resources Spring Semester Admical : www.admical.org CRESS Nord - Pas de Calais : www.cressnpdc.org Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fondation de France : www.fondationdefrance.org Ministère de la Culture, Mission Mécénat : OBJECTIVE: www.mecenat.culture.gouv.fr To raise awareness of the different methods of a Opale – CNAR Culture : www.culture-proximite.org project, investigation, analysis and communication Loi n°2003-709 du 1er août 2003 : among students who will consequently apply them as www.legifrance.gouv.fr.. part of their professional intentions as operators in ______tourism, cultural, legacy and upgrading the legacy.
AS5/5b : MARKETING PLAN COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester 4 themes, complementary and dependent on one another - How to conduct a project, integrate a team: Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 adopting a specific approach, finding relevant and feasible solutions to an issue, organising OBJECTIVES: different steps in the fulfilment and To apply marketing plans to specific cultural structures completion of the project. To evaluate the success of a cultural project - Research and finding access to existing To know the particularities of a cultural structure sources and production of gross quantitative To draw a marketing plan for cultural products and qualitative data: producing data resorts To choose between different types of format and to different methods (surveys, interviews, material to advertise a cultural project observation, keeping a logbook, etc). These Study the feasibility of a cultural project investigation methods are truly pioneer tools and galvanise reflexion. Choosing between these methods is decisive as the completion P4/10a : of the project depends upon it. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Transforming gross data into understandable data: dealing with statistical treatment and Fall Semester analysis. The sources origin, format, quality,
diffusion scale and way and the target Class: 1½ hours Lab: 1 hour per week audience are factors to take into account too. ECTS credits: 3 Putting into perspective data of diverse
nature enables to measure the complexity of OBJECTIVE: To learn practical methods (systems, phenomena and to act accordingly. methods of diagnosing and acting) of applying human - Communication methods via transmission and resources theory to specific companies. You will study understandable communication of a project: methods which have been approved by private and transforming a mixed idea into a clear public organizations and apply them in class to thought imposed by writing or speaking. concrete situations, in order to develop your Developing leaflets, using different formats. comprehension of this sector, largely based on Preparing students to write their masters’ experience. dissertation.
COURSE PROGRAM: ASSESSMENT: One paper in which the students will - Developing a longterm employment strategy set out a project to implement. (quantitative and qualitative needs)
- Step by step elaboration of a recruitment and BIBLIOGRAPHY: selection plan -Jean-Claude ABRIC, 2003, Psychologie de la - Preparing a training plan in a “learning communication. Théories et méthodes, Cursus, A. organization” Colin, 174 p. - Tools necessary for a fair, attractive salary -Anne-Marie ARBORIO, Pierre FOURNIER, 2005, policy L’enquête et ses méthodes : l’observation directe, Coll. - Restructuring a company 128, A. Colin, 127 p.
-Baniel BERTAUX, L’enquête et ses méthodes. Le récit BIBLIOGRAPHY: de vie, 128 sociologie, A. Colin, 126 p. SEKIOU, BLONDIN, FABI, BAYARD, PERETTI, ALIS, -Alain BLANCHET, Anne GOTMAN, 1992, L’enquête et CHEVALIER – Gestion des ressources humaines – ses méthodes : l’entretien, coll. 128 sociologie, Nathan Bruxelles, De Boeck Université, coll. Management, université, 125 p. 2001 -Sophie BOUTILLIER, Alban COGUEL D’ALLONDANS, BALICCO – Ressources humaines, les apports de la Nelly LABERE, Dimitri UYUNIDIS, 2005, Méthodologie psychologie au travail – ed. d’Organisation, 2001 de la thèse et du mémoire, Principes Examen, MARTORY, CROZET - Ressources humaines – Manuel Studierama n°575, 239 p. du pilotage social - Nathan, coll. Connaître et pratiquer -Florence BRIERE-CUZIN, 2002, Patrimoine et la gestion, 1988 tourisme, méthodologie, Bréal, 206 p. PERETTI – Gestion des ressources humaines – Vuibert, -Annie DUPRAT, 2007, Images et Histoire. Outils et coll. Entreprise, 1994 méthodes d’analyse des documents iconographiques, LEVY-LEBOYER – SPERANDIO – Traité de psychologie Histoire, Belin Sup, 224 p. du travail – Paris, PUF, 1987 -Madeleine GRAWITZ, 1986, « Méthode des sciences ______sociales », Dalloz, 1 104 p. -Georges GUELFAND, 1999, Paroles d’images : les méthodes projectives appliquées aux études CTV4/7a : TOURISTIC, CULTURAL marketing, Gaëtan Morin éditeur, 166 p. AND LEGACY REPORTS 29
-Mathieu GUIDERE, 2004, Méthodologie de la The social role of French businesses recherche, Guide du jeune chercheur, Ellipses, 127 p. -Fabrice HATEM, 2007, Le marketing territorial. Ethics for entrepreneurs Principes, méthodes et pratiques, Coll. Les essentiels Theory de la gestion, Ed. ems Management et société, 292 p. Practice -Pierre PAILLÉ (sous la direction de), 2006, La méthode qualitative. Postures de recherche et travail BIBLIOGRAPHY: de terrain, Coll. U, A. Colin, 238 p. « Le capitalisme est il moral ? » André Comte- -François de SINGLY, 1992, L’enquête et ses Sponville, 1952 Albin Michel méthodes : le questionnaire, coll. 128 Sociologie, « L’Ethique et le chaos », « Le pouvoir des mots. Nathan université, 127 p. Dictionnaire critique de l’entreprise contemporaine » Alain Etchegoyen, 1994 Dunod « La vraie morale se moque de la morale, Etre CTV5/2a : CULTURAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT: responsable » Alain Etchegoyen, 1999 Seuil THE HUMAN AND FINANCIAL ELEMENTS « Le Mythe de l’entreprise » Jean Pierre Le Goff, 1995 Fall Semester La découverte essais « Main basse sur la cité » Emmanuel Faber, 1992 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Hachette Loi n°2001-420 du 15 mai 2001 sur la nouvelle OBJECTIVE: réglementation économique NRE et son décret When creating a project, you always have to deal with d’application figures. Your project will have to meet some requirements, such as a coherent and realistic scope LEA5C/11a : STRATEGIC INFORMATION statement to prove the feasibility of the project. Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Thus the project you will have developed in the
“Cultural project management” course will be Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 accompanied by the scope statement you will elaborate during the course “Cultural project COURSE PROGRAM: management: the human and financial elements”. - Economic intelligence and information issues The notions addressed in the course will be: - Searching for information within companies - Defining a company - From information gathering to action - Building up a company - Networks and conditions of access to strategic - Managing information - Negotiating - Methods of using information - Organizing - Information protection and company security - Drawing up a budget - Applying for a grant
ASSESSMENT: an assignment and an oral presentation. LEA5C/11c : BUSINESS NEGOTIATION IN ENGLISH Fall Semester
LEA5C/10a: BUSINESS ETHICS THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Fall Semester THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Lectures: 12 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: At the end of this course students should be able to Know the theory negociate in English in a business context . This Know what really happens in French companies means: express his ideas and arguments clearly, listen Ethics for entrepreneurs to information and summarise it orally, clarify his Think ethically fellow negociators statements, use tact and diplomacy, present a logical sequence of ideas, convince people, COURSE PROGRAM: reply to objections, suggest solutions to problems and Defining business ethics conclude a deal.
Different points of view COURSE PROGRAM: The American vision of ethics Markets surveys, inventing and elaborating new The Japanese vision of ethics products or services. Suggesting new ideas. Evaluating The european vision of ethics fixed and variable costs. Promoting a brand. Fixing Measuring ethical practice in companies prices or rates, producing an estimate. Producing an oral or written report. Commenting on someone else’s What really really happens in French companies report. Taking part in or chairing a meeting. Which companies have a good reputation and Prospecting for new customers, professional why interviews, selling something over the telphone, selling Company size and ethical questions something via the internet, replying to sales enquiries, Legal responsabilities of companies and ordering or taking an order, methods bosses for ethical misdemeanours 30
of payment, making an offer (oral or written), marketing strategy and to study the successive steps promoting customer loyalty. of a marketing strategy orientated to exports.
Companies international development: - Reasons for LEA5T/11c : LUXURY AND internationalization THOSE WHO WANT TO BUY IT Export policy: Fall Semester - Export diagnosis
- Choosing target markets THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Export strategy:
- Products Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - Retailing
- Export costing COURSE PROGRAM: - Communication Definition
The culture of luxury ASSESSMENT: Individual or group project The world where luxury is normal
BIBLIOGRAPHY: THE CUSTOMERS A. BARELIER, J. DUBOIN, F. DUPHIL, N. GEVAUDAN- What sort of people buy luxury goods? CONTAL, L. GRATALOUP, G. KUHN, C. LEVY, J. Their desires and expectations PAVEAU, J.M. SARAN – Exporter – Pratique du
commerce international – Foucher, 2000 COMPANIES MAKING LUXURY PRODUCTS C. CROUE – Marketing international – Perspectives, De Brand names Boeck, 1999 Marketing C. PASCO-BERHO – Marketing international – Dunod, Strategy 2000 Methodology Luxury goods and the internet LEA4M/3b : STRATEGIC MARKETING THE FUTURE OF THE LUXURY MARKET Fall Semester
Role playing Lectures: 25 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 What it's like to be a luxury customer Meeting with people working for the luxury market COURSE PROGRAM: Definition and role of Strategic Marketing 3 approaches must be considered in the light of: The chain of values ( situating the LEA4M/2b : CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR product within the overall success of the Fall Semester company)
The consumer’s priorities Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2
Part 1 – The Industry/Commerce Balance COURSE PROGRAM:
- Historical overview and basic What is marketing ? principles Psychological factors influencing the decision - Consequences for a company’s to buy a product marketing strategy Situations and circumstances influencing the - Différent approachs to retailing decision to buy a product strategy Different types of consumer decision and
purchasing situation Part 2 – Marketing Strategy taking into account
the consumer’s point of view BIBLIOGRAPHY:
1) Segmentation. AMINE, A. (1999), « Le comportement du Definitions. consommateur face aux variables d’action Different types of marketing », Management et société. segmentation. DARPY, D. et VOLLE, P. (2003), Segmentation procedures « Comportement du consommateur, concepts Segmentation criteria. et outils », Dunod.
FILSER, M. (1994), « Le comportement du 2) Targeting consommateur », Précis Dalloz. Definitions.
Choosing your segments. LEA4M/3a : INTERNATIONAL MARKETING Different types of targeting Fall Semester 3) Positionning Lectures: 3 hours ECTS credits: 3 Definitions. Aims of Positioning. COURSE PROGRAM: A company, whatever its size Tools for creating distinctions. and its sector, must pay more and more attention to Positioning :analysis and foreign trade, in order to maintain or obtain a place in communication. world business. But exporting can’t be improvised. Conclusion : First steps in becoming competitive The objective of this course is to present to students the main issues linked with companies’ international 31
BIBLIOGRAPHY: D’Astous A. (2000), Le projet de recherche en - Marketing management - Kotler & marketing, Chenelière / McGraw Hill Dubois. (Publi Union.) De Singly, F. (1992), L'enquête et ses méthodes : le questionnaire, Collection 128, Nathan - Strategor (Dunod) Evrard Y., Pras B., Roux E. (2004), Market, Nathan, Paris - Marketing Management et Strategy - Giannelloni J-L., Vernette E. (2001), Etudes de Peter Doyle (Prentice Hall.) marché, 2° edition, Vuibert, Paris ______Ladwein R. (1996), Les études marketing, Economica, Paris LEA4 M/7a : INTERNATIONAL BRAND MANAGEMENT Spring Semester LEA5M/10c : PANELS & PLANS MARKETING Fall Semester Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY COURSE PROGRAM: - Parallel imports Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Counterfeiting problems - Mixing elements in the international brand OBJECTIVE: transfers To understand and know how to use panel data in marketing diagnosis and in monitoring the global LEA4M/7b : MARKET SURVEYS AND or national performance of a particular brand or QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO product. MARKETING Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Differents types of panels Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Using data from retail panels Using data from consumer panels. COURSE PROGRAM: - Qualitative approach to market surveys BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Preparing surveys (formulation of the BLANCHARD, D. et LESCEUX, D. (1995), Les panels, problem, preliminary surveys, the project) Dunod. - Quantitative approach to market surveys MERUNKA, D. (1994) Décisions marketing, Dalloz. (sampling, questionnaire creation, Revues : Point de Vente, Libre Service Actualité, questionnaire management) Marketing Magazine. - Quantitative management techniques (basic statistics, tests, association analysis, LEA5M/10e : QUANTITATIVE INTERNATIONAL multifaceted analyses, Cost Insurance MARKETING STRATEGY Freight, typological analysis, discriminatory Fall Semester analysis) ______THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY
LEA5M/10b : MARKET RESEARCH Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Marketing strategy and company strategy - Elaborating a marketing strategy (diagnostic Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 analysis, defining objectives, fundamental strategic options, formulation and estimation OBJECTIVE Market research aims to provide the of marketing-mix) information needed for companies to take key - Brands decisions. In order to decide company strategy, the - Planning, control and organization people in charge need to obtain and then analyse the relevant information. This class has two main aims. The first is to explain LEA5M/11a the various methods and techniques used in market FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND COMPANIES research. The second is to help the students conduct a STRATEGIES survey for themselves. Fall & Spring Semesters
COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Chap 1 : Typology of market research Chap 2 : Methods used in market research Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Chap 3 : exploratory studies Chap 4 : Descriptive studies OBJECTIVES : To understand the financial Chap 5 : Tests and experiments organisation of companies and their surroundings. To Chap 6 : Writing your final report read and analyse financial documents. To evaluate companies’ efficiency. Bibliography Blanchet A., Gotman, A. (1992), L'enquête et ses CONTENTS méthodes : l'entretien, Collection 128, Nathan. The class will begin with a reminder of accounting and Caumont D. (1998), Les Etudes de Marché, financial notions. The financial system will then be Collection Les Topos, Dunod studied. The class will end up with financial diagnosis. 32
- IPP, markets, nature and dynamics ASSESMENT - IPP and positioning One or two midterms and one final.
BIBLIOGRAPHY LEA5M/12d : PRICE POLICY Any book on the financial management and analysis Fall Semester
LEA5M/11b : SALES STRATEGIES THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Fall Semester Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY COURSE PROGRAM: - International price policy: a new key-decision Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Specific criteria for fixing a price abroad (export) COURSE PROGRAM: - Methods of international price fixing General definition of sales and their - Alternative price policies in the world context - Defining international prices: particular cases How sells and to who ? Consultative selling and acquiring technical sales vocabulary in French & LEA5M/12e : COMMUNICATION POLICY English Fall Semester Identifying the characteristics and advantages of the product you are THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY selling. Identifying suitable markets and customers. How buyers make up their Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 minds. Customers’ needs : defining and COURSE PROGRAM: analysing them. - International communication particularities How the sales staff should react to - International communication and marketing different types of customer concepts Identifying and answering objections; - International advertising -promotion tools Types of negociation. - Action at the global level Sales contracts. Longterm customer relations Selling to English & American customers : LEA5M/12f : RETAIL POLICY essential skills. Fall Semester ______THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY LEA5M/11c : INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS METHODS & PROCEDURES Lectures: 40 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Classical means of penetration: direct, concerted approach to foreign markets Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Elaborate means - Market presence and dynamics COURSE PROGRAM: - Market presence: a strategic decision - Introduction & some statistics about international - Economic presence business - Risk management: insurance ; risk involved in change ; COFACE insurance policies. LEA4C/2a - Incoterms. LEA4M/2a - Exports, international payments & credits. LEA4T/2a - International market research & feasability studies INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS - Developping exports and competitive strategies Fall Semester - International communication and cultural factors - Keeping up-to-date on the international scene Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 1 hour every 2 ______weeks ECTS credits: 2 LEA5M/12c : PRODUCT POLICY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Unit 1: International Market Surveys THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - To define the objectives and the contents of market surveys Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - How to make a market survey
COURSE PROGRAM: Unit 2: Export structures - From product policy to international product - Different exportation jobs policy - Various types of export structure - From market segmentation to product policy - Export management - International product policy (IPP) main principles 33
- Case study: organization of an export department, official documents, the different 4. Behaviour inside organizations (Stephen P. stages in an export transaction Roobins, Timothy A. Judge) - The man in the organization Unit 3: International Supply - The group in the organization - How to sell a product abroad - The organization system - Fixing prices for the international market - Incoterms 5. Risk-taking approximation (L. Falque, B. - Case study: export costs and selling prices, Bougon) pro forma invoicing - The choices - The consequences Unit 4: Prospecting - Choice and decision - Choice of prospecting strategies - Prospecting abroad BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Preparing a prospection trip LYOTARD, J. F., Le postmoderne expliqué aux enfants, - Prospection supports Paris, Éditions Galilée, 1988 - Case study: different types of French JAMESON, F., El posmodernismo o la lógica cultural del insurance policy capitalismo avanzado, Barcelona, ed. Paidos, 1991 KHANNA, Parag, The Second World: How Emerging Unit 5: International Freight Transport Powers are Redefining Global Competition in the - Responsibilities Twenty-first Century, Ramdom House Trade Paperback - Official documents Edition, New York, 2009. - Case study: transport valuations, shipping Courrier International N° 910, 10-16 avril 2008 insurance, freight agent costs STIGLITZ, J. E., El malestar en la globalización, Unit 6: Covering business and political risks Taurus, Madrid, 2002 - Insuring consumer goods, light and capital CHOMSKY, Noam, “El control de los medios de goods comunicación”, dans AAVV, Cómo nos venden la moto, - Case study: COFACE and GCP (French ed. Icaria, col. Más Madera, Barcelona, 2001 insurance policies) ROBBINS, S. P., JUDGE, T. A., Essentials of Organizational Behavior, Pearson International Edition, Unit 7: Modes of payments New Jersey, 2008. - The different modes of payment GRANT, R. M., Contemporary Strategy Analysis, - Guarantees of payment Blackwell, Oxford, 2008 - Characteristics of documentary credits FALQUE, L., BOUGON, B., Pratiques de la Décision, - Case study: export 1 documentary credit, Dunod, Paris, 2005 export 2 documentary credit ______ Unit 8: Financing exports LEA4C/6b LEA4M/6b - Before and after dispatch INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT - Case study: making financial claims, AND LOGISTICS factoring, budgeting for subsidiary companies Spring Semester
LEA4C/3b Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LEA5M/11e INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Logistics: - A definition of logistics LEA4C: 3 hours , 3 credits - Elements in logistics LEA5M: 1 hour, 1 credit - Logistical development and optimization - Outsourcing: refocusing on core business OBJECTIVE: Be able to manage an international - Logistics in companies: from just-in-time team. methods to Supply Chain Management and Efficient Consumer Response COURSE PROGRAM: - Logistics: internationalization and 1. Defining the new manager globalization - The coming world: from postmodernity to the three powers world (Lyotard, Jameson, Parag Khanna) Sea transport, keystone of international trade: - The contemporary world issues (Chomsky, Stiglitz) - Understanding sizes - Management and leadership (Stephen P. Robbins, - A sea transport revolution: the advent of Timothy A. Judge) containers - Create a new manager for a new world: the - Containers: universal transport vector conscious manager (Jameson) - Shipping companies, alliances, conferences, mega-carriers, consortiums, sea transport 2. The bases of intercultural approximation organization - Be aware of the gap… to be able to cross it ! (Les - The race for gigantic size containers. Ports: voyages de Gulliver, Alice in Wonderland, Le petit organization, development, new concepts, Prince, La machine à explorer le temps, Chok-Dee, hierarchy at the global level, one permanent Vorat). feature: to anticipate in order to remain - Get rid of our ethnocentric vision of the world (La competitive guerre du feu) - When the sea transport war is won on the land: strategy of the main ports, Hinterland 3. Strategy (Robert Grant) structuring, mixed-mode transport - Concepts 34
- The role of inland ports and their relationship - Points to cover with sea ports - Identifying points where negociation is or is not possible Air transport: a time to make important choices: - Identifying points where your opposite number will To be confirmed wish to negociate and how to respond - the Final phase of negociations 3 modes of overland transport: road, rail and river: - Road transport: organization, advantages and BIBLIOGRAPHY: disadvantages P. Audebert-Lasrochas/Profession négociateur/les - Why is road transport the most widespread? éditions d’organisation, Paris, 1995. - Rail transport: passing from a national to a European mindset - River transport: positive effects of LEA4 C/8b liberalization LEA4 M/4b & 8b - The renewal of river transport in France and LEA 4 T /4b & 8b abroad PROJECT MANAGEMENT - From competition between modes of transport Fall & Spring Semesters to a mix and match approach: combined transport strategies and services. LEA 4C/8b: 2hours per week, 2 credits LEA4M/4b & 8b: 2 hours per week, 2 credits Transport companies: vital actors in international LEA4T/4b & 8b: 3 hours per week, 3 credits trade: - What a transport company is: status, mission, OBJECTIVE: difference between transport companies and At the end of the course students should be able to freight companies make exportation diagnotics, prospect,choose targets, - Transport organization in France, in the build a commercial policy, ensure the presence of a world, choice of incoterms and customs product in foreign countries. procedures - Evolution of transport companies in Logistics COURSE PROGRAM: -exportation diagnosis and choice of the targeted Service providers in transport: markets - What is a logistician? - carry out a study - Logistics service providers: mission, tools, - choice of presence on foreign stalls objectives - construction of a commercial policy - How to manage warehouses, stock, - communication transmission of information -prospection and networks - Creating integrated networks at the global level BIBLIOGRAPHY:
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Exporter, pratique du commerce international,Foucher, D. TIXIER, H. MATHE, J. COLIN – La logistique 18-ème edition,2003 d’entreprise : vers un management plus compétitif – De la gestion du projet au management par projet, Dunod, Paris, 1996 Michel Joly et Jean-Louis Muller, Afnor 1994 CABINET DATA-DELIVER – Réussir sa e-logistique – Project Management for Business Professionals, Joan Logistiques Magazine Rueil-Malmaison, 2001 Knutson, John Wiley & Sons S. RACK-d’AVEZAC – Les chaînons manquants dans la navigation fluviale – Le Polygraphe, Angers, 1997 LEA5M/10g N. TERRASSIER – Stratégie de développement du LEA5T/12a transport maritime de lignes régulières – Moreux, INTERNATIONAL NEGOTIATION Paris, 1997 P. EMO, C. TINEL – Terminal à conteneurs portuaire – Spring Semester Celse, Paris, 1997 Coll. Plein Pot Sup - Commerce international – THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Foucher, Paris, 1999 Genèse J. ADDA – La mondialisation de l’économie – Lectures: 2 hour ECTS credits: 2 (3 for LEA5M) La Découverte, Paris, 2001 P. VALLIN – La logistique – Modèles et méthodes de COURSE PROGRAM: pilotage des flux – Economica, Paris 2001 - Structure and dynamics of international trade negotiations (business discussions and LEA4 M/6c : INTERNATIONAL NEGOCIATION negotiations in general, preparation of Spring Semester business negociations, psychological approach to negotiation, typical stages of usual Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 business discussions, strategic aspects) - Varieties of business negotiation and ideal OBJECTIVE: conditions (traditional sales negotiations, At the end of the course students should be able to “tactical” sales and techniques, business negociate in a business context with foreign negotiations and complex sales strategies) companies, take the initiative in negociations and decode their fellow negociators’ unspoken assumptions.
COURSE PROGRAM: - Preparing to negociate
35
How to present the main towns and regions in China Chinese Talking about the weather and the seasons Talking about food and the state of one’s health LCE1/3g & H1/3e : BEGINNERS CHINESE 1 Fall Semester Cultural Content : The principal characteristics of the Tang dynasty The poetry of the Tang dynasty Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Introduction to Chinese Literature
______COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to Chinese, concentrating on four specific areas: Communication, - Learning to write Chinese characters - Mastering the Pinyin phonetic transcription Culture & Media system - Acquiring basic lexical and syntactic Studies (including grammatical structures - Understanding Chinese culture Journalism)
IMPORTANT: ALL OUR COMMUNICATION LCE1/7g & H1/7e : BEGINNERS CHINESE 2 COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH Spring Semester ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 MCC1/1a COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION THEORY COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/3g. Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LCE2/12g & H2/11g : CHINESE 3 & 4 Fall & Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: Introduction to Analysis of the Media and Uses of Communication Lecutres : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per semester) COURSE PROGRAM: 1. Dialogues (antic dialogues, why are there STUDENTS MUST HAVE STUDIED AT LEAST ONE dialogues, debate or show) YEAR OF CHINESE 2. Networks (forms of diffusion, form of reception, forms of interaction) COURSE PROGRAM: 3. Culture (technics, polemics, hermeneutics) Speaking Chinese (phonetics and pronunciation) ASSESSMENT: 2 three hour written essays or Chinese grammar commentaries on a text Basic Chinese composition Understanding Chinese culture and BIBLIOGRAPHY: civilisation D. BOUGNOUX – Sciences de l’information et de la communication (anthologie) – coll. Textes essentiels, Larousse Y.F. LE COADIC – La science de l’information – PUF, LCE3/20g : CHINESE 5 & 6 « Que sais-je ? », Usages et usagers de l’information, Fall & Spring Semesters Nathan BOUGNOUX, Daniel, Introduction aux sciences de la Lecutres : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per communication, La Découverte, 2001. semester) MAIGRET, Eric, Sociologie de la communication et des médias, Armand Collin, 2004. STUDENTS MUST HAVE STUDIED AT LEAST TWO YEARS OF CHINESE MCC1/2b SEMIOLOGY OF VISUAL IMAGES
Fall semester OBJECTIVE:
Understand and speak Chinese fluently about basic Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 topics in everyday vocabulary.
Write a simple and coherent text in Chinese either OBJECTIVE: To provide the theoretical tools which narrating past experiences or general information. will enable students to analyse the meaning of visual Increase knowledge of China and Chinese culture. images. Both fixed images (posters, paintings, photos)
and moving images (commercials, film clips) will be COURSE PROGRAM: studied. We will discuss how images are used to
produce meaning. Language elements :
Asking what something is used for and how to use COURSE PROGRAM: The theory of signs, semiology it. and aesthetics of fixed and moving images. Theories Explaining limits and restrictions. advanced by various authors including Barthes, Eco, Expressing continuous actions in the present and Gombrich, Pierce… past habitual actions.
How to tell other people about travel experiences EVALUATION : 3 hour written exam Asking other people about their travel experiences
and undestanding the answer 36
BIBLIOGRAPHY: TISSERON, Serge, Y a-t-il un pilote dans l'image ? ARABYAN, B., Lire l'image : émission, réception, Aubier, 1998. interprétation des messages visuels. L'Harmattan, WEILL, Alain, L’Affiche dans le monde, Somogy, 1998. 2000. ______AUMONT J., L'image, Paris, Nathan, 2000. MCC1/6a HISTORY OF THE MEDIA BATICLE,Yveline, Clés et codes de l'image, Magnard, Spring semester Paris, 1983. GAUTHIER, Guy, Initiation à la sémiologie de l'image, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Les Cahiers de l'audiovisuel, 1979. JOLY, Martine, Introduction à l'analyse d'image, Paris, OBJECTIVE: Nathan université, 1994. By the end of the course, students should have a good THERON, Michel, Rhétorique de l'image : l'exemple de understanding of the history of the Press in Europe la photographie, CRDP de Montpellier, 1993. and, for the 20th century, how the media have evolved VETTRAINO-SOULARD, M.-C., Lire une image, Coll. on both sides of the Atlantic. The student should grasp Communication, Armand Colin, 1993 the issues at stake here in a global economy and the globalisation of culture; Students should be able to understand the relationship between the media and th MCC1/4b & 8b INTRODUCTION TO WRITING FOR national identity, aprticularly at the end of hte 19 THE MEDIA century and grasp the effect of the introduction of Fall & Spring Semesters audio and visual media into the cultural world of the th 20 century. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per semester) COURSE PROGRAM: "We are entering the century of information", COURSE PROGRAM: Enable students to convey a said the journalist Auguste de Chambure in 1914. This message, to interest readers. phrase may look like a prophecy when we look at the Study of writing and of journalistic style omnipresence of the media today. Where did it all Journalistic plan ; how to prioritise information come from? What sort of economic, political and Headlines and presentation of an article technological, not to mention social and cultural, The different genres : press releases, summaries, transformations were necessary to bring this state of reports, accounts, portraits, interviews… affairs about? In this class we shall trace the media In the spring semester students will also get the from the telegram to Twitter via the press, the radio, oportunity to write scripts for the radio. the television, the cinema, posters and internet.
ASSESSMENT: Writing articles. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fabrice d’Almeida et Chistian Delporte, Histoire des NUMBERS ARE LIMITED FOR THIS CLASS medias en France, éd. Flammarion, 2010 Frédéric Barbier et Catherine Bertho, Histoire des medias, éd. Armand Colin, 2009
Agnès Chauveau, Introduction à l’histoire des médias MCC1/5a IMAGES & ADVERTISING en France de 1881 à nos jours, éd. Armand Colin, Spring semester 2000
Jean-Noel Jeanneney, Une histoire des medias, Point Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Seuil, 2005
OBJECTIVE: The course will study the role of images and their MCC1/5c INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 1 convincing power, especially in advertising and in the Spring Semester media in general. Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: The meaning of images, (from imitation to creation, OBJECTIVE: images and gods, images of power) images and This class provides a first approach to diversity in narration (graphic narration, the toys of the hero, how culture and society. We shall try to understand what to make new friends), advertising forms (posters, culture is and how different people understand the commercial adverts, campaigns) concept. The approach will be mainly sociological and anthropological. ASSESSMENT: composition or image commentary. COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: * What is culture from the point of view of the social MONDZAIN, Marie-José, L’image peut-elle tuer ? Bayard, sciences ? 2004. * Different theories of intercultural communication JOLY, Martine, Introduction à l’analyse de l’image, * The difference between the universal and the Nathan 128, 1995. particular Conseillée : * Culture, intercultural relations and society (power, DEBRAY, Régis, Vie et mort de l'image, Folio Gallimard, economics etc.) 1992. ______FLOCH, Jean-Marie, Identités visuelles, PUF, 1995. FRESNAULT-DERUELLE, Pierre, L’éloquence des images, MCC1/5b: POLITICAL COMMUNICATION 1993. Spring Semester GERVEREAU, Laurent, Voir, comprendre, analyser les images, La Découverte, 2000. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 GERVEREAU, Laurent, Histoire du visuel au XXe siècle, Seuil, 2003. OBJECTIVE: 37
At the end of this class students should know : Crisis management . the identitites of the main players in the French political world today and their BIBLIOGRAPHY: communication strategies MALAVAL Philippe, DECAUDIN Jean-Marc, . the most commonly used theories of political BENAROYA Christophe, Pentacom : communication Communication : théorie et pratique, Pearson . the recent changes in political communication Education, Marketing / Vente, 2005. on account of technological innovations MAISONNEUVE Danielle, LAMARCHE Jean- François, SAINT-AMAND Yves, Les Relations COURSE PROGRAM: publiques, Dans une société en mouvance, Session 1 : Introduction Presses de l'université du Québec, Theme 1 : Basics in political communication Communication Relations publiques, 2003. Session 2 : the main specificities of political WESTPHALEN Marie-Hélène, Communicator : communication Le guide de la communication d'entreprise, Session 3 : Right/Left – do they communicate Dunod, Gestion Sup, 4ème édition, 2004. differently? Session 4 : tools and methods of political communication MCC1/6c: DISCOURSE AND RHETORIC Session 5 : the effects of political communication Fall Semester Theme 2 : new technology and political communication Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Session 6 : general intro Session 7 : the idea of the public arena Objective: Session 8 : internet and participative democracy Although it has often been relegated to a limited use in Session 9 : recent developments in political practice the areas of eloquence and stylistics, Rhetoric may Session 10 : towards a more global political also be studied in the area of interpersonal relations. communication When we look at the basic principles of Rhetoric in the Session 11 : what comes next ? classical era (Greek and Roman) or the so-called "new Session 12 : conclusion Rhetoric" of the 20th century, this discipline enables us to approach the communication aspects of public BIBLIOGRAPHY: discourse. This, of course, must be socially acceptable, Philippe RIUTORT, Sociologie de la communication although rhetorical strategy will always be intnded to politique, La Découverte, Paris, 2007. advance certain aims. Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 Thomas MEYER, Media Democracy, Polity, Cambridge, Course program: 2002. Media, policical and advertising discouse is often Philip SEIB (ed.) Political Communication, Sage, accused of manipulating the public and being being Londres, 2008 flagrant propaganda. The origin of this type of criticism Lynda LEE-KAID & Christina HOLTZ-BACHA (ed.), The is the persuasive nature of the words used. How can Sage handbook of Political Advertising, Sage, Londres, we deconstruct the social logic behing this type of 2006. discourse? Analysing Rhetoric, whose aim is Loïc Blondiaux, La fabrique de l’opinion, Seuil, Paris, communication in the contxt of establishing an 1998 interpersonal dialogue may provide a key to Stephen Tansey, Politics : the Basics, Routeledge, understanding this. Londres New York, 2000 Austin Ranney, Governing, an Introduction to Political Everyone who works in the media, politics or Science, Prentice Hall, 1993 advertising is limited by the need to be effective and ______by the social norms which govern this effectiveness. As we examine the speaker, the audience and the socially MCC1/6b PUBLIC RELATIONS agreed means of production for public speeches and Spring Semester documents, Rhetoric allows us to find a relevant way of analysing the links between meaning, the identiy of Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 2 the speaker/writer and the social context in which their discourse is produced. OBJECTIVE: Understanding public relations and their After this theoretical intoduction, we shall look at some double purpose : representing the interests of an case studies. analysing journalistic articles, organisation and attracting public interest in it. Public advertisments and political speeches will allow us relations may also help to balance vested interests, understand how rhetorical devices have been used to reduce tensions and find constructive solutions to create the desired effect. problems. Each students should learn to grasp the ______essential role played by public relations in a given structures global communications policy and know how to draw up a public relations strategy. MCC2/9b COMMUNICATION IN BUSINESS
Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM:
What are public relations ? – the issues, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 aims and place in overall strategy
Drawing up a public relations plan OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand Methods, agencies, what is a brief ? different communication issues a company can be Tools available (written, oral, visual, confronted to, and to understand the way companies audiovisual, interactive) can solve these problems thanks to a communication Management : negociation and strategy. estimating cost
38
COURSE PROGRAM: 3.2. wars and traumas - An approach to communication issues 3.3. weddings and people’s events - Introduction to business, financial, social and political communication BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Elaborating a communication strategy DOSSE, FRANÇOIS, Renaissance de l’évènement PUF, 2010. ASSESSMENT: A three hour written exam and a three JULY, KAHN ET PLENEL, Faut-il croire les journalistes ? hour final written exam. Mordicus, 2009. Conseillée : BIBLIOGRAPHY: D’ALMEIDA ET DELPORTE, HISTOIRE DES Medias en P. SCHWEBIG – Les communications de l’entreprise, France, Flammarion, 2010. Ediscience International, coll. Stratégie et DANIEL, Jean, Albert Camus journaliste ou Comment Management, 1988 résister à l’air du temps, Gallimard, 2006. M.H. WESTHALEN – Le Communicator – Dunod, 1994 WIENER, Robert, en direct de Bagdad. Le patron de Y. WINKIN – La nouvelle communication – Seuil, coll. CNN en Irak raconte, Robert Laffont. Points, 1981 ______MCC2/10a INTERCULTURAL PROBLEMS MCC2/9c : COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: This class aims to use an interdisciplinary approach to Considering Internet as a communication network, the the question of culture and intercultural interaction in class will try to examine the characteristics of both everyday life and political and business contexts. communication through the means of networks.It will We shall attempt to identify different notions of the analyse the foundations of networks organisations and nature of culture and beware of utopian dreams or the advancements it represents for humanity. The unrealistic expections. We shall also show how culture class offers an initiation to web culture and to the affects our atitude to time, space, our bodies and concept of virtual communities. personal interaction.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Sharing informations , collaboration, participation, Three main sections: free, abolition of borders… will be tackled as an a) Everyday intercultural communication: time, space, introduction to online communities and communication body language, touch and interaction inside those communities. b) Culture, politics and intercultural dialogue on the Dealing with communication and networks implies the political level process of creation of those communities and c) Culture and intercultural communication in business solidarity. Therefore, we will deal with “collective intelligence” BIBLIOGRAPHY Different forms of virtual communities will be studied : _ Denys CUCHE, La notion de culture dans les sciences leisure industry, commerce activities….. sociales, La Découverte, Paris, 2004. Ulrich BECK, Qu’est-ce que le cosmopolitisme ?, Aubier, ASSESSMENT : Paris, 2006 A 2 hour exam in class and a 3 hour final. Stephen RUNDELL & John. F MENNELL (DIR.), Classical ______Readings in Culture and Civilization, Routeledge, Londres, 1998. MCC2/9d CURRENT AFFAIRS: WHAT IS Yves ALPE, Lexique de Sociologie, Dalloz, Paris, 2007. NEWSWORTHY? Jean-Pierre WARNIER, La mondialisation de la culture, Fall Semester La Découverte, Paris, 2007. Gérard NOIRIEL, Introduction à la sociohistoire, La Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Découverte, Paris, 2006. Armand MATTELARD, Histoire des théories de la OBJECTIVE: communication, La Découverte, Paris, 2004. In this class we shall study the role of the media and __, Diversité culturelle et mondialisation, Paris, La their power of persuasion. We shall also see the Découverte, 2007. commentary of the news in our society. Bertrand BADIE & Marie-Claire SMOUTS, Le retournement du monde, Presses de la FNSP, Paris, COURSE PROGRAM: 1992. 1. The sense of the event Gérard LECLERC, La mondialisation culturelle,PUF, Paris, 1.1. What is an event ? 2000. 1.2. images and Emotion Jacques DEMORGON, L’histoire interculturelle des 1.3. Subjectivity and truth of the facts sociétés,Anthropos, Paris, 1998.
2. Universality and relativity 2.1. the issues of the globalisation of MCC2/11d : RADIO JOURNALISM communication Fall Semester 2.2. the coming-back of the events 2.3. Standardisation and repetition Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
3. Example of events OBJECTIVE: To master the particularities of radio 3.1. 9.11 journalism, the main genres of radio journalism. To 39
practise radio writing, to distinguish the different elements you can find in a recent radio room, their OBJECTIVE: interaction, their way of working. To know the We want to enable students to master the different expectations of the production of a radio broadcast. stages of magazine production : finding information, To know the specific role of the radio as an agent of using interviews, news flashes, biographical studies, spreading and management of the information. To be literary/artistic criticism, in-depth reports. able to situate the radio in the audiovisual environment, as a communication and information COURSE PROGRAM: vector. To organize and prepare the production of Part 1 – The theory sonorous elements for a radio broadcast. How to write a magazine article: speech form, rhythm, colours, narration, catch phrases. COURSE PROGRAM: How to make an investigation: master one’s topic, - Discovery of the radio environment (radio writing, sidebars, pull-quotes, pictures. segmentation, the big radio groups, the study How to sell a synopsis: presenting and selling issues of polls, the classification of radios according (pre-investigation and pitch) to the last 126000 mediametrie, practical French magazines: a flourishing press, news, high- work : writing approach.) quality magazines. - The radio environment : the different jobs in radio, interaction between the different jobs, Part 2 – Current events the different models of studio (open space, At each session we address national, international, separate production department), use of the cultural and media events. micro, use of voice - Practical work : approach of the construction Part 3 – Practical cases of a radio news : 8 minute radio listening The student will have to put into practice what they (RTL, France Info, RMC Info), restitution of learned in class. They go in the field to build up a the listening (type of writing, information small newspaper about regional events (you will hierarchy, construction , illustration), critic of choose its periodicity). the three radio news. - Radio writing : basis : succinctness, direct ASSESSMENT: style, use of the present tense…. Starting up You will have to write press articles. a subject. Practical work : from concrete elements of the morning newspapers, to NUMBERS FOR THIS CLASS ARE LIMITED make a start up. - Radio writing (continuation) : to rewrite a MCC2/13b: PUBLIC AND TERRITORIAL wire, choice for the catch, choice for the COMMUNICATION opening, practical work : to re write a wire Spring Semester - Radio writing (continuation 2) : to listen to three different styles (France info, RTL, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Europe 1), transposition to the expectancies of a radio, practical work : to re write a wire. OBJECTIVE: - Approach of the making of a radio broadcast : Enable the students to deepen their knowledge of the work, technical preparation, live public and official communication. broadcast, “réécoute” - Journalist/program interaction : the closing of COURSE PROGRAM: a newspaper, boosting, use and mastering of The different levels of communication, national, presentation, use of illustrations and noises, international, local. mix approach, vocabulary about the use of Public actions and itheir diversity inculding territorial programs. practical work : starting up a institutions and their reforms, authorities, ministeries, broadcast subject. international institutions, media… People dealing with communication. ASSESSMENT: during each class, students will be graded on the practical work they have to do. Final ASSESSMENT: Redaction and reading a four MCC2/14a THE MEDIA & POLITICS minute radio flash, on the basis of 10 press agency Spring Semester wires.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: « Journaliste de radio » J.M.
Chardon, ed. Economica OBJECTIVE: Que sais-je « La Radio » Patrice Caveiler, ed. Puf. This class aims to answer several basic questions: « Dictionnaire de la radio » Robert Prot, ed. Presse . How does communication policy work for Universitaire thsoe in power?
. What role does communication play in the INTERNET WEBSITES: exercice of power? www.radioactu.com . What makes such communication effective? www.comfm.com . What links are there between democracy and (all the French radio stations websites) political communication?
. Does public opinion really exist? . How much political power does the media MCC2/12b & 16b : MAGAZINE PRODUCTION really have? Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per Session 1 : Introduction : definition of media and semester) politics 40
Session 2 : origin and characteristics of political 4 levels of learning communication Session 3 : recent developments - Homeostasis Session 4 : Americanisation of European politics Obstacles to change Session 5 : Media and lifestyle ? Session 6 : public opinion – what is it ? - Thought systems and group dynamics Session 7 : public opinion and politics Double constraints Session 8 : the role of the media during elections The structural approach, strategic approach, Session 9 : the media and the powers that be experimetnal approach and constructivist approach Session 10 : the power of the media Strategic techniques Session 11 : new media – towards a global conversation? - Systematic method Session 12 : conclusion Basic Principles Inner attitude to adopt BIBLIOGRAPHY: Behaviour issues Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 Ce n’est pas l’ouvrage le plus récent, mais il - Techniques et méthodes présente l’avantage de présenter une approche Améliorer une dynamique complète sur le sujet. Orientation ressources Pour ce cours plusieurs la partie 4, nous Cas pratiques intéresse plus particulièrement : §2. L’influence politique des médias - Paradoxal elements §3. Médias et style de vie politique Reference to self §4. Médias et élections Paradoxs §5. L’influence politique à long terme Logical enigmas
Roland CAYROL & Pascal DELANNOY, La revanche de - Applications l’opinion, Jacob-Duvernet, Paris, 2007. Business Philippe RIUTORT, Sociologie de la communication Personal Life politique, La Découverte, Paris, 2007. Therapy Thomas MEYER, Media Democracy, Polity, Cambridge, Geopolitics 2002. ______Philip SEIB (ed.) Political Communication, Sage, Londres, 2008 MCC3/17a THE MEDIA AND POPULAR CULTURE Vol.1. theories and principles: watching Fall Semester government, affecting policy Vol.2. affecting the political process, public Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 opinion, the public’s agenda and the press Vol.3. campaigns and elections OBJECTIVE: Vol.4. global conversation the rise of new At the end of this class, the student should media understand the complex relationship between popular La communication politique, les Essentiels d’Hermès, culture and the cultural industry, film distribution Paris networks, film producters, television producers, Jacques GERSTLE, La Communication Politique, PUF, cultural marketing experts, publishers, music Paris, 2004 managers and all providers of dance, sport, magazines La Communication politique, PUF-Que sais- and other cultural products. These products take many je ?, Paris, 1993 and various forms. The student should be able to Lynda LEE-KAID & Christina HOLTZ-BACHA (ed.), The analyse how the media, via these products, plays a Sage handbook of Political Advertising, Sage, Londres, part in the cultural life of society. 2006.
Lynda LEE-KAID, Handbook of Political Communication COURSE PROGRAM: Research, Lawrence Erlbaum associates, Mahwah In France mass popular culture really began (N.J.), 2004 in the 1860s, at the same time as "the paper age" with Jacques LE BOHEC, Les rapports presse-politique its first cheap national newspapers, the spread of Grégory Derville, Le pouvoir des médias, PUG, literacy and education and the simplification of printing Grenoble, 1997 techniques. All this lead to a greater cultural
standardisation throughout the country. Today we can link mass culture with such phenomena as MCC2/14b GROUP DYNAMICS: photography, television, internet, magazines and other PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL forms of mass-produced image. According to Spring Semester Dominique Kalifa, "mass cultural is visual culture". At the end of World War II, the spread of the American Lectures 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 way of life, whether real or imagined, led to a Hollywood inspired popular culture. All the tools of a COURSE PROGRAM: popular culture ar available to the majority with no - Historical background disticntions of social class or geographical location. Systematic Approach According to the designer R. Hamilton, popular culture Origins of the subject: Satir, Haley, Bateson, (for a mass audience) is defined as short-term, widely Watzlawick, Erickson, distributed, cheap, mass-produced, youth-oriented and Cybernetics and Artifical Intelligence. managed by big business. The Frankfurt School of German intellectuals, founded in 1923, has studied the - Dynamics of Change appearance of popular culture in modern society – First and second types of change their most famous definition is that of Walter Benjamin 41
and his idea of cultural industry: "technology in the Explaining changes, justifying new projects, squashing service of the social system and its reproduction". rumours, proviing maximum transparency In-house communciation as a means of healing BIBLIOGRAPHY: Listening, defusing tension, taking part in internal Louis Dollot, Culture individuelle et culture de masse, debate, the role of the trade unions PUF, 1990 Richard Hoggart, La culture du pauvre, éd. Gallimard, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 1997 AUVINET (J.-M.), BOYER (L.), BUREAU (R.), CHAPPAZ Roland Barthes, Mythologies, éd. Seuil, 1957 (P.) & de VULPIAN (G.), La communication interne au Walter Benjamin, L’œuvre d’art à l’époque de la cœur du management, Paris, éd. d’Organisation, 1997. reproductibilité technique, 1935 (trad. Folio Gallimard) BEAL (J-P.), LESTOCART (P-A), Entre management et ______marketing, la communication interne, Paris, éd. Démos, 2003 MCC3/17b HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND CORBEL (B.) & MURRY (B.), L’audit qualité interne - COMMUNICATION Démarche et techniques de communication – Paris, éd. Fall Semester AFNOR, 2001. DECAUDIN (J.-M) & IGALENS (J.), La communication Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 interne, Paris, éd. Dunod, 2006 DETRIE (Ph.), MESLIN-BROYEZ (Catherine), La OBJECTIVE: communication interne au service du management, Paris, éd. Liaisons, 2002. What's at stake for a company in its in-house LABASSE (P.), L'intelligence des autres - Rétablir communication? l'homme au centre de la communication des Communication Methods entreprises, Paris, éd. Dunod, 1994. Communication Tools LARDELLIER (P.), Le journal d’entreprise – Les ficelles Communicating important decisions within a company du métier, Paris, éd. d’Organisation, 1998. or organisation MUCCHIELLI (A.), Communication interne et
management de crise, Paris, éd. d'Organisation, 1994. COURSE PROGRAM: MUCCHIELLI (A.), Approche systémique et In-house communication as part of a company's communicationnelle des organisations, éd. Armand communication strategy Coin, 1998. Human resources and finance devoted to in-house ______communication
Aims, possibilities and limits Who's talking to whom about what? MCC3/20b: COMMUNICATION & MANAGEMENT Common themes for in-house communication: OF CULTURAL PROJECTS projects/change– the life of the company – human Fall and Spring Semesters resource policy – strategic decisions Sociology of organisations Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per How do companies and organisations structure heir semester) communication? Taylor, Fayol, Mayo, etc… OBJECTIVE: The internal culture of a business When one appreciates a cultural event, he is judging a Regulations and role playing – the human factor result. However, the quality of a project is not the fruit Internal Audits (for a project, equipment, a job etc.) of destiny but the result of a work of intelligence. This Before doing anything new: analyse what exists course aims at giving students the basis to create and already and what is still needed manage a project. During the course, students will Analysing the structure – how things work, habits, have the opportunity to put into practice the routines theoretical notions seen in class. They will have to Planning in-house communication respect a timescale and a limited budget. Why communicate ? is there a problem? Who is talking The methods learnt in class, the organisation of the to whom? What form of communication is appropriate project with the constraints will make students actors for which issue? in the cultural world while they will be supported by Tools (print and/or multimedia) : internal newsletter, their teachers. welcome booklet, intranet, forum, suggestions box, During the semester, new principles and new tools will questionaires, surveys, photofile, the noticeboard,… be used so as to manage time and the tasks to make, Formal and informal communication : orientation, and to use at best the techniques available. This will conferences, seminars, conventions, buffet lunches, enable students to propose enriching and stimulating brainstorming sessions, using staff for external cultural events to people. communication Measuring the effectiveness of your in-house COURSE PROGRAM: communication Culture project, anthropologic approach of the project, Quantity and quality: How many campaigns, fundamental elements of the making of projects in newsletters etc.? Do people read them? Do people matter of know-how and savoir-être. (project cycles, react to them? Do they take any notice of what they piloting, presentation of a few tools, planning say? management, internal/external communication, team Assimilating and providing information: management, responsibility ethic, financing…) Who is allowed to participate in in-house Students will make the project selected. communication? Where does the information come from? BIBLIOGRAPHY: How to decide the best strategy for each situation? Boutinet , J.P , Psychologie des conduites à projet, Ed Analysis of case studies. PUF In-house communciation and change A. Asquin, C. Falcoz, T. Picq, Ce que manager par projet veut dire, Ed des Organisations 42
A. Fernandez, Les secrets de la conduite de projet, Ed FILMOGRAPHY: Good Morning England des Organisations ______
MCC3/18c: ANALYSIS OF NEW COMMUNICATION MCC3/20c: TECHNIQUES MEDIA & SOCIAL REPRESENTATIONS 1 - Fall Semester SOCIETY & MEDIA
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: The development of tools and the THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH continuous tools techniques linked to information and communication ( TIC in French). Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 The constant evolution of the “Internet Galaxy” Promises and lies about the new web 2.0 OBJECTIVE: The mass media shapes our lives everyday. Our awareness of the world is often COURSE PROGRAM: mediated through media representations. These Social appropriation of numeric communication, representations do not simply convey information but technical determinism. Appropriation of web 2.0 and also influence our understanding of society, its social Internet. Their use on the workplace ( social networks; private categories and even ourselves. In this course we will or mercantilism) explore how media makes meaning. We will examine New Jobs related to the use of Internet and web how newspapers, television, radio, ads and more are techniques produced, transmitted, and received. In addition we Issues about online communication. will discuss the ideologies and/or values conveyed by the media and debate its effect on individuals and a MCC3/20c & 24c : CASE STUDY INTERNATIONAL globalized context. Finally, we will apply this COMMUNICATION understanding through collaborative projects. Fall & Spring Semesters
COURSE PROGRAM: The course will introduce Lectures: 1 1/2hours per week ECTS credits: 2 theories about media and society in order to explore OBJECTIVE: Globalisation and its consequences have how media creates and represents meaning. led to the development of new strategies and tools of communication. Those latter are dealing with What is the role of media—newspapers, television, institutional communication, and product internet—in shaping our modern society? What values communication. This class aims at taking real does it communicate? What social narratives does it examples to emphasize the aims of the globalization of create? How can we study such signs and symbols communication. that make up media messages?
COURSE PROGRAM: Three notions : universalism, multiculturalism and ASSESSMENT: Evaluations will be based on globalization. * a group project discussed in class Fields in which those notions are used, what are the * various comprehension and analysis assignments aiming at, national and cultural identities ( a quality or * a final exam on your understanding and application a flaw for international communication) of theories and concepts discussed in class Relationships between culture and communication. Notions of identity and culture ______MCC3/24c: MCC3/21a : RADIO JOURNALISM MEDIA & SOCIAL REPRESENTATIONS 2 - CONSTRUCTING COMMUNITIES
Spring Semester Spring Semester Lectures: 1 1/2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH OBJECTIVE: Define a writing policy. Find and organise news events. Organise informations. Write and Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 broadcast radio programs. Lead an interview. From the page to the radio. Set up and broadcast OBJECTIVE: The mass media shapes our lives everyday. Our awareness of the world is often COURSE PROGRAM: mediated through media representations. These Reflect on editorial choices to set up an audio journal. representations do not simply convey information but Group or individual work also influence our understanding of society, its social Tasks and content to share categories and even ourselves. In this course we will Recording the written elements Interwiews, papers explore how media makes meaning. We will examine Broadcast the final product how newspapers, television, radio, ads and more are produced, transmitted, and received. In addition we ASSESSMENT : During the classes ( attendance, will discuss the ideologies and/or values conveyed by investment, sharing ideas – individual) the media and debate its effect on individuals and a Each piece of audio news will be graded ( group or globalized context. Finally, we will apply this individual piece) understanding through collaborative projects.
43
COURSE PROGRAM: The course will introduce Case studies about “cyber-mobilsation” theories about media and society in order to explore how media creates and represents meaning. ASSESSMENT: A 2-hours test in class. A 3 hours exam. ______Does the way media is organized affect the content of their production? For example, does it make a P1/11b INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION difference if media are funded by advertising or public STUDIES funds? How are new media afftecting relationships Spring Semester between media professional and the public? Or relationships between citizens and politicians? Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
ASSESSMENT: Evaluations will be based on OBJECTIVE: To give students a basic introduction to * a group project discussed in class Communication by a combined theoretical and * various comprehension and analysis assignments practical approach. * a final exam on your understanding and application of theories and concepts discussed in class COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be divided into 3 parts: ______- Reference theories and fundamental principles: Communication at the crossroads MCC3/21b FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION of several disciplines. McLuhan, Shannon and AND MEDIA RESPONSIBILITY Weaver’s legacy, the Palo Alto “invisible” Spring Semester workshop (Bateson, Birdwhistell, Goffmann, Hall and Watzlawick), Jackobson’s linguistic Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 model, Wiener’s systemism, Crozier’s sociology of organizations, etc. - Introduction to the professional uses of OBJECTIVE : Communication. Issues relating to business, The class we shall study the main steps of the freedom social and political communication of the press (Dreyfus case, Watergate…) and analyse - Methodological approach to Communication. more precisely the work of journalists in today’s world. ASSESSMENT: Commentary on a text and questions 1. history of the freedom of the press 4.1. its birth BIBLIOGRAPHY: 4.2. main steps A. BARTOLI – Communication et organisation – ed. 4.3. failures and victories d’Organisation, 1990 F. CORMERAIS, A. MILON – La communication ouverte 2. ideal et reality - ed. Liaisons, 1994 2.1. what possible conciliation? P. SCHWEBIG – Les communications de l’entreprise – 2.2. a necessary compromise Ediscience International, coll. « Stratégie et 2.3. obligations management », 1988 P. WATZLAWICK – Une logique de communication – 3. The new media and freedom Seuil, coll. « Points », 1979 3.1. legal law Y. WINKIN – La nouvelle communication – Seuil, coll. 3.2. speed of the internet « Points », 1981 3.3. new means of expression
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE1/3a & 7a JUNQUA, Daniel, La liberté de la presse Milan, 2004. INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION ISSUES COLLECTIF, Des intellectuels jugent les médias, Fall & Spring Semesters mordicus, 2010.
Conseillée : Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 TARDIEU, Christophe, Internet et libertés, CNRS
éditions, 2010. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH RIEFFEL, Rémy, Mythologie de la presse gratuite, It is possible to join the class in January. éditions le cavalier bleu, 2010.
MARTIN, Laurent, La presse écrite en France au XXe OBJECTIVE: Discuss the nature and role of culture, to siècle, le livre de poche, 2005. identify and explain the principal elements of culture ______and the importance of cultural differences on general
behaviour; to describe the influence of culture on MCC3/21c : A WAR WAGED THROUGH THE NEWS general behaviour; and to begin to develop Spring Semester intercultural sensitivity.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM:
Semester 1: OBJECTIVE: Discover how communication is used to Defining culture: promote values. Militancy through communication. - Definitions, concepts, elements and images of
culture COURSE PROGRAM: - Distinguishing between objective and Rise and activity of social movements. Communication subjective culture as the basis of of collective action. Sociology as an - Exploring stereotypes, preconceptions and introduction, main tools. Framing, define injustice and generalisation opponents through communication. The use of Internet and social networks. 44
- Recognising the cultural differences that - Personal diagnosis in oral expression – how to make a difference. evaluate the image you present to others; Values: The foundation of culture: stress factors - Understanding the importance of values - Training in simple and complex oral - One’s own and others’ values expression: in a group, alone, with or without - How values define cultural assumptions visual aids Research into culture, Part I: - How to create visual aids with Microsoft - Kluckhohn and Strodtbeck: cultural PowerPoint: layout and transparencies orientations The Challenges of Intercultural Communication: ASSESSMENT: - The “stumbling blocks” to intercultural Written expression: Summarize a text, write a communication letter, information sheet or memo - Recognising the elements of non-verbal Oral expression: Exercises and questions communication ______- Exploring non-verbal communication. - Exploring culture shock LEA2/12a : INTRODUCTION TO INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall Semester - Hofstede, Geert., Cultures and Organizations. Software of the Mind THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT BOTH IN FRENCH AND IN - Trompenaars, Fons., Riding the Waves of ENGLISH Culture - Hall, Edward T., Understanding Cultural Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Differences - Marx, Elisabeth, Breaking Through Culture OBJECTIVE: Shock At the end of the course students should be able to: - Storti, Craig, The Art of Crossing Cultures - Understand how our culture influences our behavior - Jean-Benoit Nadeau & Julie Barlow Sixty - Be able to identify the cultural factors which Million Frenchmen Can’t be Wrong influence the way we interact with people from other cultures http://www.sietar-france.org: Site for the Society for - Know how to cope with culture shock and get the Intercultural Education, training and research most out of visits to foreign countries www.geert-hofstede.com: Geert Hofstede - Start developping ways of interacting effectively in www.7d-culture.com. Fons Trompenaars & Charles intercultural contexts Hampden-Turner website www.executiveplanet.com: Practical advice to facilitate COURSE PROGRAM: working and communicating across cultures and Definitions Of culture countries. Non-verbal communication ______Communication styles ______Cultural values and presuppositions LEA1/7c : ORAL AND WRITTEN Kluckhohn & Strodtbeck’s cultural variables COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES Hofstede’s cultural variables Spring Semester Hall’s cultural variables Trompenaars’s methods of solving intercultural Seminars: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 dilemmas Developing intercultural skills OBJECTIVE: To enable students to manage basic information, techniques and methods for making ASSESSMENT: summaries and communicating orally and in writing. Analysis of interview with someone from another culture COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be divided into Final exam. two main parts: ______Written communication: How to deal with the huge quantity of information you will gather LEA3/18a : INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION at college and during your future professional Fall Semester life: - The most frequent grammar and spelling THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH mistakes - Business correspondence Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Standard Business documents (minutes, information sheets for employees, etc.) OBJECTIVE: - Writing a plan, introduction and conclusion To understand communication in the context of - How to synthesize and summarise a different world cultures. To understand how to document communciate effectively with people whose cultures differ from our own. Oral communication: To improve students’ oral expression skills with a view to COURSE PROGRAM: making presentations for any kind of audience Cultural Basics and doing viva voce exams or work - Understanding the elements of culture placement reports. The course will include - Dimensions of culture practical exercises (in a group or individually) Cultural comparison and self-assessment: Communication 45
- What is communication necessary to encourage creativity and to protect - Different ways of communicating authors against theft and pirating of their creations. - Verbal & Non Verbal communication How can access to art be managed ? - Intercultural & International communication What about the French HADOPI law ? - How communication differs Should peer to peer exchange be allowed and in what - How to improve communication and be efficient circumstances ? - What is an international manager How to be an international manager Internet has become the supreme means of cultural transmission. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Software of the Mind : After a few theoretical reminders, the class will tackle Geert Hofstede various themes designed to help students become International Mangement : aware of the issues involved at various levels: Helen Deresky - Examine the legal implications of individual Richard Mead cases Intercultural communication : - Learn the appropriate legal vocabulary Fred Jandt - Study various legal decisions James Neuliep - Learn how to evaluate the economic Communication : implications of the laws to protect intellectual Larry Barker property and understand the artist/author's ______point of view.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: AS2/12a CULTURAL POLICY - Guide pratique du droit d’auteur : Anne-Laure Fall Semester Stérin ; édition Maxima Laurent Du Mesnil
2007 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Droit d’auteur et droits voisins : Christophe
Caron ; éditions Litec 2006 OBJECTIVE: Students will learn how to identify and - Propriété littéraire et artistique : Pierre-Yves establish cultural policies and understand the large Gautier ; éditions PUF ; collection droit organisations which coordinate the implementation of fondamental ; 6° édition 2007 the policies through their objectives and purposes. ______
AS2/18a INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL COURSE PROGRAM: INDUSTRIES This course will study the concepts of culture and cultural policy from a historical and theoretical Spring Semester perspective. Special emphasis will be placed on the relationship between institutional structures and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 cultural policy : - Culture as the meaning of civilisations (birth OBJECTIVE: To introduce France’s cultural institutions of culture as truth, rationalisation of power and compare them to other countries in order to and culture, conflicts and subversion in highlight the cultural policies that the institutions culture). encourage. - Cultural policies and social sciences (study of publics, democratisation, cultural policies). COURSE PROGRAM: - Forms of the cultural institution (the cultural An introduction to the issues affecting cultural administration, decentralisation, cultural industries and their economies, with a focus on the equipments). actual relationships between cultural policy and the resulting economic impact. ASSESSMENT: A three-hour written exam, - The history of cultural policy of the French (composition or text commentary). A three-hour final Revolution to the present day exam (composition or text commentary). - Cultural policy in France, Europe and the world BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Culture and globalisation - DJIAN, Jean-Michel, Politiques culturelles, la - Cultural economics fin d’un mythe, Folio Gallimard, 2005. - GRAZIANI, Serge, La communication politique BIBLIOGRAPHY: de l’Etat, PUF, 2000. - Poulot, Dominique, Musée et la museology, La Découverte, Paris, 2005.
- Benhamou, Françoise, Economie de la culture, AS2/13b NEW FORMS OF CULTURAL EXCHANGE La Découverte, Paris, 2007. Fall Semester - Dijan, Jean-Michel, Politique culturelle : la fin d’un mythe, Folio actuel, 2005. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 - Urfalino, Philippe, L’invention de la politique culturelle, Hachette Littératures, 2004. OBJECTIVE: Students will learn about the issues ______involved in the protection of intellectual and artistic property in the culture of fee exchange favoured by AS3/23d: MANAGEMENT OF CULTURAL PROJECTS the new technologies. Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 2 (per The rights of authors and producers may be considerd semester) obstacles in the free distribution of works and their communication to the general public, but it is also
46
OBJECTIVE: When You appreciate a cultural event, To know the management technics of the public and you are judging a result. However, the quality of a private sectors project is not the result of fate but of brain work! This To know the differences between the public market course aims at giving students the basic skills to and the delegation of the public services create and manage a project. During the course, students will have the opportunity to put into practice COURSE PROGRAM: the theoretical notions seen in class. They will have to 1) The public services respect a timetable and a limited budget. 2) The notion of public agreement The methods learnt in class, the organisation of the 3) The public market project with the constraints will make students actors in the cultural world while they will be supported by AS4/2e COMMUNICATION OF CULTURAL their teachers. PROJECTS During the semester, new principles and new tools will Fall Semester be used so as to manage time and essential tasks, and to best use the techniques available. This will enable Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 students to propose enriching and stimulating cultural events. OBJECTIVES: COURSE PROGRAM: To distinguish the different communication techniques Cultural projects, anthropological approachs to the To know the particularities of the cultural sector in the project, fundamental elements of elaborating projects matter of communication (project cycles, piloting, presentation of a few tools, To know how to plan a strategy and a plan of planning management, internal/external communication communication, team management, responsible ethics, financing…) COURSE PROGRAM: Students will realise the project selected. 1) Introduction on communication ASSESSMENT: students will be assessed at each 2) Internal communication stage of the project. 3) Institutional communication BIBLIOGRAPHY: 4) External communication Boutinet , J.P , Psychologie des conduites à projet, Ed PUF BIBLIOGRAPHY: A. Asquin, C. Falcoz, T. Picq, Ce que manager par « L’état de l’opinion », O. Duhamel et E. Lecerf, Seuil, projet veut dire, Ed des Organisations 2013 A. Fernandez, Les secrets de la conduite de projet, Ed « Psychologie de la communication », J-C Abric, des Organisations Cursus, 2008 « La psychologie cognitive », B. Cadet, In press, 1998. AS4/2a: METHODOLOGY OF THE CULTURAL « La communication. Etat des savoirs », Sciences PROJECT humaines, 2008. « La nouvelle communication », Alex Mucchielli, A. Fall Semester Colin, 2000.
« Introduction aux sciences de la communication », Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Daniel Bougnoux, La Découverte, 1998.
« La parole manipulée », Philippe Breton, la COURSE PROGRAM: Découverte, 2000. 1) From the project to its application « La gestion des ressources humaines », Coll., Dunod, 2) From micro projects to strategies of 2007. cultural development « L’empreinte des sens », J. Ninio, O. Jacob, 1989. 3) Cultural diagnosis and the audience « Communication de crise et réseaux sociaux », E. 4) The needs in human resources Bloch, Dunod, 2013. 5) Budgeting « Les outils de la communication digitale, 10 clés pour 6) Communication maîtriser le web marketing » de Habib
Oualidi, Eyrolles, 2013.
Revue « Communication » AS4/2c CULTURAL POLICIES: Revue « communication et organisation ». DECENTRALISATION Revue « Sciences humaines » Fall Semester Revue « Stratégie »
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Ressources internet http://communicationorganisation.revues.org/ OBJECTIVE: http://edc.revues.org/ To know and understand the mechanism and http://www.strategies.fr/ objectives of cultural policies in France http://communication.revues.org/
COURSE PROGRAM: AS4/3a &6a CASE STUDY: DELAGATION OF THE 1) The cultural intervention of the State PUBLIC SERVICES 2) Regional government and culture Fall and Spring Semesters 3) The cultural operators
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 AS4/2d CULTURE AND PUBLIC ORDER Fall Semester OBJECTIVES: To know the differences between the public and Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 private services To know the methods of the delegation of the public OBJECTIVES: services regarding the arts and culture 47
La Sécurité des lieux de spectacles, Eric Joly COURSE PROGRAM: Profession entrepreneur de spectacles, Philippe Fall semester: Theoretical and conceptual approach Audubert Spring semester: Theoretical and legal frames of the Les contrats de la musique, Pierre-Marie Bouvery delegation of the public services, case study Guide pratique du droit du travail, La documentation Française ASSESMENT: Engager des artistes et techniciens du spectacle, One paper for each semester Nicolas Marc Guide de l’organisation de spectacles, Philippe Kochert BIBLIOGRAPHY: Conception, management et communication d'un - Éric Baron, « Les groupements d'intérêt public projet culturel, Paul Rasse culturels », Juris-Associations, n° 63, mars 1992. - Jean-François Auby, La gestion des satellites locaux, Internet Resources Berger-Levrault, 2000. http://fsj.la-fedurok.org/ - Code général des collectivités territoriales (annoté), http://www.irma.asso.fr/ Dalloz. http://www.professionnelsduspectacle.com/ - Éric Baron, « Vers une expansion des fondations, une http://www.domaine-musiques.com nouvelle catégorie: les fondations d'entreprise et les http://www.musiqueinfo.com/ modifications applicables aux fondations reconnues http://www.techninomades.fr/ d'utilité publique », Les petites affiches, n° 92, 31 juillet 1992, p. 9-16. AS4/5d CULTURE AND TERRITORIAL - Jean François Auby, la gestion des activités DEVELOPMENT culturelles, in mémento pour l’action culturelle, éd. Spring Semester WEKA, Paris 2004 (réactualisé régulièrement) - Eric Delacour, la liberté contractuelle des collectivités Lectures: 2 hours a week ECTS credits: 1 territoriales, JCP, CT intercommunalités, 2003 - Jean Marc Peyrical, régimes de passation des OBJECTIVES: contrats publics : le droit des délégations comme To know the cultural particularities of a territory modèle ? ADJA, novembre 2004. To be able to plan a territorial cultural project To be able to organise a cultural and a territorial Ressources internet project www.adami.fr www.legifrance.gouv.fr COURSE PROGRAM: 1) Introduction AS4/3d PROGRAMMING A CULTURAL SEASON 2) Cultural diagnosis Fall Semester 3) Implementing cultural and territorial projects Lectures: 1 ½ hour per week ECTS credits: 1 4) Culture for developing territories
OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: To offer a pertinent cultural event - Villes, cultures et développements, rapport, Cités et Gouvernements Locaux Unis - 2009 COURSE PROGRAM: - Territoires de projet. Bilan et perspectives, La Lettre Introduction to the subject. du développement local - ETD – Hors série 2007. Team work: setting up a cultural event and - Le diagnostic de territoire : un outil d'observation au implementing it service de la décision publique locale, 57 - GARAUD C., JOURDA C. - Cahiers du management AS4/6c PROGRAMMING A CULTURAL SEASON territorial (les) - 01-02/2008 Spring Semester - Le nouveau visage de l'intercommunalité culturelle, Intercommunalités - 01/2008 - n° 119 Continuation of AS4/3d - G. SAEZ, Institutions et vie culturelles, Paris, La documentation française, 1996 et 2004. - G. SAEZ, Les politiques culturelles des villes, Paris, AS4/5a CASE STUDY: MANAGING CULTURAL La documentation française, 1996. PROJECTS - B. LATARJET, L’aménagement culturel du territoire, Spring Semester Paris, La documentation française, 1992. - P. MOULINIER, Les politiques publiques de la culture Lectures: 1 ½ hours a week ECTS en France, paris, Que sais-je ?, 2001 credits: 2 - P PUAUX, Les établissements culturels. Rapport au Ministre de la Culture, La Documentation Française, OBJECTIVES: 1981. To know the legal aspects of the show business - J. RIGAUD, Pour une refondation de la politique To know how to negotiate a transfer and a technical culturelle, éditions La Documentation Française, 1996. contract - R. RIZZARDO, La décentralisation culturelle, Paris, La To know how to budget a production documentation française, 1991. - L’observatoire des politiques culturelles, Art, culture COURSE PROGRAM: et territoires, 2006. 1) The legal aspects - O. DONNAT, Les pratiques culturelles des français, la 2) Rights, taxes and ticket office documentation française, 2004. 3) Contract in the show business - Les politiques culturelles en question, Alternatives 4) Budgets of a production économiques - 04/2008 - n° 268 - pp. 48-60 5) Managing the risks of a cultural event - E. BARON – M. FERRIER BARBUT, Modes de gestion des équipements culturels, PUG, Art et culture, 2003. BIBLIOGRAPY: 48
- Mémento de l’action culturelle, Editions Weka, 2007 Fall Semester - Managez vos projets culturels, Ed. Weka, 2010. - Management, Stratégie et Organisation – Coll. – Continuation of AS4/1d Gestion Vuibert, 2000 ______- Animer et gérer un projet – Lionel BELLENGER, Marie-Josée COUCHAERE – E.S.F.éditeur, 2002 - Manager par projet – Bruno BARJOU - E.S.F.éditeur, AS5/5c : CULTURAL STRUCTURES AND 1998 DIFFUSION PLACES IN THE EUROREGION - La sociologie des organisations – P. BERNOUX – Ed. Spring Semester du Seuil Coll. Points, 1985
- L'acteur et le système – M. CROZIER, E FRIEDBERG -
Ed. du Seuil Coll. Points, 1997 Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
Ressources internet OBJECTIVES: - http://www.culture-proximite.com To discover the places of cultural diffusion on the euro - http://www.observatoire-culture.net/ region Lille-Kortrijk-Roubaix - http://www.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr To know their functioning - http://www.culture.gouv.fr/
- http://reseauculture21.fr/ COURSE PROGRAM: - http://www.management-projet.org 1) Introduction - http://www.chef-de-projet.org/ 2) Museums - http://www.projetdeterritoire.com/ 3) Concert halls
4) Multipurpose venues AS4/5e PRESS RELATIONS AND CULTURAL 5) Appraisal of strengths and weaknesses PROJECTS of these venues, evolutions, what future? Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY Lectures: 1 hour a week ECTS credits: 1 - G. SAEZ, Institutions et vie culturelles, Paris, La documentation française, 1996 et 2004. OBJECTIVES: - E. BARON – M. FERRIER BARBUT, Modes de gestion To lead a basic press relation operation: writing a des équipements culturels, PUG, Art et culture, 2003. press release, organising a press conference, - G. SAEZ, Les politiques culturelles des villes, Paris, preparing and leading an interview La documentation française, 1996. To know the press sphere - P. MOULINIER, Les politiques publiques de la culture en France, paris, Que sais-je ?, 2001 COURSE PROGRAM: - P PUAUX, Les établissements culturels. Rapport au Press Relations Ministre de la Culture, La Documentation Française, Know the press sphere and the journalists 1981. How to write a press release - R. RIZZARDO, La décentralisation culturelle, Paris, La How to organise a press conference documentation française, 1991. How to tackle an interview - L’observatoire des politiques culturelles, Art, culture Risks managing et territoires, 2006. - O. DONNAT, Les pratiques culturelles des français, la ASSESMENT: documentation française, 2004. Midterm: Write a press release at home and during a - M. GLADYREWSKY, Book technique du spectacle test 2009-2010, Actualité de la scénographie, 2009. Final: Write a press release and a press relations - A. RICHARD, Guide pratique de la sonorisation, strategy Eyrolles, 2003. - R. BOUILLOT, Guide pratique de l’éclairage, Dunod, AS4/5f MANAGING CULTURE 2007. Spring Semester - B. PAUVERT, La sécurité des spectacles, L’Harmattan, 2003. Lectures: 1 ½ hours a week ECTS - Mémento de l’action culturelle, Editions Weka, 2007. credits: 1 - Managez vos projets culturels, Ed. Weka, 2010. - Management, Stratégie et Organisation – Coll. – OBJECTIVES: Gestion Vuibert, 2000 To learn about the particularities of managing artistic - Animer et gérer un projet – Lionel BELLENGER, and cultural projects Marie-Josée COUCHAERE – E.S.F.éditeur, 2002 To know the tools to manage cultural projects - ERP : des responsabilités pour chacun des acteurs, To understand the managing techniques of culture Techni.Cités - 23/11/2007 - n° 139 - pp. 42-43 - La réforme des écoles supérieures d'art : vers un AS5/3a PROGRAMMING A CULTURAL SEASON nouveau partenariat pour les collectivités territoriales ? Fall Semester Observatoire (l') - 07/2009 - n° 35 - pp. 20-27 - La gratuité des musées... une bonne ou une Continuation of AS4/3d mauvaise idée ? Courrier des maires (le) - 12/2007 - n° 208 - p. 18 - Les politiques culturelles en question, Alternatives AS5/6c PROGRAMMING A CULTURAL SEASON économiques - 04/2008 - n° 268 - pp.48-60 Spring Semester Ressources internet Continuation of AS4/3d - http://www.lieuxpublics.fr - http://www.culture-proximite.com AS5/1d : SEMINAR ON CONTEMPORARY MUSIC - http://www.observatoire-culture.net/ 49
- http://www.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr collectivités territoriales ? Observatoire (l') - 07/2009 - - http://www.culture.gouv.fr/ n° 35 - pp. 20-27 - http://reseauculture21.fr/ - La gratuité des musées... une bonne ou une - www.legifrance.gouv.fr mauvaise idée ? Courrier des maires (le) - 12/2007 - n° 208 - p. 18 AS5/5d : CONDUCTING THE CULTURAL PROJECT - Les politiques culturelles en question Alternatives OF A STRUCTURE économiques - 04/2008 - n° 268 - Spring Semester pp. 48-60 Ressources internet - http://www.culture-proximite.com Lectures: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 - http://www.observatoire-culture.net/ - http://www.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr OBJECTIVES: - http://www.culture.gouv.fr/ To understand the notion of a cultural project - http://reseauculture21.fr/ To know its different aspects - www.legifrance.gouv.fr To be able to run a cultural establishment - http://www.irma.asso.fr/ - http://www.management-projet.org COURSE PROGRAM: - http://www.chef-de-projet.org/ 1) Introduction - 2) The audience http://infos.lagazettedescommunes.com/31892/musiq 3) ERP (Etablissement Recevant du ues-actuelles-%C2%AB-il-fautinformer- Public) et-sensibiliser-les-elus-%C2%BB/ 4) Human resources and legal aspects - http://infos.lagazettedescommunes.com/31848/les- 5) Cultural programmation orchestres-expriment-de-vivesinquietudes- face-a-lavenir/ BIBLIOGRAPHY: - E. BARON – M. FERRIER BARBUT, Modes de gestion CTV4/2a : CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS AND des équipements culturels, PUG, Art et culture, 2003. CULTURAL EQUIPMENT - G. SAEZ, Institutions et vie culturelles, Paris, La Fall Semester documentation française, 1996 et 2004. - G. SAEZ, Les politiques culturelles des villes, Paris, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 La documentation française, 1996. - B. LATARJET, L’aménagement culturel du territoire, OBJECTIVE: To study the different issues which result Paris, La documentation française, from the meeting of artistic creation and cultural 95 institutions. 1992. - P. MOULINIER, Les politiques publiques de la culture COURSE PROGRAM: en France, paris, Que sais-je ?, 2001 - Cultural policies and artistic forms. - P PUAUX, Les établissements culturels. Rapport au - The figures of artists, experts, and politicians. Ministre de la Culture, La - Public of culture and and cultural policies. Documentation Française, 1981. - Cultural communication - J. RIGAUD, Pour une refondation de la politique - The forms of the cultural institution culturelle, éditions La Documentation - Cultural admisnistration Française, 1996. - Finances - R. RIZZARDO, La décentralisation culturelle, Paris, La - Public and private documentation française, 1991. - The sectors of the cultural institution : art, - L’observatoire des politiques culturelles, Art, culture shows, music et territoires, 2006. - O. DONNAT, enquête 1997, la documentation ASSESSMENT: oral exam, which consists in a française, Les pratiques culturelles des question about the course français, 1998. - B. PAUVERT, La sécurité des spectacles, BIBLIOGRAPHY: DJIAN Jean Michel, Politiques L’Harmattan, 2003. culturelles, la fin d’un mythe, Folio Gallimard, 2005 - Mémento de l’action culturelle, Editions Weka, 2007. DONNAT Olivier, et TOLILA Paul, Les publics de la - Management, Stratégie et Organisation – Coll. – culture, Presses de Science PO, 2003 Gestion Vuibert, 2000 DUBOIS Vincent, La Politique culturelle : genèse d’une - Animer et gérer un projet – Lionel BELLENGER, catégorie d’intervention publique, Belin, 1999 Marie-Josée COUCHAERE – MOLLARD, Claude, Le Cinquième pouvoir, Armand E.S.F.éditeur, 2002 Colllin, 1999. - Manager par projet – Bruno BARJOU - E.S.F.éditeur, SAINT PULGENT Maryvonne de, Le gouvernement de 1998 la culture, 1999 - Comment manager un projet – J.J. NERE – Editions URFALINO Philippe, l’intervention des politiques DEMOS, 2000 culturelles , Hachette littérature, 2004. - La sociologie des organisations – P. BERNOUX – Ed. du Seuil Coll. Points, 1985 - L'acteur et le système – M. CROZIER, E FRIEDBERG - CTV4/6a : INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Ed. du Seuil Coll. Points, Spring Semester 1997
- ERP : des responsabilités pour chacun des acteurs, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Techni.Cités - 23/11/2007 - n° 139 - pp. 42-43 OBJECTIVE: This course will look at communication in - La réforme des écoles supérieures d'art : vers un the context of cultural management, marketing and nouveau partenariat pour les organising international projects. We shall be looking 50
at intercultural dilemmas when communicating in an Jeanneney Jean-Noël, Chauveau Agnès. L’écho du international context. siècle : dictionnaire historique de la radio et de la télévision en France. Nouvelle édition mise à jour. COURSE PROGRAM: Paris : Hachette littératures, 815 p. (« Pluriel ; 1013 Intercultural communciation : what is it ? »). ISBN 2-01-279036-4. The cultural and the intercultural Laubier Charles de. La presse sur Internet. Paris : Communication in the cultural domaine Presses universitaires de France, 2000, 127 p. (« Que Techniques of communication and sais-je ? ; 3582 »). ISBN 2-13-051339-5. cultural resistance Lormier Dominique. Histoire de la presse en France. Communication in art Paris : Ed. De Vecchi, 2004, 126 p. (« Focus de Cultural communication and the sociology l’histoire »). ISBN 2-7328-3461-0. of target audiences Martin Laurent. La presse écrite en France au XXe siècle. Paris : Librairie Générale Française, 2005, 256 ASSESSMENT: A written exam about a part of the p. ISBN 2-253-11541-X. course and an oral presentation for the final exam. Ramonet Ignacio. Propagandes silencieuses : masses, télévision, cinéma. Paris : Gallimard, 2002, 258 p. (« BIBLIOGRAPHY: Folio. Actuel ; 98 »). ISBN 2-07-042130-9. GRAZIANI Serge, La Communication culturelle de Rieffel Rémy. Que sont les médias ? : pratiques, l’Etat, PUF identités, influences. Paris : Gallimard, 2005, 539 p. (« VERBUNT Gilles, La société interculturelle, Seuil Folio. Actuel ; 117 »). ISBN 2-07-030082-X. CUCHE Denys, La notion de la culture dans les sciences humaines, la découverte 1995. H4/3b & 7b: HISTORY OF THE ARTS THIESSE Anne-Marie, La création des identités Fall & Spring Semesters nationales, seuil 1999.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
H4/3a & 7a: HISTORY OF THE MEDIA OBJECTIVES: Fall & Spring Semesters To acquire an artistic and visual culture To know the historical, cultural, religious context of a Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 work of art To recognise a style, a painter, an artistic movement COURSE PROGRAM: To know how to critic a work oaf art depending on its This class will mainly cover the history of the media context from 1631 to the present day. We shall examine how the mdeia process information, the issue of truth in COURSE PROGRAM: the media, false information, current affairs, relevants From the prehistory to today: techniques and and the limits of information. Controversial questions materials including control and ownership of the media, the big From the Antiquity to the end of the 19th century: press groups and cyberjournalism will also be evoked. artistic movements the class will have six main sections: Modern and contemporary art - What is information ? - How to interpret information BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Who owns and controls information? . Nadeije Laneyrie-Dagen, Lire la peinture, dans - The freedom of the press and the sources of l’intimité des œuvres, T.1, Larousse, coll. Comprendre information et Reconnaître, dernière édition 2011 - Mass media and manipulation . P. Fride-Carassat et I. Marcadé, Les mouvements - New technologies and information dans la peinture, Larousse, coll. Comprendre et Reconnaître, dernière édition 2010 BIBLIOGRAPHY: . Techniques et matériaux des arts, Hazan, coll. Guide Almeida Fabrice d’, Delporte Christian. Histoire des des arts, 2005 médias en France : de la Grande Guerre à nos jours. . Les Techniques de l’art, Flammarion, coll. Tout l’art Paris : Flammarion, 2010, 510 p. (« Champs. Histoire encyclopédie, dernière édition 2006 ; 959 »). ISBN 978-2-08-123770-4. . I. Ewig, G. Maldonado, Lire l’art contemporain, dans Bourdieu Pierre. Sur la télévision ; suivi de L’emprise l’intimité des œuvres, Larousse, coll. Comprendre et du journalisme. Paris : Raisons d’agir, 1998, 95 p. Reconnaître, dernière édition 2009 ISBN 2-912107-00-8. . La Sculpture : De l'Antiquité au XXe siècle, 2 Charon Jean-Marie. Les médias en France . Paris : Éd. volumes, sous la direction de G. Duby et J.L Daval, La Découverte, 2003, 122 p. (« Repères (Maspero) ; Taschen, dernière édition 2010 374 »). ISBN 2-7071-3866-5. . Qu’est-ce que la peinture aujourd’hui ?, Collectif, Fogel Jean-François, Patino Bruno. Une presse sans Beaux-Arts éditions, 2008 Gutenberg. Paris : B. Grasset, 2005, 245 p. ISBN 2- . Qu’est-ce que la sculpture aujourd’hui ?, Beaux-Arts 246-69951-7. éditions, 2008 Gervereau Laurent. Inventer l’actualité : la . Qu’est-ce que la photographie aujourd’hui ? Beaux- construction imaginaire du monde par les médias Arts éditions, 2009 internationaux. Paris : La Découverte, 2004, 158 p. . Connaissance des arts (+ numéros Hors-série) ISBN 2-7071-4315-4. . Beaux-Arts Magazine (+ numéros Hors-série) Gervereau Laurent, Dagen Philippe, Rondeau Gérard [et al.]. Montrer la guerre ? : information ou INTERNET RESSOURCES : propagande. suivi d’Entretiens avec Philippe Dagen, http://www.centrepompidou.fr Gérard Rondeau, Yves Boisset et le service http://www.wga.hu/ pédagogique de l’Historial de la Grande Guerre. Paris : http://www.artcyclopedia.com/ SCÉRÉN-CNDP : Isthme éd., 2006, 143 p. ISBN 2- ______912688-63-9. 51
H4/3h : PRESS PHOTOGRAPHS AND IMAGES IN 12- prospects THE NEWS Fall and Spring Semesters BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Le synopsis, présenter et vendre ses sujets, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Anne Kerloc’h, Victoires Éditions - Photojournalisme, à la croisée des chemins, COURSE PROGRAM: Olivia Colo, Wilfrid Estève, Mat Jacob, Marval Where do images come from ? How are they made - Profession photographe indépendant, Éric public ? What is the role of the press photographer ? Delamarre, VM éditions What sort of constraints and stresses does he face ? - Photographie et société, Gisèle Freund, Poche How do press agencies work ? who holds the real - National Geographic, guide pratique de la power over which photos are seen by the public ? How photo has new technology changed the job and our ______relationship to the even portrayed ? Do photos alter our perception of reality ? We shall be answering these H4/3g & 7g : RADIO JOURNALISM questions and also encouraging students to produce Fall & Spring Semesters publishable digital pictures of real events. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Technical points Light COURSE PROGRAM: Filters Various workshops will enable students to learn the Perspective techniques of oral expression (breath control, voice Balance technique), how to write for the radio and how to use Composition the various types of radio program : documentaries, Exposure newflashes, biographical studies, interviews etc. Each Colour student will also produce a review, a newsflash & a Shutter speed etc. mini-documentary. Students must become familiar with the technical environment of radio, studio Communicating a message via a photo recording, sound equipment and digital production … Classic cameras or digital ? Preparing a documentary or exhibition Using the microphone Sound BIBLIOGRAPHY: Reporting, editing & producing Morvan Yan, Photojournalisme, Victoires, 2006 - ISBN- Recording studios 10: 2908056372 - ISBN-13: 978-2908056372 Analogical & digital radio The news on the radio Sound effects H4/3f & 7f : VISUAL JOURNALISM : EVOLUTION Time management & programming OF VISUAL JOURNALISM AND PRESS ______PHOTOGRAPHY Fall and Spring Semesters H4/3h & 7h : DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY FOR JOURNALISTS Lectures: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per Fall and Spring Semesters semester) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per COURSE PROGRAM: semester) Nowadays almost everyone takes pictures, from one's mobile phone to a high-quality digital camera. The COURSE PROGRAM: journalist isn't an exception. News' distributors ignore This is practical class introducing students to this reality no more. At the time of mutations in all professional digital photography, from understanding sectors of the press, the role of the picture is still how the camera works to the production of photos on esential, but its production and mode of diffusion are the computer. Students will be encouraged to create being reviewed. documents based on digital photos, which will require Then what do journalist need to know if they want to genuine field work and mastering various technical use this means in their work? What about the skills: shutter speed and light, taking photos in real specificity of the press photographer, of the and artificial light, framing and choice of subject etc. photojournalist? What competences for which practises? What place for photographs in today and Digital Cameras tomorrow's press? Understanding your camera Quality and definition etc. Content : Using accessories: flash etc. 1- introduction Basic Optics 2- synopsis Transfering from camera to computer 3- shooting 4- editing Taking pictures 5- image processing Definitions 6- multimedia Angles and focus 7- financingt-remuneration Lenses 8- rights Field of vision 9- free-lance status Shutter speed 10- agency employee Settings (P, M, S, A) 11- stationed employee Automatic focus
52
Background - main redacting principles. Filters 2. journalistic style 1st Exposure and overexposure 3. adding quotes. Measuring exposure 4. around the article : titles Light 5. around the article (2): headline. Using flash 6. around the article (3): angle, striking point, ending (1st part). The picture itself 7. around the article (4): angle, striking point, Viewpoint ending (2nd part). Lines and rhythm 8. around the article (5): illustrations, cations. Composition 9. news articles (1) : dispatch, news flash; Framing and lighting 10. news articles (2) : minutes (1st part). Angle of vision 11. news articles (3) : minutes (2nd part). Background, foreground, etc. 12. news articles (4) : reports (1st part). ______nd 2 semester :
H4/4b : 1. news articles (4) : reports (2nd part). METHODOLOGY FOR ACQUIRING & PROCESSING 2. news articles (5) : back-up interview. INFORMATION 3. news articles (6) : article interview. Fall and Spring Semesters 4. news articles (7) : portrait (1st part). 5. news articles (8) : portrait (2nd part). Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 6. closeness to the reader's 'law'. 7. press review. OBJECTIVE: 8. specialised articles, technical or scientifical : Acquiring a way of reading effectively, selective popula science. reading, how to summarise and analyse as quickly and 9. journalistic style (1) : free one's writing / efficiently as possible... Assimilating the information in advice and exercices. a press review. 10. journalistic style (2) : use one's sensesse / advice and exercices. COURSE PROGRAM: 11. commentary articles (1) : editorial, first Making a press review on a specific topic is one of the approach. most effective ways of getting to know and understand 12. commentary articles (2) : chronicle, first the press. It also enables us to summarise the possible approach. different attitudes to an issue. At the same time, it teaches us to read effectively, using techniques of selective reading and methods of concise and relevant BIBLIOGRAPHY: writing. - Jean-Pierre COLIGNON, Un point, c’est tout ! La Files of documents are another method of organising ponctuation efficace, CFPJ, Paris, 2004. information on a specific subject. While a press review - Anne HERSCHBERG PIERROT, Stylistique de la nly gives us an overview of what the press has to say, prose, Belin, Paris, 2003. a document fle may contained more varied elements: - Jean-Louis HUMBERT, Les pièges de la book chapters, audiovisual clips etc. Making this kind ponctuation : les règles de base, exemples et corrigés, of file requires a certain number of reserch techniques: Hatier, Paris, 1995. selection, organisation, cataloguing, written - Jean KOKELBERG, Les techniques du style, Nathan, summaries etc; These skills also require us to Paris, 2005. understand the systems used by libraries and archives - Dominique MAINGUENEAU, Analyser les textes de in the classification of documents. communication, Nathan, Paris, 2007. ______- Jean-Luc MARTIN-LAGARDETTE, Le guide de l’écriture journalistique, La Découverte, Paris, 2009. H4/7E JOURNALISTIC PRACTICE - Bernard MEYER, Maîtriser l’argumentation, Armand Fall and Spring Semesters Colin, Paris, 2002. - Jacques MOURIQUAND, L’écriture journalistique, Students may join the class in January Collection Que sais-je ?, PUF, Paris, 2005. - Pascal PERRAT, Libérer son écriture et enrichir son Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per style, Victoires-Editions, Paris, 2010. semester) - Claude PEYROUTET, La pratique de l’expression écrite, Nathan, Paris, 2004. OBJECTIVE: - Louis TIMBAL-DUCLAUX, Savoir écrire des articles, éditions écrire aujourd’hui, Beaucouzé, 2005. Thanks to practise, that is to say writing articles - Michel VOIROL, Guide de la rédaction, collection throughout the year, students will be initiated to « Métier Journaliste », Victoires-Editions, Paris, 2006. journalistic writing, they will learn and learn to master ______journalistic technics, they will be led to respect writing constraints (article types, journalistic shape, number H5/11b : CRIME & SCANDAL of signs, editorial style, deadlines), they will learn how Fall Semester to favour the rise of a writing style and to become a leading place in propositons (type of articles, subjects) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Content : OBJECTIVE: 1st semester : An approach to finding and writing up short human interest stories, particularly with regard to crime and 1. - specificities of journalistic writing ; scandal. 53
students to produce intelligent articles on economic COURSE PROGRAM: subjects and to respond to the public demand for 1. What is the short new item ? How should we repart information in this area. it ? 2. Sources and resources. COURSE PROGRAM: 3. Reality on the ground. 1. Introduction to the regional and national economy 4. Justice and the law courts - how to write up a trial. 2. Different types of company 5. Constraints in legal reporting. What is and isn"t 3. How companies work allowed. 4. Finding the right person to contact to obtain 6. Freedom of the press, presumption of innocence. information What may or may not be said about those who are 5. Where to find economic data "helping the police with their enquiries". 6. Technical vocabulary for economic journalism 7. Hints and techniques for writing economic articles This course will include a field trip to the law courts in ______Douai. H5/11j : JOURNALISM AND THE AUTHORITIES BIBLIOGRAPHY: IN FRANCE Barthes Roland. Essais critiques. Paris : Ed. du Seuil, Fall Semester 1964, 275 p. ISBN 2-02-001923-X. Bilger Philippe. Le droit de la presse. 4e édition Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 refondue. Paris : Presses universitaires de France, 2003, 127 p. (« Que sais-je ? ; 2469 »). ISBN 2-13- OBJECTIVE: 053559-3. Enlightening students about the relationship between Rohde Eric. L’éthique du journalisme. Paris : Presses journalists and the authorities on the local, regional universitaires de France, 2010, 126 p. (« Que sais-je ? and national levels. ; 3892 »). ISBN 978-2-13-058279-3. Constant Jérôme, sous la dir. de Preiss Nathalie. Le COURSE PROGRAM: fait divers dans la presse quotidienne française. 1999, 1) The adminstrative map of France - who is in charge, Mémoire de Lettres Modernes, Université Paris-IV where and for what ? Sorbonne. [En ligne] Disponible sur : URL < 2) Who has the money? How to get grants, finance http://constant.j.free.fr/memoires/jerome_constant/in your projects etc. dex.htm > 3) How the authorities relate to the media - what they ______want you to know or not know. Who decides what to tell you. H5/11c & 15c: SPORTS JOURNALISM Fall & Spring Semesters ______
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 H5/15e : AUDIOVISUAL JOURNALISM/THE REPORTER IN PICTURES OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester Students will learn the techniques of sports journalism, know how to work with sporting deadlines and acquire Lectures: 6 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 a style adapted to writing for a sports' savvy public. Producing accurate and interesting sports information COMMUNICATION, MEDIA OR JOURNALISM VERY quickly. MAJORS ONLY
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To learn how to use audiovisual techniques to report 1 : Adopting the right style, rhythm and vocabulary for news and current affairs for television or the internet. sports reporting 2 : Interesting readers who know the subject well. COURSE PROGRAM: Creating suspense. 1) The grammar of audiovisual sequencing and how to 3 : Relevant analysis - how not to miss the most plan your programme important facts 2) Shooting strategies for audiovisual reporting 4 : Varying the viewpoint 3) Using the virtual software package "Premiere" 5 : Very short articles/ info flashes. 4) The visual part - perspective, angle, zooming etc. 6 : The match report 5) The sound 7 : Interviewing sports personalities 6) Advanced techniques: illustrations, subtitles, 8 : The mini-biography animated sequences etc. 9 : The in-depth study 7)Making video clips on location 10 : The press conference ______11: Getting over writer's block
H5/11e & 15e : ONLINE JOURNALISM
Fall & Spring Semesters H5/11d : ECONOMIC & FINANCIAL JOURNALISM Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: Understanding referencing on the web and how to OBJECTIVE: create effective content To introduce students to nanlyse and treatment of Finding the information you require on the web economic information, enabling them to understand it Creating useful collaborations in order to improve correctly. Key words and useful reflexes. Helping speed and relevance 54
Making creative content and presentation for online present information in a press or publicity journalism document, prioritizing essential points. The use desktop publishing software will be taught in the COURSE PROGRAM: context of teamwork for the written press. 1/ Basic information (history, referencing, writing for the web) COURSE PROGRAM: 2/ Online research (research engines, advanced google Theory and methods etc.) - Laying out a template – why bother ? 3/ Network watching (using alerts, info flow) - Contructing a template 4/ Social networks (Facebook, Twitter, pearltrees....) - Presentation 5/ Creating online slideshows and audio content - Uses of typeface 6/ Varied narration formats( storify, google maps…) ______Adobe Indesign (layout) - Size and shape - Text and image blocks H5/11h : MULTIMEDIA AND INTERACTIVE - Breating and using trims PUBLICATIONS - Inserting text in a layout Fall & Spring Semesters - Assembling the whole magazine - Use of colour Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Finalising the document and exporting as a .pdf file
COURSE PROGRAM: We shall be studying journalism Photoshop (preparing photos and other pictures based on the internet or multimedia presentations. for the printers) Each student will learn how to produce articles for the - Digital photos web and put them online. We shall cover basic - Use of colour computer languages (HTML, javascript, PHP, Flash…), - Types of file for use in publishing (tiff, eps, jpeg et transfer techniques and website management. gif) - Improving your photos (light, contrast, intensity etc.) Compétences : - Selecting, decorating, clipping and framing photos Each student by the end of the semester should be - Finishing touches and masking undesirable elements able to spread information on a website or blog using - Tracing and merging multimedia techniques. ______
LEA4 C/7a: POLITICS AND COMMUNICATION LEA4 C/3a : STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION STRATEGIES Fall Semester Spring Semester
Lectures: 3 hours ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: The aim of this course is to introduce students to Initiation to strategic thinking. At the end of strategic thinking in communication. They should be the class, the student should be able to give a correct able, once they know what a company intends to communication axe, set their communication plan into achieve, to suggest relevant and effective motion. communication tools. They should be able to defend COURSE PROGRAM: their proposals and know how to implement a -analysis of diagnostics complete communication project, starting with the - give a communication strategy original ideas right through to its final realisation. The role of the media Initiation to semiology COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding the brief BIBLIOGRAPHY: Analysis and diagnosis Le publicitor, B. Brochand et Landrevie, Dalloz. Le Proposal of a communication plan Communicator, A Wertsphallen, Dalloz The media plan and other elements ______Creative justification of the proposal (use of LEA4C/7b & LEA5C/12f: INTERCULTURAL semiology), HUMAN RELATIONS Professional presentation of elements. Spring Semester
SET BOOK: THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Le Publicitor, B. Brochand et Landrevie, Dalloz. Le Communicator, A Wertsphallen, Dalloz Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 ______OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student LEA4 C/4a : MAGAZINE PRODUCTION should be able to hold down a job involving a human Fall Semester management dimension.
Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: How to manage yourself in order to manage your coworkers: we will create OBJECTIVE: manager/employee role-playing situations and work Starting with the basic principles of layout and together on the key points to professional success: typesetting, we shall look at how to make your - orientation: I choose my job (job interview, documents easy to read, well-organised and professional interview) visually appealing. Students will learn how to 55
- training: I train, I get qualifications, I develop communications, marketing, branding, etc. and the my career tools you need to conduct them effectively. This course - management: what I like, what I do not like, will focus on analyzing overall communication needs the barriers… I manage myself in my job. and developing the right mix of communication tools, - piloting: I have access to my job’s allocating resources, identifying barriers and solutions requirements and to the relevant checklist for overcoming them, and developing and managing - assessment: I know the essential skills an effective plan for internal and external required to master my job, I assess myself. communications. All these five points fall under the employee’s ______responsibility. The manager should only be considered as a support. LEA5C/10b : RELATIONS WITH THE PUBLIC & THE PRESS LEA4 C/8a : MAGAZINE PRODUCTION Fall Semester Spring Semester THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Lectures: 1 hour ECTS credits: 1 Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA4C/4a OBJECTIVE: At then end of this courses students should understand LEA5 C/11b : COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT: the issues involved for companies in their relations THE BIG PICTURE with the public and the press. Fall Semester They should be able to elaborate a public relations strategy and a press campaign. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH They should master all the main communication techniques used in these areas. GRADUATE STUDENTS AND/OR BUSINESS MAJORS ONLY COURSE PROGRAM: 1. Public Relations Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Definition and presentation of the job with its aims and issues and recent developments OBJECTIVE: - Areas of action in public relations Communication Management is a course focused on - Identifying with the public managing the communication function in all its - How to organise a public relations campaign diversity. The course will explore corporate and other - The internet : its uses and consequences organizational communication aims, practices, publics, - Defining measurable aims in public relations policies, plans, and channels in a variety of corporate and organizational settings. The aim of the course will Case studies : Michel Edouard Leclerc, Briggs & be to equip students with the understanding and tools Stratton, Copalis, AXA Santé necessary to evaluate a company’s objectives, then to develop and manage an appropriate communications 2. Relations with the Press plan allowing the company to effectively manage its - Definition of the press officer’s job communication in furtherance of those objectives with - An overview of the French press all of the pertinent publics (consumers, investors, - What journalists do (written press, radio, TV) employees, suppliers, government agencies, the - The impact of the internet on the traditional media media, and pertinent interest groups). - Methods : press cuttings, press releases, relations with journalists Upon completion of this course, students should be - Working with the press in times of crisis able to: Case studies : C’ZON, Total and the wreck of the Erika 1. Conduct a basic organizational communication needs assessment BIBLIOGRAPHY 2. Produce and identify clear strategic Jean-Pierre Beaudoin, Conduire l’image de l’entreprise, objectives for a range of situations, as well Paris, 1995 as appropriate tactics, in line with corporate Thierry Libaert, La communication de crise, 2001 et La goals communication d’entreprise, 1998 3. Consider and prioritise the needs of Lionel Chouchan et Jean-François Flahaut, Les different publics/stakeholders in a range of relations publiques, PUF – Que sais-je 2007 situations Al et Laura Ries, La pub est morte, vive les RP, 2003 4. Understand which media channels to use for various messages and publics Magazines : Stratégies et Influencia 5. Select appropriate research and evaluation tools Etudes TNS Sofres : l’infuence du web 2.0, 2007 et 6. Develop a comprehensive communications 2008 plan ______
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA5C/10c : SEMIOLOGY IN ADVERTISING Corporate communication refers to the totality of a Fall Semester corporation's efforts to lead, motivate, persuade, and inform its various publics. The emphasis of the course THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY will be strategic in nature. In other courses you will learn in depth about public relations, media relations, Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 intercultural human relations, corporate 56
OBJECTIVE: Photoshop To initiate students in semiological analysis so that - Digital images tthy cand ecode advertisments and also justify the - Use of colour semiological implications of their own publicity - Saved as ? (types of image file) materials. - Improving a photo – light, contrast, colour - Selection and outlining COURSE PROGRAM: -Finishing touches and highlighting Why use signs and images? - The uses of tracing paper and masks Decoding advertisments Presenting and justifying a publicity campaign Macromedia Flash (for cartoons and video clips) semiologically - The setting – background etc. - Using fixed symbols and embedded clips etc. LEA5C/10d - The scene and script (key images, words and COMMUNICATION AND PSYCHOSOCIOLOGY movements) Fall & Spring Semesters Work as a typesetter THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Fonts and spelling - Register, deliberate ambiguity Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Producing a template - Inserting and framing an image OBJECTIVES : Grasp the importance of psycho- sociological and marketing knowledge linked to Adobe Indesign (formatting) communication. - Setting out your document - Text blocks, image blocks, decoration COURSE PROGRAM: - Calligraphy and decorative fonts - Learning about qualitative and quantitative - Layout and page plan studies and the techniques used in order to - Colours (or not) draw a bill of specifications - Final document for the printer, exporting .pdf files - Find solutions to issues of communication linked with the course of Strategic LEA5C/10f Communication INTERNATIONAL MEDIA - Gain knowledge and basic thought on the Fall & Spring Semesters contemporary theories THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY ASSESMENT: A couple of 20-minute long individual presentations Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 and a final together with Strategic Communication class. OBJECTIVES : Know the context of international media. Compare within several countries. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Periodicals: Communication CB news, Stratégie COURSE PROGRAM: Any book on sociology - Media context in several countries - Operators LEA5C/10e : - Effects CREATIVE ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS Fall Semester ASSESMENT: A 2-hour long final written test. THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY LEA5C/10g Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 2 COMMUNICATION IN COMPANIES Fall & Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: How to go from communication strategy to the THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY elaboration of advertising materials? Knowing how to use a creative strategy to create a visual or Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 audiovisual impact in advertising. Using the main tools in graphic design. OBJECTIVES : Grasp the importance of psycho- sociological and marketing knowledge linked to COURSE PROGRAM: communication.
Methods REQUIRED: - The creative process The students should know beforehand the notion of - Presenting your plan global communication, strategic communication, - Story boards and scripts companies diagnosis and managerial theories.
Draughts COURSE PROGRAM: - Space The students will discover the notion of communication - Scale within companies and understand its importance in a - Structure of the image successful global communication. At the end of the - Background class, the students should be able to take an inventory - Movement of operators involved in the internal communication - Focus process and to analyse different behaviours. The students should also be able to analyse the choices of 57
internal communication made by a company in a One 2-hour long final. context of competition with other companies and draw a plan of action. LEA4 C /6a LEA4M/6a CONTENTS COMMUNICATION IN THE WORKPLACE - Presentation of internal communication and Spring Semester its role in the company - The internal communication outline and its Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 main variables - Identification of the main operators and OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, students should analysis of the evolution of their behaviour ba able to define the concept of communication and (employee, boss, manager) understand how important it is for a successful global - Presentation of several tools communication. The student should be able to - Internal communication in time of a crisis recognise the different actors of communication and - The manager and self-knowledge (spotting analyse their behaviors. one’s own personal behaviour to adapt to the company demands) COURSE PROGRAM: - Presentation of neuro-linguistic programming - Introduction, internal communication and its tools and transactional analysis role on the workplace - Actors and their behaviours EDUCATIONAL METHODS - Different tools Lecture, exercises and case study, oral presentation, - Communication in a time of crisis role-plays, bibliographical research, records on a - Neuro-linguistic tools company, group work, etc. ASSESSMENT: 2 research papers and 1 hour test. ASSESMENT ______Midterm: Research, exercises lasting 1 hour (oral or written) LEA5C/11d LEA5T/13b Final: Oral presentation of a study on a company ORGANISING EVENTS Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY Periodicals: Magazine Management – la communication THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY interne, Editions Dunod Websites : AFCI Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 (2 in LEA5T) LEA5C/12c :
PROFESSIONAL WRITING SEMINAR OBJECTIVES : Gain knowledge on technical terms Fall Semester linked to show business and events: sound, lights, video, interpreting, etc. Jobs in the show business. THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Finding a venue, a room.
Lectures: 40 hours total ECTS credits: 2 CONTENTS OBJECTIVE: - Know the elements needed to organise an To communicate effectively in written French in a event professional context. - Feasibility study - Find solutions to an issue, put them into practise LEA5M/12b - Planning, drawing a budget, communicating, LOOKING FOR AND USING STRATEGIC INFO realisating, managing the employees Fall & Spring Semesters EDUCATIONAL METHODS THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Case study, sharing experience, debates, self-training, exercises, presentations, professionals speaking, Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 project, research, group work, seminars, assisting to meetings… OBJECTIVES : To know how to search on the Internet to find reliable resources. ASSESMENT 5 midterms of 1 hour each on the 5 themes + one final CONTENTS BIBLIOGRAPHY The students will directly apply the concepts learnt on Periodicals: L’Evenementiel the computer. This class is a guide to students, future Management de projets événementiels by Philippe professionals on research on the Internet linked to Claveau, Editions PUG communication (cultural, economic, environmental, Show business contracts commercial, marketing, technological, etc.) It guides the students towards relevant and pertinent resources LEA5C/12a LEA5M/12a tackling the knowledge of and the utilisation of the MODERN MANAGEMENT AND USING NETWORKS Internet in a didactic manner and which can be used Fall Semester as part of professional tasks. Thus, from directories to smart agents to search engines, a lot of tools will be THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY amassed by the students. Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 ASSESMENT 58
OBJECTIVES : To know, to understand and to apply documents, such as Curriculum Vitae, text the tools of efficient management commentaries, dissertation, master report…
CONTENTS COURSE PROGRAM: - What should and should not be done in Typing and modifying text efficient management Selecting, copying and pasting text - Team work Format and characters - Interviews on progress Paragraph format - Debriefing, compensation, sanction Tabs Spelling and grammar EDUCATIONAL METHODS Page layout: basic principles Very interactive with regular simulations Tables Columns ASSESMENT Bullets and numbering One final Inserting pictures WordArt, drawing Styles Mail merger Introduction to the Internet: research Computer Science methodology
ASSESSMENT: Opening a file, editing it, doing IMPORTANT: ALL OUR COMPUTING COURSES different tasks in accordance with instructions. ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH Students’ abilities to manage tools, their rapidity and
reflection skills will be taken into account. P1/5a BEGINNERS COMPUTING Fall Semester
MCC1/4a & 8a COMPUTING Lab: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall & Spring Semesters
OBJECTIVE: Practical use of a computer, in order to Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 (per give students the necessary basic skills to do their semester) work during their training course
OBJECTIVE: Freshmen must be able to manage new COURSE PROGRAM: information and communication technologies, using Windows: Basic Principles the different tools at their disposal. Students must be
able to locate, evaluate and present relevant Microsoft Word: Introduction to Word Processing information. - Typewriting
- Microsoft Word 7.0 interface: tool bars, menu COURSE PROGRAM: bars Windows: Basic principles, folder management - Format: characters, paragraphs and page
layout Microsoft Word: Basic functions, creating different - Presenting information in a table types of document (short, complex and long with
hyperlinks) Microsoft Excel: Introduction to Data Processing
(Spreadsheet Program) Microsoft Excel: Basic functions: formulae and charts - Introduction to spreadsheet program Graphic representation of the data in a chart. - Microsoft Excel interface (tool bars, menu
bars) Microsoft PowerPoint: Creating and managing simple - Data input, formulae and links creation and complex presentations; text and picture format; - Worksheet format printing presentations; slide sequences - Chart creation
- Basic and advanced functions ASSESSMENT: Computer
Microsoft Word and Excel: Inserting a chart from BIBLIOGRAPHY: an Excel document into a Word document Word 2000, éditions collections 3D Visuel First
Interactive E-mail: Introduction to Electronic Mail Excel 2000, plus fort, éditions collections 3D Visuel
First Interactive Internet: Introduction to Information research on PowerPoint 2000, éditions collections 3D Visuel First Websites Interactive
ASSESSMENT: Computer-based exercise
LEA1/7a MICROSOFT EXCEL LEA1/3a WORD PROCESSING AND INTERNET Spring Semester RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: Introduction to Computerized Calculations and Database Management with Microsoft OBJECTIVE: To enable students to make Microsoft Excel and OpenOffice Calc 2.1 Word 2003 documents and OpenOffice Writer 2.1 59
COURSE PROGRAM: Microsoft Excel Lectures: 1hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Cell format Copying and pasting cells OBJECTIVE: Power Point is a tool which permits us to Working with several worksheets make communication media. Students will learn to Using simple formulae create presentation aids of all types thanks to the use Functions: sum/average/max/min/NB of Power Point. Charts “IF” function and cell locking COURSE PROGRAM: Using dates - Creation of an opening page “Research” function Learn how to : Advanced functions - Make a text presentation Calculations on several worksheets - Personalise the look of a presentation - Represent numerical information ASSESSMENT: Practical work - Make an organization chart ______- Make an illustration or a diagram - Prepare the projection of a presentation LM1/2d: DIGITAL LITERATURE Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: indications concerning websites will be given during the lessons. Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1
OBJECTIVE: LCE2/12a : MICROSOFT EXCEL To create electronic documents. Fall Semester To write a scenario from an existing literary work Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Microsoft Word OBJECTIVE: A TV show will be produced throughout the year with Microsoft Excel interface is a Spreadsheet program the help of students from Master Journalism and MCC which enables to present numeric data in charts and to 1) Screenplay writing, preparation make calculation on these data. Students will learn 2) Shooting how to make a chart and how to use advanced 3) Retouching calculation functions. Students will also learn the 4) Voice-over, music, sound effects processing of data with Excel and how to make simple 5) Editing and complex graphics.
ASSESSMENT: Practical work COURSE PROGRAM: To learn how to : LM1/6e : DIGITAL LITERATURE - Make a chart Spring Semester - Make calculations - Change the structure of a chart Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 - Present a large chart - Represent graphically numeric data COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM1/2d. - Use web data - Synthetise the data of a base - Strengthen data LM2/11e : DIGITAL LITERATURE - Simulate an hypothesis Fall Semester - Create a model of chart
- Work in groups on a chart Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 - Make a spreadsheet
- Make a repetitive task automatic COURSE PROGRAM: - Analyse data Microsoft Word
A TV show will be produced throughout the year with BIBLIOGRAPHY: indications concerning websites will the help of students from Master Journalism and MCC be given during the lessons. 1) Screenplay writing, preparation ______2) Shooting
3) Retouching H2/12a &16a : 4) Voice-over, music, sound effects COMPUTING FOR HISTORICAL RESEARCH 5) Editing Fall and Spring Semesters
ASSESSMENT: Practical work Classes : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LM2/15e : DIGITAL LITERATURE COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Finding information on the web (the 6 steps of an information resarch project) Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Evaluating, storing and labelling information COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/11e Computer language Creating a portfolio on a historical theme LCE2/16a : POWERPOINT Creating and presenting multimedia Spring semester documents : Word, Powerpoint etc. Introduction to creating a web page
60
- Information graphism LEA2/11a : DATA BASE MANAGEMENT - Graphic syntax of the logotype Fall Semester Adobe Indesign : - definition of the document Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - text units, image units, presentation principles. COURSE PROGRAM: ACCESS - Typographic enriching thanks to style sheets. - Tables - Editing plans and pages assembling. - Forms - Color modes. - Completion before printing and PDF files. ______Adobe Illustrator : - Basic principles of the vectorial drawing. LEA2/15a : COMPUTING LEVEL 2 - Vectors and typographic modification Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 class.
COURSE PROGRAM:Use Online Ressources BIBLIOGRAPHY: Research on the Internet - La fontaine au lettre, G. Setola et J. Pohlen, Ed. Online Resources Fontana - Lexique des règles typographiques, Imprimerie Make a presentation on screen Nationnale
- Précis de mise en page, L. Guéry, Ed. CFPJ - P2/17a COMPUTING 2 Diffusion PUF Fall Semester
Lab: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 MCC2/16a : COMPUTING 2 : DIGITAL OBJECTIVE: To deepen students’ knowledge of PHOTO PRODUCTION computing Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Microsoft Word: - Reminder of its basic functions OBJECTIVE: To acquire the required theoretical - Complementing word processing with knowledge to adapt a digital image for use in the press advanced functions or on TV. The course will also deal with the technical - Format: characters, paragraphs and page and the creative concepts of digital photo production layout and animation possibilities of images on the internet. - Creating tables - Inserting pictures COURSE PROGRAM: - Paragraph titles Retrospective : - Creating automatic contents page - From photo production in Dadaism to - Giving your documents a professional look contemporary digital photo production. Adobe Photoshop : Microsoft Excel: - Digital image (size, resolution) - Managing data - Color profile - Filter and auto-filters - Press or Web recording - Using advanced functions - To improve an image - PivotTables - Selection and extraction - Touching up and making up. Microsoft Word and Excel: - Use of tracing. - Inserting tables and charts from an Excel Adobe Ready Image (for animation) : document into a Word document - Animated GIF - Mail merge Macromedia Flash (for animation) : - Stage Introduction to using the internet for research - Library - Scenario ASSESSMENT: Computer-based exercise ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in ______class.
MCC2/12a COMPUTING : VISUAL IDENTITY BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall Semester - Photoshop CS pour les photographes, Martin Evening, Ed Eyrolles. Classes : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to theorical and practical knowledge required to make a visual identity. MCC3/20a COMPUTER DESIGN Students will experiment a plastic expression step and Fall Semester complete it in the prospect of a mediatic use. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Basis : OBJECTIVE: - Typography Starting with the basis of the job of a model maker - Model and modular grid who aims at improving the visibility and the 61
organisation of the order lines. The main goal is to To make a navigation bar encourage people to read what is on the website. So To optimize images for the Web students will learn how to shape information in a To export a HTML chart. professional optic. The practise of computing will be Front page or Dream Wever or Go live seen in the scope of collaborative work. The mode file, HTML, pagination Page and content properties COURSE PROGRAM: Test in the navigator Basic skills in creating professional documents Insert an image - Typeface and ease of reading Create a hypertextual link - Managing different levels of reading Markers - Page layout Roll overs and “zones cliquables” - Combining text and image Chart manipulation Xpress Publication - Defining your document - Inserting text and pictures, layout ASSESSMENT: regular control of the work done in - Types of paper class - Assembling your pages - Use of colour BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Finishing touches and checks before printing - Making and Breaking the Grid, Timothy Samara, Photoshop Rockport Publishers Inc - Digital photography (size in pixels, printing - Web design index 6, The Pepin Press – Ed. Agile definition) Rabbit - Colours (CMJN, RVB, using black & white) - Etapes graphique, Ed. Pyramyd (presse) - Saving documents for printing or web- publishing (tiff, eps, jpeg et gif) - Improver your pictures (luminosity, LEA3/19a : CREATE contrast, colour contrast and density) AND MANAGE YOUR WEBSITE - Selection and framing Fall Semester - Reworking your images and overall visual impressions Tutorials: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4
ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in OBJECTIVE: Creating and managing a website in class. several languages with Microsoft FrontPage
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - La fontaine au lettre, G. Setola et J. Pohlen, Ed. Creating a website (structure and working Fontana principles) - Lexique des règles typographiques, Imprimerie Use the software Dreamweaver Nationnale Use the software Photoshop - Précis de mise en page, L. Guéry, Ed. CFPJ - Diffusion PUF ASSESSMENT: Exercise to do on a computer - Making and Breaking the Grid, Timothy Samara, ______Rockport Publishers Inc - Le graphisme d’information, P. Wildbur et LCE4/3a COMPUTER METHODOLOGY FOR M.Burke, Ed.Thames & Hudson - Diffusion Seuil RESEARCH STUDENTS - The best of Brochure Design 6, Cheryl SpringSemester Dangel Cullen, Rockport Publishers, Inc - Web design index 6, The Pepin Press – Ed. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Agile Rabbit - Etapes graphique, Ed. Pyramyd (presse) COURSE PROGRAM: Style, auto-format Creating and managing templates MCC3/24a : COMPUTER DESIGN 2 Creating an index Footnotes and endnotes Spring Semester Captions and cross-references Master documents Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Researching a topic on the internet Powerpoint presentations for teaching OBJECTIVE: Synthesis of the issues of internet publication. Students will submit by email an assignement In a prospect very similar to that of marketing, aiming prepared at home. at making a website attractive, students will acquire technical and theoric knowledge in order to be able to edit, hierarchise and put a reference on a document on LEA4 C & M/2d : E-BUSINESS-WEB 2.0 the internet. Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Methodology : Lab: 25 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Arborescence Document analysis COURSE PROGRAM: “zonage ergonomique” and story board * Theory Production planning Understanding Internet and E-business Adobe Image Ready The role of the internet in business To make an animated GIF image E-business : advantages 62
Practical guide to doing e-business Rémy LENTZNER, « le guide de la création de sites Creating an effective commercial website internet- avec Dreamweaver MX 2004 » Edition Eska Exporting through the web Lesy – informatique , 2004. The legal framework of E-business Classroom in a book Adobe Photoshop CS, Peachpit Future developments 2004. Classroom in a book Adobe Illustrator CS, Peachpit * Practice : now you do it ! 2004.
Using databases CTV4/5a : CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF Animation flash MX INTERNET WEBSITES Photoshop 6 Spring Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 LEA4 T/7c : E-BUSINESS Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: creation and management of internet websites Lab: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 To know the elements required to create a Website in a professional environment. COURSE PROGRAM: To know the technical elements required to make a * Theory Website. Understanding Internet and E-business To know the technical elements required to put a The role of the internet in business Website on line and to update it. E-business : advantages Practical guide to doing e-business COURSE PROGRAM: Creating an effective commercial website - Methodologuy of website making : scenarii Exporting through the web and models The legal framework of E-business - Definition of the structure of a website, Future developments organization of files. - Presentation of the language “HTML” “DHTML” * Practice : now you do it ! - Presentation of the different media on the Internet Using databases - Presentation of the principles of pagination. Animation flash MX - Creation of media thanks to Adobe Photoshop Photoshop 6 and Adobe Illustrator. - Creation of websites thanks to the Macromedia Dreamweaver software. CTV4/1a : DTP: DESKTOP PUBLISHING - Principles to put a website on line. Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: a written ASSESSMENT: a quizz and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 open questions. Final ASSESSMENT: students will have to give in a OBJECTIVE: Lectures: To analyse and study a numeric project realized in class in groups. project. To make a schedule of conditions, to make and manage the project, to produce the model and BIBLIOGRAPHY: finalise the project. GARANCE Daniel, HOUSTE François, Macromédia Multimedia : To know the basis of infography, to Dreamweaver MX, Campus press 2004. master the main functions of Adobe Photoshop and ______Adobe Illustrator. H4/3i COMPUTING FOR THE PRESS COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: Students will make a Fall and Spring Semesters multimedia project. They will learn all the stages necessary to make a project live, from the analysis to Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 the marketing. Multimedia : General presentation of infography COURSE PROGRAM: softwares, reflexion upon the graphic chain and upon Creation and management of websites “colorimétrie”, definition of technical terms (vector, Desktop publishing “bitmap”, “pixel”…), creation of graphic elements E-journalism (“logos”, drawings, animated pictures), creation of a photomontage, presentation of the different recording sizes. P4/1b STATISTICS AND COMPUTING use of Illustrator and Photoshop FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS ASSESSMENT: A 15 minute interview during which Spring Semester students will have to answer questions about a multimedia project. Students will also have to give in a Tutorials: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 numeric project representing the progression during the semester. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to use statistics and interpret results, from questions BIBLIOGRAPHY: MILON, A. : « Gestion de projet multimedia – du COURSE PROGRAM: The course will focus on how to cahier des charges à la commercialisation ». editions identify problems, the criteria of choice of method, l’Harmattan, 2003, 242 pages. interpreting and using results: - Principles and methods of descriptive and inferential statistics 63
- Some non-parametrical statistics applied to expected level required at the end of primary school psychology education as expressed by the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. Study of these will lead to practical ideas for their implementation in LEA5M/10d : MARKETING AND E-COMMERCE primary school English lessons. Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Students will reflect on and assess their own experience of primary school second language learning Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 (if relevant) and start to identify features which are essential to effective early language teaching. COURSE PROGRAM: Using SPSS software * Aims and methods of language teaching for young learners with practical demonstrations. - Chap1 : Discovering the software * Discussion of the practicalities and pre-requisites - Chap2 : Creating databases and distrubting variables specific to language learning. - Chap3 : Distribution of frequencies, testing * Integrating language work and other subjects in the hypotheses primary school curriculum. - Chap4 : Analysing variation : ANOVA & ANCOVA ASSESSMENT: Students will be assessed on their participation in, and preparation of, typical primary school LEA4 T/8a & LEA5T/11e teaching methods and activities. HOW TO USE AMADEUS · A written test on some aspect of teaching Spring Semester English in the primary school classroom
· Students will prepare a lesson for primary THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY school children based on a specific language
objective. Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
BIBLIOGRAPHY: PRE REQUISITE : Create and calculate a full booking file (hotel, car reservation. Know the fares easily on _ BO N° 7 26 avril 2007 hors série Préambule commun simple and difficult lines. p 4-8 ; p 25-33 COURSE PROGRAM: BO n° 8 30août 2007 hors série : école primaire - General Study of informations and bookings, ftp://trf.education.gouv.fr/pub/edutel/bo/2007/hs8/hs exploiting PNR files 8_anglais.pdf - Study of costs. Enseigner les langues vivantes à l'école élémentaire http://eduscol.education.fr/cid45718/enseigner-les- langues-ecole.html Common European Framework of Reference for
Languages http://www.coe.int/t/DG4/Portfolio/?L=E&M=/main_pa Education ges/introduction.html http://www.coe.int/t/DG4/Portfolio/?L=E&M=/main_pa IMPORTANT: ALL OUR EDUCATION COURSES ARE ges/levels.html TAUGHT IN FRENCH Teaching English in the Primary classroom, Susan Halliwell Edition, Longman The Primary English teacher’s guide, Gail Ellis, Edition P3/34a : Penguin PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION & LEARNING ______Spring Semester LCE3/23b : DIDACTICS OF ENGLISH 2 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: What does it mean to understand ? Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 What does it mean to learn ? Types of knowledge OBJECTIVE: Acquiring knowledge Students who wish to learn how to teach a foreign Cognitive learning strategies language will discover some of the basic principles of Education & intelligence language teaching in France. Study of basic theories Learning difficulties will lead to practical ideas about how to apply these ______principles in the classroom.
LCE3/19b : DIDACTICS OF ENGLISH 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Teaching English in High School and Junior High School (ages 11 to 18). THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Moving students from level A2 to level B2 on the European scale. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: OBJECTIVE: A forum on language teaching in high schools Students will discover and discuss the basic principles will be organised by the students. Each of early language acquisition as well as the curriculum student’s contribution will be graded. laid down by the French education authorities and the 64
A written test on some aspect of teaching This semester will be dedicated to the study of theory theories of learning - in particular the communciative Students will prepare a lesson for high school approach and action-based erspectives. After studying students using a previously unknown some basic texts, we shall see how these theories document ______work out in the classroom and how they are reflected in the various textbooks currently available. LCE3/19c : TEACHING FRENCH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE We shall look at global simulation methods and their Fall Semester implications for the teacher and the student, analysing different experiments conductd maong groups of Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 learners.
COURSE PROGRAM: Finally, we shall talk about new technologies and Linguistics We shall try to answer the question: "What is this teaching, seeing how technology can help make French language we are trying to teach?" Two learners more independent and aid their acquisition of elements will guide our reply: grammar and phonetics. the French language.
We shall have a look at the different theories of ______grammar which are useful for a French teacher to know. To do this, we shall look at French language English text books, currently used in classrooms and also the Native English speakers may not take grammar books available for foreign learners. “beginners” English language classes. However translation classes, linguistics and phonetics In the area of phontics, we shall look t how standad classes and English & American civilisation French is pronounced and what factors influence the classes are open to everyone. way we speak. E3/1a & 2a: INTRO TO TRANSLATION ENGLISH – Didactics of French FRENCH FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS We shall examine the basic notions we need to Fall & Spring Semesters develop a practical pedagogical method for French as a foreign language. We shall look at classromm Classes: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 3 organsiation and the relationship between the teacher This class is for international students only. and the students within the class. It is possible to join the class in the spring semester In order to do this, we shall look at the different possible ways of structuring a class and what form of OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to organisation best suits which activities. develop the students’ translation skills (from English into French) and to help them to improve Fnrech. A We shall also look at the question of motivation and handout containing fifteen twentieth century texts also the notion of a "learning contract" between the and/or press articles will be provided during the first class and will be used as basis for the class. Students teacher and the students. will translate texts at home, following the order of the handout, and the translations will be corrected ______interactively in class in order to shed light on the difficulties that may have been encountered (syntax, LCE3/23c : TEACHING FRENCH AS A FOREIGN grammar, vocabulary, language registers, differences LANGUAGE 2 regarding the meaning of words, etc.)
Spring Semester ASSESMENT:
There will be two exams during each term. The texts Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 to translate will be 400-words long, and the exam will
last 1 hour. The use of dictionaries is forbidden for COURSE PROGRAM: English-speaking students. Non-English-speaking French Linguistics students will be able to use a bilingual dictionary Our big questions this semster will be: "what misakes (English/mother tongue) to understand the meaning of should we correct and how?" The whole issue of the the text. For example, a German student can use an mistake and how/why to correct it is essential for the English/German – German/English dictionary. The use French teacher, both in oral and written work. of bilingual dictionaries containing French is forbidden, as well as electronic dictionaries. In addition the correcting needed in exams, homework ______assignments and tests to evaluate the students' level, the teacher needs to make choices all the time with LCE1E/4a : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ENGLISH regard to the questions of what to correct and how to Fall Semester assess - we shall examine certain basic principles whih help this process. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Didactics Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
65
OBJECTIVE: For students to have a clear Spring Semester understanding of the business environment, develop important practical business skills such as presenting, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 attending meetings, telephoning, negotiating and socializing in a business context, and acquire useful OBJECTIVE: To help students improve their written business English vocabulary for use in a variety of and spoken English and to communicate in normal practical contexts. situations. If they so desire, students may take the Cambridge First Certificate exams. Students will also COURSE PROGRAM: be introduced to the basic principles of translation. Semester 1: - Making contact and fixing appointments COURSE PROGRAM: - Hiring and firing the language of human Comprehension (written & oral) ressources - - Presenting a Company and Introduction to translation (grammatical your colleagues, understanding and creating translation) job descriptions ______- Receiving visitors - guided tours, presentations, arranging a schedule/accommodation etc; P1/5a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE - Participating in or chairing meetings -presenting Fall & Spring Semesters a project, giving opinions, agreeing and disagreeing politely Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Basic telephone skills ______OBJECTIVE: To help students gain fluency in spoken and written English. If they so desire, students may LCE1E/8a : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS take the Cambridge First Certificate exams. ENGLISH Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Revision of basic grammatical structures THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Comprehension exercises based on texts of general interest Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Essay writing ______OBJECTIVE: For students to have a clear MCC1/3a : ENGLISH FOR THE MEDIA understanding of the business environment, develop Fall Semester important practical business skills such as presenting, attending meetings, telephoning, negotiating and Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 socializing in a business context, and acquire useful business English vocabulary for use in a variety of OBJECTIVE: To teach students the English language practical contexts. especially on cultural themes. If they so desire, students may take the Cambridge First Certificate COURSE PROGRAM: exams. Semester 2: - Basic business correspondence COURSE PROGRAM: - Making and taking an order, and following Knowledge of the structure of the English language through and examples of use in every day language. - Presenting and launching a product Students will work on different media (press, - Complaining and problem-solving - orally or in advertising, commercial documents). The course will writing enable a methodological, grammatical and lexical - Money & statistics - understanding accounts, approach of lessons, so that students can improve step budgets, graphs and balance sheets in English by step. Grammatical structures : relative clauses, etc tenses, modals, linking words, questions, passive voice, numbers… H1/3a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE Students will have to produce, translate and Fall Semester understand a given text.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: written exam + reading comprehension, grammar and writing. OBJECTIVE: To help students improve their written and spoken English and to communicate in normal BIBLIOGRAPHY: situations. If they so desire, students may take the MURPHY Raymond. English grammar in use, third Cambridge First Certificate exams and the Bulats edition, Ed. Cambridge. Edition without corrected exams. exercises and without CD-ROM
COURSE PROGRAM: MCC1/7a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE Revision of basic grammatical structures Spring Semester Introduction to analytical grammar Comprehension exercises Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students should have a good OBJECTIVE: to give students the necessary means to bilingual dictionary (Robert/Collins) and a Grammar communicate in everyday situations. book. ______COURSE PROGRAM: They will practise communication in English : how to ask and get H1/7a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 practical information, express wishes, introduce 66
yourself, express regrets, describe attitudes and Essay writing on themes related to express feelings. Students will also learn idiomatic psychology ways of putting things. They will use tapes and make presentations. The course aims at giving them linguistic means of talking, MCC3/19a & 23a : ENGLISH FOR but also at improving the fluency and spontaneity of COMMUNICATION their expression. Students will work in groups, and Fall & Spring Semesters participate a lot. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per ASSESSMENT: oral + written comprehension, semester) grammar and composition. OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student MCC2/15a : should be able to: ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION MAJORS 2 - understand an original text Spring Semester - communicate with a certain level of fluency and spontaneity with a native speaker Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - express his/her opinion on various issues - argue his/her stance on a specific matter. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function properly in English in their future careers COURSE PROGRAM: Analysis of texts and audio or audiovisual recordings COURSE PROGRAM: Information pool about one or more documents Oral English : idiomatic sentences, levels of Document synthesis language… Translation Business presentations The different levels of formality (idioms, accents…) Debates, presentations Specific lexicon (corporate business, communication…) Telephone conversations Addressed issues: - Media and culture in the US ASSESSMENT: A two-hour written exam (listening - Interculturality, communication and creation. comprehension, grammar, writing) ASSESSMENT: One oral exam, one written exam and BIBLIOGRAPHY: one final written exam. - Vocable - Time, Newsweek, The Economist… BIBLIOGRAPHY: MURPHY Raymond. English grammar in use, third • For the grammar: edition, Ed. Cambridge Grammaire explicative de l’anglais / P. Larreya & C. Rivière / Longman • For the vocabulary: H2/11a : ENGLISH FOR HISTORIANS Choisir et construire / Christian Bouscaren / Ophrys Fall Semester Dictionary of Contemporary English / Longman • For the pronunciation: Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 English Pronouncing Dictionary / Daniel Jones / Cambridge University Press OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function properly • For the cultural references: in English in their future careers What’s what : dictionnaire culturel anglo-saxon / ouvrage collectif / Ellipses COURSE PROGRAM: Oral and writing understanding ONLINE WEBSITE: Reading & analysing historical texts • Online bilingual dictionary: Grammar revision http://www.lexilogos.com/ ______• International press: http://www.pressdisplay.com/pressdisplay/fr/viewer.a H2/15a : ENGLISH FOR HISTORIANS 2 spx Spring Semester • Audio/video resources: http://www.elllo.org/ or http://www.bbc.co.uk/videonation/ Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 • Encyclopaedia: http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accueil or http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page or COURSE PROGRAM: Medieval England http://www.europeana.eu/ Continuation of the 1st semester. ______LM3/19a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE P2/18a : ENGLISH FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Fall Semester Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVES: OBJECTIVE: To help students gain fluency in spoken To discover the socio-historical context of the United and written English. En introduction to psychological States and New York during the 1920s, 1940s and vocabulary in English. 1950s Literary analysis COURSE PROGRAM: Linguistic themes: American English and slang Reading and understand simple psychological text SET BOOK: 67
The Great Gatsby, Penguin Modern Classics OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course students should ______be able to communicate accurately and effectively in English about issues concerning economics, finance, LM3/23a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE business and tourism. Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Use of oral and written English. The class will emphasise the use of vocabulary COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/19a concerning economics, business, fianance and tourism. We shall study texts on these subjects, improve SET BOOK: grammar and vocabulary, engage in debates, listen to The Catcher in the Rye, Penguin audio and video clips and make oral presentation. We shall also do some short translations of business correspondance from French to English. P3/30a : ENGLISH FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS 2
Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 P4/4b : ENGLISH for PSYCHOLOGISTS 3 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Helping students to understand complicated psychological texts written in English. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Students will be required to summarise the contents of texts and reply in English to questions about the issue COURSE PROGRAM: Studying psychological texts and under discussion. learning to make presentations of psychological research in English.
______H4/2a & 6a: THE ENGLISH MEDIA Fall and Spring Semesters CTV5/1a: ENGLISH FOR TOURISM 2 Fall Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits:3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding the Media and writing for the Media in OBJECTIVE: To develop English understanding and English. English expression in the domains linked to tourism Student will study the press in English and analyse and the valorization of heritage. extracts from television and radio. Special emphasis will be placed on journalistic COURSE PROGRAM: language and the appropriate register for use in the Study of texts from the English press related to culture difference media. (painting, sculpture, cinema, architecture…), tourism, and valorization of heritage. CTV4/1b : ENGLISH FOR TOURISM Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: Assessments and presentations. Final ASSESSMENT: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 an oral.
OBJECTIVE: To extend Students’ ability to analyse, BIBLIOGRAPHY: express themselves, and communicate in the area of Riding the waves of culture, Fons Trompenaars and culture, tourism and heritage. Charles Hampden Turner Nicholas Brealey Publishing When cultures collide, Richard D. Lewis, Nicholas COURSE PROGRAM: The course is based on the Brealey Publishing. study of texts from the English press. These texts deal ______with the theme of culture in all its aspects. (painting, sculpture, cinema, architecture…) and with the themes H5/10a & 14a: THE ENGLISH MEDIA of tourism and heritage. Fall and Spring Semesters
ASSESSMENT: Assessments and presentations. A Continuation of H4/2a & 6a written final exam. ______LCE1/1c CTV4/5b : ENGLISH FOR TOURISM INTRODUCTION TO BRITISH LITERATURE Spring Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of M1/1b Classes: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
COURSE PROGRAM:
This course has two parts. LEA4/1a & 5a : PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH
Fall & Spring Semesters Survey of British Literature: This survey course will
offer a comprehensive introduction of British literature Classes: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 th from the Middle-Ages to the 18 century. It is meant to introduce the student to various literary genres, 68
such as poetry or drama, as well as essays and works -- Stephen Crane, “The Veteran” (1896). of fiction and nonfiction. Wherever relevant, the teaching will draw on the wider historical, social and -- Henry James “The Jolly Corner” (1908). cultural context from which the texts spring. -- Willa Cather, “The Enchanted Bluff” (1909). Seminar: This course will offer some guidelines for understanding some of the major authors of British -“Nature in American Literature and Film” literature studied in the tutorials. The last three weeks will be devoted to the study of Film: Into the Wild (dir. Sean Penn, 2007) William Golding's novel, Lord of the Flies. Excerpts from novels, plays and classic poems will also Fiction: Richard Ford, Wildlife (1990), short stories by be studied. Attention will be paid to the ways in which Annie Dillard, Rick Bass and Pete Fromm together with literary texts can be approached. extracts from H. D. Thoreau’s Walden (1854) and Ralph Waldo Emerson’s “Nature” (1836). - William Shakespeare, A Midsummer Night's Dream SET BOOKS: - William Shakespeare, Richard II - F. Scott Fitzgerald, The Great Gatsby, (any edition but Penguin Classics is the William Shakespeare, King Lear - cheapest) - Jonathan Swift, Gulliver's Travels - Richard Ford, Wildlife, London, Harvill Panther, 1995. Henry Fielding, Joseph Andrews - ______- John Keats, "Ode to a Nightingale" LCE1/2a & 6a: BEGINNERS’ TRANSLATION Charlotte Brontë, Jane Eyre - ENGLISH - FRENCH - Charles Dickens, Hard Times Fall & Spring Semester
SET BOOK: William Golding, Lord of the Flies, Faber & Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Faber, 1997 OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating literary texts ______and learning basic translation theory, developing good reflexes, acquiring essential vocabulary.
LCE1/5c: INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN th COURSE PROGRAM: Translating extracts from 20 LITERATURE century novels. Students will prepare their translations Spring Semester at home and correct them together in class.
Classes: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - A good English-French dictionary like the COURSE DESCRIPTION: Robert/Collins Senior This course has three parts - A good English dictionary like the Oxford Advanced Survey of American Literature: This course is a - Michel BALLARD, Les Faux Amis survey of American literature from its beginnings to the first half of the twentieth century. Focusing on the ______cultural background of the Puritan heritage, the experience of wilderness and the democratic LCE1/2b & 6b: BEGINNERS’ TRANSLATION experiment in mind, we will study the awakening of a FRENCH - ENGLISH Fall & Spring Semesters self-consciously American literary sensibility and follow some of its transformations in several works by major Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 writers. OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating literary texts Seminar: After a brief introduction to various and learning basic translation theory, developing good methodological approaches, the course will focus reflexes, acquiring essential vocabulary and revising intensively on the practical aspects of reading literary important grammar points. texts: recognizing images and symbols, interpreting COURSE PROGRAM: Translating extracts from 20th figures of speech, identifying narrative functions and century literature verse structures, etc., and move on as the semester progresses to writing textual commentaries in English. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A good English-French dictionary like the -- Washington Irving, “Rip Van Winkle” (1819-1820). Robert/Collins Senior A good English dictionary like the Oxford -- Nathaniel Hawthorne, “Wakefield” (1835). Advanced
-- Edgar Allan Poe, “The Fall of the House of Usher” (1845). LCE1/2c & 6c: ENGLISH GRAMMAR Fall & Spring Semesters
-- Kate Chopin, “Désirée’s Baby” (1893), “The Story of Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 an Hour” (1894). 69
COURSE PROGRAM: LCE1/6b : BEGINNERS TRANSLATION - Verbs, tenses, modals, active & passive voice FRENCH – ENGLISH 2 - The auxilliaries: to do, to be, to have Spring Semester - Verbal phrases - Indirect speech Classes: 1 hour every week ECTS credits: 2
BIBLIOGRAPHY: An exercise manual will be COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/2b. distributed in class.
LCE2/9c : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH 3 LCE1/2d & 6d : INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS Fall Semester Fall & Spring Semesters THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE DESCRIPTION: COURSE PROGRAM: This course has two parts. - A summary of the different sounds in the English language – basic phonology William Shakespeare, The - English vowels and consonants, how they are 1) An in-depth study of produced and how to transcribe them Sonnets and a Lover’s Complaint, John Kerrigan (Ed.), - The relationship between pronunciation, Penguin, 2004. stress and rhythm 2) American Women Writers in Context (1) BIBLIOGRAPHY: - J. C. WELLS, Longman’s Pronunciation In the 19th century, women writers were often writing Dictionary on the domestic sphere and on sentimental matters. Things began to change in the middle of the century when women started looking at other spheres, LCE1/2e & 6e : ENGLISH ORAL EXPRESSION & discovering what they could do outside the home COMPREHENSION place. Discussing the place of women in the canon, Fall & Spring Semesters this class will focus on several writers whose work
helped change the face of women for the centuries to THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH come. By revisiting stereotypes to better condemn Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 them, some women writers paved the way for emancipation long before they were given the right to COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be encouraged to vote. express themselves in fluent grammatically correct The seminar will be based on close-readings of texts English in a variety of registers. Film, TV & radio clips by women writers, sometimes in relation to works by will be studied and analysed. Students will participate male writers that will be handed out separately. in role playing, improvisation and formal presentations. Students are expected to have read Chopin’s The Awakening (Penguin Classics) for the first class. The LCE1/2f & 6f: TRANSLATION THEORY other texts will be handed out in the form of a Fall & Spring Semesters reader. Charlotte Perkins Gilman, “The Yellow Wallpaper” Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (1890), “The Giant Wisteria” (1891). Edith Wharton, “The Eyes” (1910), “The Looking OBJECTIVE: To familiarise student with the main Glass” (1935). concepts of translation theory in order to complete a well-thought out translation. ______COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study the essential concepts of applying LCE2/9d-13d : ENGLISH ORAL EXPRESSION translation to critical texts and join theory and Fall & Spring Semesters practical in analysis and comparative translations. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Ballard, M. Versus: la version réfléchie, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 repérages et paramètres, Ophrys. - Vinay, J.P., et J. Darbelnet. Stylistique COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be encouraged to comparée du français et de l’anglais. Didier. express themselves in fluent grammatical English in a - Chuquet, H. et M. Paillard. Approche variety of registers. Students will participate in role linguistique des problèmes de traduction, plays, improvisations and formal presentations. An Orphrys. introduction to public speaking will be given. - Grellet, F., Initiation à la version anglaise. Hachette Supérieur. LCE2/10a-14a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR ______Fall & Spring Semesters
70
Classes: 1½ hours per week Listening to interviews, both audio and video ECTS credits: 2 per semester Documentaries News broadcasts COURSE PROGRAM: Different accents in English Articles ______This/that and other demonstratives Possessives and other genitive forms LCE2/11b : INTERMEDIATE PHONETICS Compound nouns Fall Semester ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH LCE2/10b : ENGLISH LINGUISTICS Fall Semester Classes: 1.30 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Phonetic transcription OBJECTIVE: An introduction to the study of Stress patterns language. What is linguistics ? What is it for ? What is Intonation a linguistic system ? How to understand different Assimilation linguistic dimensions and the problem of enunciation. Phonologie
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. ROACH, English Phonetics & Why linguistics ? Phonology; Cambridge University Press What is language ? ______Linguistic units Signs The purpose of language LCE2/11c : ACADEMIC WRITING Linguistic dimensions Fall Semester Enunciation Current linguistic theories in France THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH ______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE2/10c : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION FRENCH - ENGLISH OBJECTIVE: The aim of this course is to guide Fall Semester students in the methods of and the approaches to quality academic research in literature and civilization. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Course activities will emphasize reading and writing as complementary processes. COURSE PROGRAM: Translating literary & journalistic texts into COURSE PROGRAM: English The first part of the course will focus on reading and Looking at common grammatical difficulties research practices: gathering and filtering information when comparing French and English from available research tools in the library and on the Introduction to problems of style & register internet, and the development of effective critical Introduction to translating songs, cartoon reading skills. The second part of the course will focus strips and film scripts on the writing process: organizing source material and ______information and the steps necessary in the creation of coherent research-based essays and term papers. LCE2/10d : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION ENGLISH - FRENCH ASSESSMENT: Fall Semester Regular assessed writing assignments will be given throughout the semester. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: LCE2/13c : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH 4 Introduction to problems of style Learning to discern shades of meaning in both Spring Semester languages Translating contemporary literary texts THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
BIBLIOGRAPHY: In addition to the usual Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 dictionaries… M. GREVISSE, Le Bon Usage COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course has two parts LCE2/11a : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION Fall Semester 1) An in-depth study of Charles Dickens, Great Expectations, Ed. Margaret Cardwell, Oxford World’s Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Classics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2008.
OBJECTIVE: Listening to genuine English recordings 2) American Women Writers in Context (2) in order to familarise the student with natural speech In the 19th century, women writers were often writing and real-life listening. on the domestic sphere and on sentimental matters. COURSE PROGRAM: Things began to change in the middle of the century 71
when women started looking at other spheres, discovering what they could do outside the home BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. ROACH, English Phonetics & place. Discussing the place of women in the canon, Phonology; Cambridge University Press ______this class will focus on several writers whose work helped change the face of women for the centuries to come. By revisiting stereotypes to better condemn LCE2/15c : CREATIVE WRITING them, some women writers paved the way for Spring Semester emancipation long before they were given the right to vote. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH The seminar will be based on close-readings of texts by women writers, sometimes in relation to works by Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 male writers that will be handed out separately. Students are expected to have read Willa Cather’s A OBJECTIVE: In an effort to gain further proficiency in Lost Lady (Vintage International) for the first class. both reading and writing in academic and non- The other texts will be handed out in the form of academic settings, students in this course will actively a reader. engage in the writing process and examine, as both ______readers and writers, a variety of fiction and non-fiction texts. LCE2/14b : ENGLISH LINGUISTICS 2 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Course activities will focus on the production of written texts in a variety of styles Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 and genres (fiction, poetry, film script, journalism etc.) in order to create a higher awareness of the strategies Continuation of FALL SEMESTER involved in effective written communication. ______ASSESSMENT: LCE2/14c : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION 2 Regular assessed writing assignments will be given FRENCH - ENGLISH throughout the semester.
Spring Semester Required text:
ANSON, Chris M. & SCHWEGLER, Robert A., The Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Longman Handbook for Writers and Readers (4th
Edition) COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of FALL SEMESTER ______
LCE2/14d : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION 2 LCE3/17c : ADVANCED SHAKESPEARE ENGLISH - FRENCH Fall Semester Spring Semester
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Classes: 1 1/2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
Classes: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM : Continuation of Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: Students will concentrate particularly on LCE2/15a : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION writing literary dissertations and in depth study of the Spring Semester text both with regard to content and to the language, style and staging. The technique of the historical play Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 will also be compared with that of the romantic comedy. OBJECTIVE: Listening to genuine English recordings in order to familarise the student with natural speech SET BOOK: and real-life listening. SHAKESPEARE, Titus Andronicus SHAKESPEARE, Twelfth Night COURSE PROGRAM: ______Listening to interviews, both audio and video Documentaries LCE3/17e MONEY IN ENGLISH LITERATURE News broadcasts Fall Semester Different accents in English
______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
LCE2/15b : INTERMEDIATE PHONETICS 2 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Spring Semester
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH OBJECTIVE: The presence of money in literature, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 paintings or arts immediately demonstrates a symbolic intention underlying the surface text. It stands for COURSE PROGRAM: values and meanings that by far exceed the traditional Phonetic transcription commercial and financial features of money. Thus, Stress patterns Intonation money functions as a fundamental element in the Assimilation author’s strategy by generating themes, symbols and Phonologie 72
values that participate in the construction of the BIBLIOGRAPHY narrative. Adamczewski, H. Grammaire linguistique de l’anglais. Paris : Colin, 1982. In the United States, money evokes meanings Cotte, P. L’Explication grammaticale des textes anglais. 2ème édition. Paris : P.U.F., 1996. that are particular to the American cultural space. It Joly, A. et O’Kelly, D. Grammaire systématique de becomes closely connected with the core of the white l’anglais. Paris : Nathan, 1989. American male identity founded on historical, cultural Lapaire, J.-R. et Rotgé, W. Linguistique et and religious characteristics. grammaire de l’anglais. Toulouse : P.U. Mirail, 1991. Larreya, P. et Rivière, C. Grammaire explicative de Martin Amis’s novel provides us with a double l’anglais. 3ème édition. Paris : Longman France, 2005. cultural approach to money since the novel, which has Souesme, J.-C. Grammaire anglaise en contexte. a protagonist who is half American and half English, Paris : Ophrys, 1992. ______positions itself both in the American tradition and the classical English tradition. LCE3/18b ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION : FRENCH - ENGLISH Moreover, the book which was first published in Fall Semester 1984 mirrors and questions the financial and economic developments that took place in the eighties. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
SET BOOKS: COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of th Martin Amis, Money, Penguin, 1985. extracts from 20 century English literature John Dos Passos, The Big Money, Houghton Mifflin particularly chosen on account of their grammatical Company, 1933 complexities. Norman Mailer, An American Dream, Henry Holt and Company, 1965 Henry Miller, “Money and How It gets that Way” in LCE3/18c ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION : Stand Still Like the Hummingbird, A New Directions ENGLISH - FRENCH Paperbook, 1962 Fall Semester
Films: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Money (mini TV series), UK, 2010 Melvyn Le Roy, Gold Diggers of 1933, USA, 1933 COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of ______extracts from novels from different parts of the English-speaking world particularly chosen on account of their lexical grammatical & stylistic complexities. LCE3/17f-21f : PUBLIC SPEAKING Fall & Spring Semesters LCE3/19a : READING PICTURES- BRITISH & THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH AMERICAN ART Fall Semester Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH OBJECTIVE: Teaching students to express themselves clearly and Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 fluently in public in formal and professional settings. OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: At the end of the class, the student should be able to Public speaking analyse different types of pictures ( paintings, Making oral presentations engravings, drawings) thanks to technical terms. Role plays He/she also should be able to spot key moments of ______history and acquire some cultural notions. LCE3/18a ENGLISH ANALYTICAL GRAMMAR & LINGUISTICS COURSE PROGRAM: Fall & Spring Semesters This class will look at key moments in history and basic cultural concepts suing various artistic supports: You may join the class in January paintings, engravings, sketches, photos etc. We shall also learn the technical vocabulary needed for this Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 type of analysis.
OBJECTIVE: To provide students with the theoretical We shall be looking at three main areas: tools they need to analyse the grammatical structures - The visual arts in the English-speaking world in the in English they may meet and provide an overview of 20th century. Linguistics in English. - How to understand and analyse the visual arts in English COURSE PROGRAM: - Structuring an artistic analysis or commentary This class will give a general overview of the study of English grammar and linguistics in France. We shall BIBLIOGRAPHY: concentrate on the basics of enunciative grammar A handout will be available in the first class, as well as particularly concentrating on the noun, the verb and a selective bibliography. the complex sentence. ______
LCE3/21b : U.S. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES 73
Spring Semester Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1974 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH 2) Edgar Allan Poe, “The Mask of the Red Death” (1842) Poe: Poetry, Tales and Selected Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Essays, eds. Patrick F. Quinn and G. R. Thompson, New York: Library of America, COURSE PROGRAM: 1984 Part 1: Crime ands guns in the U.S 3) George Washington Cable, “Jean-Ah Poquelin” (1875), Old Creole Days, 1879, The Signet Chapter 1: Violence, crime and crime control Classic Book of Southern Short Stories, eds. Violence: a cultural heritage? Dorothy Abbott and Susan Koppelman, New The extent of the “crime epidemic” York: Signet Classic, 1991 The roots of crime 4) William Faulkner, “A Rose for Emily” (1930), The geographic concentration of crime The Collected Stories, New York: Random The victims and the perpetrators House, 1950 Crime control and U.S. politics 5) Elizabeth Madox Koberts, “The Haunted Chapter 2: Guns and guns control Palace” (1937) Basic facts and figures 6) Flannery O’Connor, “A Good Man is Hard to Guns in American history Find” (1953), A Good Man is Hard to Find: The ideological debate over gun control Stories, London: The Women’s Press, 1980 Legal action against gun ownership 7) William Goyen, “Ghost and Flesh, Water and The paradox about the public opinion Dirt” (1952), Selected Writings of William
Goyen, New York: Random House, 1974 Part 2: Education in the U.S. 8) Eudora Welty, “The Purple Hat” (1943), Chapter 1: The secondary school system Welty: Stories and Memoirs, eds. Richard A decentralized system Ford and Michael Kreyling, New York: Library Diversity: a key word of America, 1998 Desegregation 9) Elizabeth Spencer, “First Dark” (1959), The Bilingual education Southern Woman: New and Selected Fiction, Life in high school New York: The Modern Library, 2001 A nation at risk 10) Shirley Ann Grau, “Three” (1973), Selected Chapter 2: Higher education Stories, Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Introduction: some historical landmarks University Press, 2003 Admission: a privilege, not a right 11) Peter Taylor, “The Real Ghost”, The Oracle at The student body Stoneleigh Court, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, The various types of institutions 1993 Administration and financing 12) Reynolds Price, “The Company of the Dead”, Student life and career The Collected Stories, 1993, New York: “Publish or perish”: research in universities Penguin/Plume, 1994 Cost containment: a challenge for the future 13) Fred Chappell, “The Flame” (1995), Vampire Stories from the American South, eds. Lawrence Schimel and Martin H. Greenberg, LCE3/21D TALES OF THE AMERICAN SOUTH: THE New York: Fall River Press, 2007 GOTHIC, THE GROTESQUE AND THE FANTASTIC Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Liénard-Yeterian, Marie and Gerald Preher, eds. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Nouvelles du Sud : Hearing Voices, Reading Stories. 2007. Palaiseau : Les Éditions de l’École Polytechnique, Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 2012.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: LCE3/21e The short story has always been a popular literary THE BRITISH SHORT STORY: CRIME, HORROR form in the United States. Very often, stories can be AND FANTASY read in newspapers like The Saturday Evening Post, or Spring Semester in magazines, like The New Yorker, Atlantic Monthly, Ladies Home Journal, Redbook…, before they are THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH collected in book form. This is the case for a huge proportion of the stories we will be looking at in this Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 class. We will be paying particular attention to the structure of each story and to the elements they all COURSE PROGRAM: have in common by focusing on the gothic, the The short story is a particular form with its specific grotesque and the fantastic. After introducing the rules and traditions which has developped in the last short story as a literary genre by reading essays 150 years to cover practically every genre and sub- penned by Melville, Poe and Welty, we will try to genre of fiction. The British short story in particular define the major elements needed to define a story as has thrived in popular fiction, the so-called minor gothic or fantastic. We will also see in what ways a genres, and enjoyed a great success with the reading situation and a character can be defined as grotesque public. and what means the writer brings into play to achieve In this course we shall be looking at a century and a a “unity of effect” (Poe). half of crime, fantasy and horror and charting what has changed and what remained the same in this SET BOOKS: specific form of deceptively light entertainment. 1) William Gilmore Simms, “Confessions of a Murderer” (1829) The Writings of William Set Stories : Gilmore Simms: Centennial Edition, volume 5, 74
______1) Wilkie Collins, “A Terribly Strange Bed”, 1852. LCE4/1c : ADVANCED LITERATURE SEMINAR: 2) George MacDonald, “The Golden Key”, IMAGINARY WORLDS 1867. Fall Semester 3) Oscar Wilde, “The Canterville Ghost”, 1887. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH 4) Arthur Conan Doyle, “Silver Blaze”, 1892. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 5) G.K. Chesterton, “The Blue Cross”, 1911. COURSE PROGRAM: 6) Charles Williams, “Et in Sempiterum While all fiction includes the creation of an imaginary Pereant”, 1935 world, it would not be unfair to say that some worlds 7) Dorothy L. Sayers, “Striding Folly”, are more imaginary than others. In this class we shall 1939. be examining literature set outside our daily context, 8) C.S. Lewis, “Forms of Things Unknown” where reality is recreated and selves take on new (FP: 1966, written around 1937) meaning. Science-fiction, fantasy, horror, fairy tales, 9) J.R.R. Tolkien, “Leaf by Niggle”, 1945 hallucinations or tales of the grotesque, of 10) Ellis Peters, “A Light on the Road to metamorphoses or the absurd all enable us to suspend Woodstock”, 1985. disbelief and enter parallel universes which exist, as 11) J.K. Rowling, “The Tale of the Three far as we are aware, only in the author's flights of Brothers”, 2008. fancy, but which maintain surprising connections with 12) James Runcie, “A Question of Trust”, life as we know it. Other works permit the writers to 2012. recreate their own worlds, adapting lives which resemble their own to an image or ideal. ______EVALUATION: LCE3/22b : ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION Students will be required to analyse and compare 2 : FRENCH – ENGLISH extracts from the set works in class, to write a Spring Semester research paper on one of the authors studied and to sit a final exam (essay or comparative textual analysis). Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 SET BOOKS: COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of 1) William Goyen, Come, the Restorer? Half a Look of extracts from 20th century English literature Cain: A Fantastical Narrative particularly chosen on account of their grammatical 2) Richard Ford, The Sportswriter complexities 3) Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland ______3) George MacDonald, Phantastes 4) Madeleine L'Engle, A Wrinkle in Time LCE3/22c : ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION 5) William Shakespeare, The Tempest 2 : ENGLISH – FRENCH 6) William Shakespeare, A Midsummer Night’s Dream Spring Semester 7) Janet Frame, “The Bedjacket” 8) Edgar Allan Poe, “The Tell-Tale Heart” Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 9) Jean Rhys, Wide Sargasso Sea 10) John Keats, “Ode to a Nightingale” COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of 11) Percy Bysshe Shelley, “To a Skylark” extracts from novels from different parts of the ______English-speaking world particularly chosen on account of their lexical grammatical & stylistic complexities. LCE4/1f : ADVANCED SEMINAR : ______RELIGON AND POLITICS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE LCE3/23a : SHAKESPEARE ON FILM Spring Semester Spring Semester THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: This class aims at the same time to help students to - Increasing our general knowledge of Shakespeare undertake research on literary texts and also to and his works explore how literature interacts with the society in - Learning how to understand and interpret films in which it is written. We shall study several well-known English in their cultural context. works of litarture, analyzing them from both a literaty - Understanding how literary works are adapted for the and a thematic point of view, and placing them in their screen. political, religious and historical context. International students taking this class should COURSE PROGRAM: already have a good knowledge of English Analysis of sequences or full movies in class. Literature.
SET BOOKS: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Christopher Isherwood, Goodbye to Berlin A handout will be available in the first class, as well as - Arthur Miller, The Crucible (ed Penguin) a selective bibliography. - Matthew Lewis, The Monk 75
- Harriet Beecher Stowe, Uncle Tom’s Cabi Students will be required to undertake a research - William Shakespeare, King Lear project and pass a final oral exam.
EVALUATION: Students will be requested to write a detailed research LEA1/1a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR paper on one of the set books for their coursework. Fall Semester The final exam will be an oral. ______Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
LCE4/2a : ADVANCED LINGUISTICS SEMINAR OBJECTIVE: To master the pronouns, manipulate Fall Semester sentences with one or more verbs, use the different Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 tenses
OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: The first semester is dedicated The class follows the programme of the competitive to the study of the sentence in English, and the exams for English teaching certification, with a special nominal syntagm.Class will include the study of a emphasis on the analysis of language in context. specific grammar rule and the correction of exercises This includes justifying grammatically the choice of set the previous week. one construction rather than another in a translation We shall be particularly studying : and the ability to contrast French and English Sentence structure : questions, negation, grammar. exclamations, tags etc. At the end of the class students should be able to Nouns and demonstratives analyse grammatically any text written in English. BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: La Grammaire anglaise de l’étudiant, Ophrys _ Identifying parts of speech (nouns, verbs, syntax ______etc.) - Grasping essential structures (why were those LEA1/1b : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION & specific words and constructions chosen ?) EXPRESSION - Analysing the language in its context (relationship Fall Semester between grammar and meaning) ______Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 LCE4/3b: ORAL ENGLISH FOR FUTURE TEACHERS Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: Improving students’ understanding of audio texts and their oral expression. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Listening to soundtracks; OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, student should presentations, role plays, debates. Exercises for be able to discuss varied topics and work on both pronunciation, accent and intonation. intonation and pronounciation. Express oneself for a long time, spontaneously, PERSONAL WORK: Listening to the BBC, films in avoiding difficulties or correct them easily so that your English, preparing presentations etc. interlocutor cannot spot them. Interact easily, spot and use non verbal and ASSESSMENT: The final grade will be the average of intonation-related tricks with no apparent effort. two or three tests Create an exchange or take part in an exchange in a ______natural manner ( who speaks, references, allusions…) Create a high-style speech using grammatically correct LEA1/1c : TRANSLATION ENGLISH - FRENCH and varied sentences, a wide range of link words.. Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM : Oral English based on recent events, C1/C2 on the Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 CECRL scale ASSESSMENT: In class, all along the term. OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating non-specialist ______texts and learning basic translation theory
LCE4/6a : ADVANCED LINGUISTICS SEMINAR - Towards a COURSE PROGRAM: Translating press articles linguistics of the senses : speech and senses PERSONAL WORK: to read English and French press, Spring Semester to prepare a translation of the text which was distributed, then at the end of the course, to compare THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH one’s translation with the given one and to analyse the translation process, finally to learn the vocabulary. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: two 1 ½ hour tests and the translation COURSE PROGRAM: of a press article (25 lines) without any document This course will examine how the senses (sight, authorized. hearing, small, taste and touch) are conveyed in the English language through vocabulary, metaphors and BIBLIOGRAPHY: other forms of image or stylistic/rhetorical device. The New Oxford Dictionary of English The works of several notable linguists will be studied Le Petit Robert (vol.1) to facilitate our analysis. Le Robert & Collins Senior 1998
76
BEAUDRIER & MACKEOWN-LAIGLE, English Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Vocabulary for a Changing World, Sedes ______COURSE PROGRAM: Revision of basic grammatical structures LEA1/5a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Syntax Spring Semester The noun : number and gender Articles Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 The genitive Quantifiers OBJECTIVE: See LEA 1/ 1a Pronouns
COURSE PROGRAM: Verbs, tenses, modals, active BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. LARREYA & C. RIVIERE, and passive voice Grammaire explicative de l’anglais, Longman France 1999 BIBLIOGRAPHY: See LEA 1/1a
LEA1/5b : ENGLISH COMPOSITION & LEA2/9b : TRANSLATION ENGLISH-FRENCH COMPREHENSION Fall Semester Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Translation exercises to help the OBJECTIVE: Helping students to understand written student understand the different lexical, stylistic and English and to express themselves fluently in that syntactic problems translators encounter. We shall be language. particularly concentrating on journalistic texts.
COURSE PROGRAM: We shall study the English and BIBLIOGRAPHY: American press and a series of texts about social and A bilingual dictionary: Robert et Collins Senior economic issues. Students will be expected to learn An unilingual dictionary: Oxford Advanced vocabulary. The New Oxford Dictionary of English
ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour exam divided into two parts : comprehension questions on a text and a short essay LEA2/9c : ENGLISH COMPREHENSION & COMPOSITION BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall Semester Le mot et l’idée or a similar vocabulary book Journalease (a book of useful vocabulary for Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 studying the press) ______OBJECTIVE: To help students master the written language and improve comprehension. LEA1/5c : TRANSLATION FRENCH – ENGLISH Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Studying press articles about current issues Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Creating a vocabulary data base Reformulating information : summaries, COURSE PROGRAM: Translating press articles replying to articles, letters etc. Arguing a point, participating in a written ASSESSMENT: two 1 ½ hour tests and the translation debate of a press article (25 lines) without any document authorized. ASSESSMENT: it will be a mixture of comprehension ______and expression exercises: writing or rewriting from a written document, essays, correspondence, vocabulary LEA1/5d : INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS exercises…
Spring Semester LEA2/13a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Spring Semester
OBJECTIVE: Improving students’ command of the Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 spoken language
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Classes will include a mixture of Revision of basic grammatical structures theory and practice. The following points will be Modals studied : Passives articulation Adjectives (type, order etc.) phonology
assimilation BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. LARREYA & C. RIVIERE, stress patterns Grammaire explicative de l’anglais, Longman France transcription 1999
LEA2/9a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Fall Semester LEA2/13b : TRANSLATION FRENCH - ENGLISH
77
Spring Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LEA3/17c : ORAL TRANSLATION Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Translation exercises allowing students to learn about lexical, syntactic and stylistic Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 problems for translators. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to translate orally and on sight unseen written documents, particularly LEA2/13c : ORAL ENGLISH speeches Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 Learning useful vocabulary for making official speeches COURSE PROGRAM: Translating at sight Listening to and analysing audio and video Learning to improvise orally cassettes Summarising and reformulating information ASSESSMENT: Students will translate a previously Pronunciation unseen document on sight. (15 mins.) Individual and group oral presentations
ASSESSMENT: an oral comprehension written exam LEA3/21a : (it lasts 1 hour). FRENCH - ENGLISH BUSINESS TRANSLATION
Spring Semester
LEA3/17a : BUSINESS ENGLISH Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 2 hours per Translating documents in English for use in week (one written, one oral) the work place : catalogues, contracts, ECTS credits: 3 advertisments, order forms, menus, holiday brochures etc. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function Improving translation technique – how to effectively both in writing and orally in English in the correct texts which have been translated by a world of Business computer Students will complete in pairs translation COURSE PROGRAM: project on a specific theme Written comprehension exercises and summaries based on a collection of ASSESSMENT: Students will have two hours to documents translate an original document similar to one studied Commercial correspondence in class. Note-taking in meetings and writing minutes Listening practice from telephone programs
on economic and political issues LEA3/21b : Telephone conversations ENGLISH - FRENCH BUSINESS TRANSLATION Public-speaking Spring Semester Role plays
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: the exam consists of a project report and an oral exam. Moreover, there will also be written OBJECTIVE: To teach students how to translate and oral tests during the year: several exercises professionally into French. including specialized vocabulary, comprehension, expression (analysing documents, letters, or a form to COURSE PROGRAM: fill in). Translating documents in English for use in
the work place : catalogues, contracts, advertisments, order forms, menus, holiday LEA3/17b : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING brochures etc. Fall Semester Improving translation technique – how to correct texts which have been translated by a Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 computer Students will complete in pairs translation OBJECTIVE: To enable students to translate orally project on a specific theme and spontaneously in a business context. ASSESSMENT: Students will have two hours to COURSE PROGRAM: translate an unseen document Translating oral presentations Translating in business negociations
Acting as linguistic interface in contacts LEA3/21c : INTERPRETING 2 between professionals with no common Spring Semester language
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 ASSESSMENT: Oral exam in pairs.
78
OBJECTIVE: To teach students how to interpret consecutively in a professional context. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
COURSE PROGRAM: How to translate orally and Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 briefly without preparation speeches and presentations in a professional context. Students will learn how to OBJECTIVE: summarise the main points of a speech in the other Speak fluently and coherently on business subjects language. Use accurate vocabulary in all usual situations of business life ASSESSMENT: Students will be asked to summarise Express oneself naturally in work place in language B a five minute oral presentation in Understand the details of professional documents in language A. English without help Prepare a speech on a business or economic subject Make a business presentation LEA4/1b : ENGLISH BUSINESS WRITING Write well-structured professional documents Fall Semester Understand complicated conversations between several English speakers about economic issues Classes: 1 hour ECTS credits: 21 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To help students develop and apply Presentations in English : presenting figures, their knowledge of English to the elaboration of a situations, new products, a balance sheet, a new company’s communication strategy. The students will production or management process work in small groups. Writing in business English : letters, emails, reports, COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be involved in 3 minutes, manuals, brochures different communications projects in English Writing an article Using professional documents : articles, leaflets, Creating a publicity brochure manuals, budgets, job descriptions, instruction sheets Writing an open letter to the public (potential ______customers)
ASSESSMENT: it is based on 3 criteria: French - the quality of English: grammar and spelling IMPORTANT: ALL OUR FRENCH COURSES ARE TAUGHT - the style ENTIRELY IN FRENCH - the content ______
BIBLIOGRAPHY: R. ATWAN & W. VESTERMAN, E3/1c & 2d : FRENCH Effective Writing for the College Curriculum, McGraw FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Hill, 1987 Fall & Spring Semesters ______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LEA4/5b : SPOKEN ENGLISH FOR BUSINESS Courses are from beginner to advanced level. An initial Spring Semester 2h placement test evaluates students’ linguistic skills including grammar, vocabulary, reading, writing and Classes: 1 hour ECTS credits: 1 listening. The groups are based in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to communicate orally in formal business situations both individually OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to and in a group privude students with the educational materials and resources (depending on their level) necessary for COURSE PROGRAM: them to express themselves in French (speaking in Meetings : listening to others, time public, efficiently and fluently); to understand and use management, styles of participation, role common expressions; categorize information taken for plays a written document and use it; express their opinion Public speaking : communication techniques, and answer precise questions; better understand how to present a project or idea, French culture. improvisations, prepared speeches EDUCATIONAL METHODS: ASSESSMENT: Students will be required to prepare a All 5 linguistic skills are covered: listening, speaking, PowerPoint presentation in English about an aspect of reading, writing and oral interaction. The education the business world (it lasts 15 min.). methods focuses on practise: grammar exercises with multiple examples and oral practise; dictation; BIBLIOGRAPHY: J.C. McCROSKEY, Introduction to listening to oral materials with increasing difficult Rhetorical Communication characteristics; discussions, presentations and ______debates; role play; writing essays and summaries. Students will also be prepared in the necessary skills LEA5C/11f, LEA5M/11g, LEA5T/11d for successfully following university level courses. ADVANCED BUSINESS ENGLISH Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: The exam will be in three parts. Students will write an essay, listen to a recording and THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY answer questions, and have an oral test. 79
______
E3/2e : ORAL EXPRESSION IN FRENCH OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester In the Middle Ages, in Europe, the genre of the short tale was at its peak. Exempla, fabliaux or short stories, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 these texts kept appealing an audience fond of orally narrated entertainment, at a time when orality was the PREREQUISITE: To take this class, students should basis of literature. This class aims to give an overview have already studied French for at least 4 semesters. of the genre.
OBJECTIVE: SET BOOKS: To encourage students to speak French and improve -Geoffrey Chaucer, Les Contes de Canterbury, éd. et their speaking in front of an audience. trad. André Crépin, Paris, Gallimard, 2000. -Giovanni Boccace, Le Décaméron, éd. Christian Bec, COURSE PROGRAM: Paris, Librairie Générale Française, 1994. - Some non-verbal communication -Les Cent Nouvelles nouvelles, éd. Franklin Sweetser, techniques: body language, face, tone Genève, Droz, 1996. - Differences between spoken and written -Nouvelles du Moyen Âge, éd. et trad. Nelly Labère, French. Paris, Folio, 2010. - Situations and language registers. - Argumentation techniques: to convince, Complementary reading : points and examples, thesis and anti-thesis, Didier Souiller, La nouvelle en Europe. De Boccace à objections and how to answer objections, Sade, Paris, PUF, 2004. compromises, rhetorical techniques. ______- Drama and improvisation LM1/1c : LITERARY JOURNALISM EDUCATIONAL METHODS: Fall Semester Speaking: present oneself, defand and arguant, tell a story. Debates between students. Role plays and Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 improvisations from a give situations. OBJECTIVE: MATERIAL: Controversial texts, newspapers articles, current COURSE PROGRAM: events. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESMENT: ______Midterm and oral exam in class. ______LM1/2a : FRENCH LINGUISTICS Fall Semester LM1/1a : FRENCH LITERATURE Fall Semester Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
Classes: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 5 OBJECTIVE: To give students a better understanding of French grammar, of how it works and how to An introduction to studying French literature using a analyse it. set book as a means to acquire the necessary techniques of analysis. COURSE PROGRAM: What is grammar? SET BOOK: Madame Bovary de Gustave Flaubert - Words, formation, lexical semantics. (Gallimard, Folio Classiques). - Sentences: definitions (sentences, wording, clauses), forms of sentences, simple ______sentences, complex sentences. - Syntax: analysis of the elements of the LM1/5a : FRENCH LITERATURE 2 verbal group and of the nominal group. Spring Semester - Spacio-temporal and logical relations.
Classes: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 5 LM1/2b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE An introduction to studying French literature using a Fall Semester set book as a means to acquire the necessary techniques of analysis. STUDENTS SHOULD HAVE A VERY GOOD LEVEL OF WRITTEN FRENCH SET BOOK: La Femme pauvre de Léon Bloy (Gallimard, Folio). Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
______OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to Old French and medieval French literature through a linguistic and LM1/1b & 5b : THE EUROPEAN ART OF THE TALE thematic approach. IN THE MIDDLE AGES COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester - Old French : declensions, masculine nouns,
conjugations, syntax Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 per semester 80
- Semantics : the meaning and origins of French words and French literature. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Introduction to medieval French literature : ballads. COURSE PROGRAM: - Declensions, feminine nouns, adjectives BIBLIOGRAPHY: and demonstratives - Philippe Walter « Naissance de la littérature - Conjugation of the most frequently used française , IXeme-Xvème siècle, verbs Anthologie » ELLUG Les Presses de - Using ‘que’ l’Université de Montréal 1998 - Vocabulary and semantics - Hélix Laurence « L’épreuve de vocabulaire - Phonetics d’ancien français, fiches de sémantique » - Lyrical poetry Editions du Temps 1999 - Novels - Umberto Eco « Art et beauté dans l’esthétique médiévale » Poche 4329 Paris BIBLIOGRAPHY: See to LM1/2b 1987 - Paul Zumthor « Essai de poétique médiévale » Collection Essais, Points 433 Paris 2000 LM1/6e : CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY IN LITERATURE ______Spring Semester
LM1/5b : ENGLISH AND FRENCH THEATRE IN Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 THE 16th CENTURY Fall & Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: To define the notion of myth and see how myth is linked to literature through a corpus of Classes: 1 hour per week basic texts from the Antiquity to the present day. ECTS credits: 5 per semester COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: The birth and evolution of the A deeper study of contemporary works will give theatre in England and France during the 16th century. students a few keys to understanding mythology.
SET BOOKS: BIBLIOGRAPHY: -Le théâtre français du Moyen Âge et de la - André Gide- Thésée Renaissance, dir. Darwin Smith, Gabriella Parussa, - Jean Giraudoux , Electre Olivier Havély, Paris, L’Avant Scène théâtre, 2014. - Jean-Paul Sartre, les Mouches -Hervé Bismuth, Histoire du théâtre européen : de ______l’antiquité au XIXe siècle, Paris, Champion, 2005. -André Degaine, Histoire du théâtre dessinée, Paris, LM2/9a : MEDIEVAL LITERATURE Nizet, 2000. Fall Semester ______Prerequisites: Students should already have studied LM1/6a : MODERN FRENCH LINGUISTICS at least one semester of Old French Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week STUDENTS SHOULD HAVE A VERY GOOD LEVEL OF ECTS credits: 3 credits Fall WRITTEN FRENCH OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand a Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 novel in both literary and historical context.
OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to linguistics as a COURSE PROGRAM: systematic way of describing how a language works: History and litterature of the Middle Ages description of language phenomena, argumentation. - The novel in the Middle Ages, the birth of a language and of a literary genre COURSE PROGRAM: - Héloise & Abelard – when history influences - Linguistics and grammar, lingsuistics and literature literature - Tristam & Iseult – when literature - Understanding essential linguistic terms influences history (diachronic, synchronic, phrase, paradigm, - Le Roman de Renart – when history is language, speech) concealed in literature - What is phonology & phonetics? - What is morphology? BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Semantics - Art et beauté dans l’esthétique médiévale – - Syntax Umberto Eco (Poche 4329 Paris 1987) - How to construct an argument - Essai de poétique médiévale – Paul - Enunciation : subjectivity in language Zumthor (Essais Points 433 Paris 2000) - Présences de l’Au-delà, une vision médiévale du monde – Henri Platelle, LM1/6b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Septentrion 2004 - Histoire de la civilisation française – G. Spring Semester DUBY et R. MANDROU – Tome 1 – Moyen
Age et 16ème siècle. Coll. U. Prerequisites: Students should already have studied - Introduction à la littérature française du at least one semester of Old French 81
Moyen Age – M. ZINK – Le Livre de Poche. ______Références – 1993 - Histoire de la littérature française, Moyen- LM2/10c : HISTORY OF THE THEATRE Age (1040-1486) – E. BAUMGARTNER, sld. Fall Semester D. Couty, Bordas 1988 - Introduction à la vie littéraire du Moyen Age Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (1040-1486) – P.Y. BADEL (Paris Bordas 1969 réédité) COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to Western - See also the reviews Romania, Le Moyen Âge, Dramatic art, and study of French classical dramatic Cahiers d’Histoire des literatures romanes art : - Phèdre – Racine L’Illusion Comique – Corneille LM2/9b : 16th CENTURY LITERATURE L’Avare – L’impromptu de Versailles – Molière Fall Semester Le Jeu de l’Amour et du Hasard – Marivaux Richard III – Shakespeare Classes: 1.30 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Voltaire and the survival of classicism Diderot and the serious drama COURSE PROGRAM: Hugo and the romantic drama An introduction the literature of the Fin de siècle theatre Renaissance Ubu Roi – A. Jarry A particular emphasis on the poetry of the Dada and the surrealism Renaissance. Partage de Midi – Claudel Various poets including : Clement Marot, En attendant Godot – Beckett Louise Labé, Joachim du Bellay, Ronsard, Jodelle, M. Papillion, Agrippa d’Aubigné BIBLIOGRAPHY: Phèdre – Racine Set Book : L’Illusion Comique – Corneille French literature of the Renaissance L’Avare – L’Impromptu de Versailles – Molière Anthologie de la poésie française du seizième siècle, Ruy Blas – Hugo édition de J.Cérad et L.-G. Tin, Poésie/Gallimard, 2005 Ubu Roi – A. Jarry Partage de Midi - Claudel ______En attendant Godot – Beckett Introduction aux grandes théories du théâtre LM2/9c: LITERARY TRAVEL WRITERS OF THE 19th – JJ. Roubine – Paris, Bordas 1990 CENTURY ______Fall Semester LM2/10a : FRENCH LINGUISTICS 2 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 To know the genre of the travel book thanks to literary analysis of Chateaubriand, Flaubert, George Sand, COURSE PROGRAM: Taine, etc. - The noun: proper and common nouns, and their place in the French sentence BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Demonstratives Véronique Magri-Mougues, Le voyage à pas comptés. - Pour une poétique du récit de voyage au XIXe siècle, Each chapter will be followed by exercises and texts. Paris, Champion, 2009. Le voyage en France, t. 2, Paris, Robert Laffont, 1999 (Bouquins). LM2/10b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Le voyage en Grèce, Paris, Robert Laffont, 2003 Fall & Spring Semesters (Bouquins). ______Prerequisites: Students should already have studied at least one semester of Old French. LM2/9d & 13c : EUROPEAN LITERATURE – LITERATURE AND THE 14-18 WAR Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall and Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1 hour per week - Chrétien de Troyes, Le Chevalier de la Charrette (édition Lettres Gothiques) ECTS credits: 3 credits Fall, 4 credits Spring LM2/10c : HISTORY OF THE THEATRE OBJECTIVE: To discover the literary voices of France Fall Semester and Europe during the Great War.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: A selection of texts will be distributed in class, but we shall study three classic COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to Western works in greater detail. Dramatic art, and study of French classical dramatic
art : SET BOOKS: Phèdre – Racine Erich-Maria Remarque, A l’ouest rien de nouveau Ernst L’Illusion Comique – Corneille Jünger, Orages d’acier L’Avare – L’impromptu de Versailles – Molière Jaroslav Hasek, Le Brave soldat Chveïk. 82
Le Jeu de l’Amour et du Hasard – Marivaux Richard III – Shakespeare COURSE PROGRAM: Voltaire and the survival of classicism Extracts from: Diderot and the serious drama - Pentateuque Hugo and the romantic drama - Historical books Fin de siècle theatre - Psalms Ubu Roi – A. Jarry - Prophets Dada and the surrealism - Evangile Partage de Midi – Claudel - Epistles En attendant Godot – Beckett BIBLIOGRAPHY: BIBLIOGRAPHY: For the class, students must have a Bible, preferably Phèdre – Racine the translation which is said to be from “L’Ecole de L’Illusion Comique – Corneille Jérusalem.” This translation is also published in L’Avare – L’Impromptu de Versailles – Molière affordable paperbacks under different formats and Ruy Blas – Hugo bindings. Ubu Roi – A. Jarry Partage de Midi - Claudel Students should read “Rudiments de culture En attendant Godot – Beckett chrétienne pour une meilleure lecture des oeuvres Introduction aux grandes théories du théâtre littéraires,” Michel Bouvier, editions Septentrion (It is – JJ. Roubine – Paris, Bordas 1990 available at the university bookshop Meura, 25 rue de Valmy, behind the Palais des Beaux-Arts), prior to the first class). LM2/13a : MEDIEVAL LITERATURE ______Spring Semester LM3/17a : REFLECTIONS ON Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL WRITING IN FRENCH Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/9a. ______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
LM2/13b: BALZAC, STORYTELLER OBJECTIVE: To study famous works of literature in Spring Semester detail, with its background and literary context.
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 4 COURSE PROGRAM: It is suggested that students start reading the texts prior to the first class. COURSE PROGRAM: Studying the different ways in which Balzac has comprehended the genre of the short SET BOOKS: story, especially the tale and the novella. Fall: Les Confessions de Jean-Jacques Rousseau (Livres I à SET BOOK: VI, Garnier Classiques) Balzac, Oeuvres diverses, Paris, Gallimard, Si le grain ne meurt d’André Gide (Gallimard, Folio) “Bibliothèque de la Pléiade”,1990, t.1 Jean le bleu de Jean Giono (Le Livre de poche)
Spring: L’Âge d’homme de Michel Leiris (Gallimard, Folio) LM2/14a: FRENCH LINGUISTICS Les Mots de Sartre (Gallimard, Folio) Spring Semester Enfance de Nathalie Sarraute (Gallimard, Folio).
Prerequisites: Students should have studied at least Please ensure that you purchase the editions listed one semester of French linguistics above for convenience of pagination.
______Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
LM3/17b: 17th CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE COURSE PROGRAM: - Restrictive and descriptive relative clauses Fall Semester
- Specification in relative clauses Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
COURSE PROGRAM: Discourse at the theater LM2/14b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE
Spring Semester SET BOOKS: Cinna, Corneille, ed. Forestier, Folio Classique n°4256 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Bérénice, Racine, ed. Parish, Folio Theatre n°15
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/10b.
LM3/18a: LITERATURE AND NEW TECHNOLOGIES LM2/14c : THE BIBLE & LITERATURE Fall Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To discover the influence of the Bible in ______various literary works.
83
LM3/18b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Fall Semester Anthropology, autobiography, meditations on culture Okeley, Judith, Anthropology and Auto- Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Biography, London : Routledge, 1995. Bourdieu, Pierre, Réponses : Vers une Prerequisites: Students should already have a good anthropologie réflexive, Paris : Seuil, 1992. knowledge of Old French Anthropology and travel writing COURSE PROGRAM: Todorov, Tzvetan, « Les récits de voyage et Various questions of style and register in Old French les colonialismes », in Le Débat, N°18, 1982. will be covered. Anthropology, between science and literature BIBLIOGRAPHY: Favret-Saada, Jeanne, « Etre affecté », in - La Mort le Roi Artur (édition J. Frappier TLF Gradhiva, N° 8, Paris : Editions Jean-Michel Droz 1964) Place, Juillet 1990. Augé, Marc, Un ethnologue dans le métro, LM3/21b : 17th CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE Paris : Hachette Littérature, 2001 Spring Semester Levi-Strauss, Claude, Tristes tropiques, Paris : Pocket, 2001 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Rabinow, Paul, Un Ethnologue au Maroc : réflexions sur une enquête de terrain, Paris : COURSE PROGRAM: Discourse zt the pulpit Hachette 1988 (orig. : 1977) Leiris, Michel, L’âge d’homme, Paris : Folio, SET BOOK: 1973 Sermons, Bossuet, ed. Cagnat-Deboeuf, Folio Barley, Nigel, Un anthropologue en déroute, Classique n°3458 Paris : Payot, 2001 ______
LM3/21c TRAVEL WRITING AND ETHNOGRAPHY LM3/20c & 24c: LITERARY CULTURE Fall Semester Fall & Spring Semesters Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 OBJECTIVE: We shall be studying the characteristics of tales of COURSE PROGRAM: travel to remote civilisations from an anthropological The report and the “narrative” have to be completed and literary point of view. by a reflection on the links shared by literature with How should we analyse these narratives ? the world, with history, with politics, with the main questions inherited from a secular metaphysic: those COURSE PROGRAM: of the sense, of values, of a link with others, with the The ethnographer and anthropologist observe and try human. Not only to consider literature as a symptom to understand and also try to communicate what they or a witness of its time, like cultural historians, neither have seen in words. Their descriptions of far-off to consider it only as the emanation of socio- civilisations are narratives which do not just describe, economical, historical, political or sexual realities, like but also try to construct "a sereis of links between the literary sociologists or cultural studies but in literature. one who observes and what he observes" (Laplantine). For literature is, with art and philosophy, the only The aim of htis class is to introduce students to this place where these questions which are thought of and type of writing and to examine the different types of felt, never stop to prey on minds, at least on those ethnographical narrative (journal, traveller's tale, who still spare themselves some time to think. A place meditation on a given culture etc.). At the same time, both outside all political dogmas (that impose a way of we need to examine these writings from a literary thinking more than they give rise to it) and of all these point of view and study how they say what they say disciplinary specialisations (which limit sight to their and what literary strategies they use to convey what own field). Our time is one of a true opening of they themselves have perceived. We also need to look cultures. at the fictional or dramatic elements which may have found they way into the narrative, pershpas without BIBLIOGRAPHY: the author fully realising it. - Telephone Book by Avital Ronnell The class is above all an introduction to a type of - Trouble dans le genre by Judith Butler writing where science and literature meet. ______
Bibliography: LM3/22b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Introduction to l’anthropology Spring Semester Kilani, Mondher, Introduction à l’anthropologie, Lausanne : Payot, 1992. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Augé, Marc, Pour une anthropologie des mondes contemporains, Paris : Flammarion, Prerequisites: Students should already have a good 1997. knowledge of Old French. Althabe, Gérard, « Vers une ethnologie du présent : Demande d’ethnologie et stratégie COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/18b des ethnologues » in Althabe, Gérard ; Fabre, ______Daniel ; Lenclud, Gérard (sous dir.) Vers une ethnologie du présent, Paris : Maison des LCE1/3a : ACADEMIC AND CREATIVE WRITING Sciences de l'Homme, 1992. IN FRENCH 84
Fall Semester SET BOOK: Jean Bessière , Le Roman Contemporain ou la Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Problématicité du monde, Principes de la Théorie Littéraire, Multiculturalisme et identité en literature et THIS COURSE IS RESERVED FOR STUDENTS WITH A en art, literatures francophones et politique. GOOD LEVEL OF WRITTEN FRENCH (Level B2 on the Michel Lantelme, Le Roman Contemporain: Janus European scale or above) postmoderne. Roger Godart, Itinéraire du Roman Contemporain OBJECTIVE: To develop the students’ writing skills and to enable Own readings, some examples : Houellebecq, Andrée them to identify different stylistic and rhetorical Chedid, Amélie Nothomb, Le Clésio,Modiano….. devices through literary analysis. ______
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study the stylistic AS1/2b : HISTORY OF FRENCH LITERARY characteristics of various texts and apply these MOVEMENTS practices into their own creative writing assignments. Fall Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LCE1/7a : FRENCH LITERATURE FOR NON- SPECIALISTS OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand the Spring Semester literary and artistic movements in French literature as well as their historical, social and political context. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: In the first half of the course, students will gain a We shall study a series of extracts from well-known general overview of French literature from the Middle works of French literature, grouped by genre and by Ages to the end of the 20th century and understand theme. We shall discover how the techniques of how literature has always been influenced by history writing in French are used for literary effect at and philosophy. different periods and for different literary purposes. This is a good course for students with little or no The second half of the course will be devoted to knowledge of French literature. defining various literary movements in their artistic ______and philosophical context and the meaning of humanism, baroque, posthumanism, symbolism, LCE1/4g : GENERAL KNOWLEDGE FROM A postmodernism etc. FRENCH PERSPECTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall & Spring Semesters - P. Brunel, La littérature française : des
origines à nos jours, Vuibert, 2005. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - P. Chartier, Introduction aux grandes THIS COURSE IS RESERVED FOR STUDENTS WITH A théories du roman, Armand Colin, 2005. GOOD LEVEL OF WRITTEN FRENCH (Level B2 on the - M.-M. Fragonard, Précis d'histoire de la European scale or above) littérature française, Éd. Didier, 2004.
OBJECTIVE: This class is particularly useful both for students who have to take competitive exams in France, but also for AS1/1a : HISTORY AND THEORY those who need to understand current affairs and OF THE THEATRE cultural presuppositions in France and be able to Fall Semester express them in clear, concise French. Classes: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: * French Current Affairs OBJECTIVE: To gain an historical overview of classical * Understanding the French-Speaking World theatre; to learn the cultural context as well as the * Understanding French aphorisms and cultural pre- religious and social issues at stake in the theatre in suppositions Athens and Rome; to distinguish between the different * Writing clear and concise French to summarise and types of classical theatre; to work out the connections explain ideas between modern theatre and the theatre of the classical period.
COURSE PROGRAM: MCC3/22c: - Cultural and literary history CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE - Theatre and religion, theatre and society Spring Semester - Organising performances
- The actors Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Theatrical architecture
- Comedy, tragedy, melodrama, farce etc. OBJECTIVE: - Well-known classical authors and works Broaden the students’ minds towards recent French - Artistic testimonies literature. Rediscovery of living authors and style - Mythological origins analysis. Place of contemporary literature in
nowadays’ society, role contemporary authors are BIBLIOGRAPHY: given and those they would like to have. Place of literature and writers in today’s society.
85
- Paul DEMONT et Anne LEBEAU, Introduction - Beckett, Ionesco, Adamov and Genet and au théâtre grec antique, coll. « Le Livre de some of their successors, including Pinter Poche/Références » n° 525, LGF, 1996. and Arabal. - Jean-Christian DUMONT et Marie-Hélène - Analyse the dramatic techniques used by Garelli-François, Le théâtre à Rome, coll. « the theatre of the absurd and compare Le Livre de Poche/Références » n° 549, them with more traditional practices. LGF, 1998. - The meaning of some of the movement's - Florence DUPONT, L’acteur roi ou le théâtre greatest plays. dans la Rome antique, coll. « Realia », Les Belles-Lettres, 1985. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Florence DUPONT Le théâtre latin, coll. - Martin Esslin, Théâtre de l'absurde, Buchet « Cursus », Armand Colin, 1999. Chastel, 1994. - Pierre GRIMAL, Le théâtre antique, coll. - Emmanuel Jacquart, Le théâtre de dérision, « Que sais-je ? » n° 1732, P.U.F., Paris Gallimard, 1974. 19944. ______- Jean-Charles MORETTI, Théâtre et société dans la Grèce antique. Une archéologie des AS3/23b : MUSIC AND LITERATURE pratiques théâtrales, coll. « Le Livre de Fall Semester Poche/Références » n° 585, LGF, 2001. - Jacqueline de ROMILLY, La tragédie grecque, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 coll. « Quadrige », P.U.F., 2006. - Jean-Paul VERNANT et Pierre VIDAL-NAQUET, OBJECTIVE: There has always been a complex Mythe et tragédie en Grèce ancienne, coll. relationship between music and literature. This « Poche » 102, La Découverte, 2004. relationship is highlighted in hybrid-type songs, which - Les Cahiers du GITA (Groupe combine poetry and melody. The combination of the Interdisciplinaire du Théâtre Antique), two in the works of Léo Ferré will be studied using université Paul Valéry de Montpellier. audio and video recording, as well as the texts. ______COURSE PROGRAM: th AS3/26d : THEATRE AND SOCIETY IN THE 18 - Ferré’s musical adaptions of Charles CENTURY - MOLIERE Baudelaire's sequence of poems Les Fleurs Spring Semester du Mal. - A seress of songs Ferré wrote himself on Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 the theme of the sea. ______OBJECTIVE: To study French theatre in the 18th century in its social, historial and cultural context Geography using Molière's three plays Tartuffe, Dom Juan and Le
Misanthrope. IMPORTANT: ALL OUR GEOGRAPHY COURSES
ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM:
We shall study these texts from the point of view of the dramatic value, and also for their ideology and for what they tell us about the period in which they were E3/2d : GEOGRAPHY OF FRANCE FOR written. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY - Paul Benichou, Morales du grand siècle, Lecture: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Paris, Gallimard, 1948. - Robert Horville, Histoire de la littérature OBJECTIVE: This course is specifically intended for française, tome 1, Paris, Nathan, 1988. international students who have never studied French - Robert Horville, Itinéraires littéraires, geography before. It aims at providing knowledge XVIIème siècle, Paris, Hatier, 1988. concerning the geography of France: it is by no means - Robert Mandrou, l’Europe absolutiste, Paris, a tourist guide book – many books are more Fayard, 1977. appropriate for this kind of approach – nor an indew of - Alain Viala, Le théâtre en France des more or less geographical elements. origines à nos jours, Paris, PUF, 1997. ______COURSE PROGRAM: - The organization of the French territory, its position at the crossroads of Europe AS3/21c : THE THEATRE OF THE ABSURD - The slow historical construction of France Fall Semester - The physical characteristics of France - A human system conditioned by its Lectures: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 environment - A space in favour of activities and movements OBJECTIVE: To understand the concept of a literary of persons movement in the theatre and to get to know the - France & Europe theatre of the absurd in the Post-War period. ASSESSMENT: Oral examination of 15 minutes at the COURSE PROGRAM: end of the course. The course will examine the origins of the movement ______(for example, Artaud, Jarry) and attempt to define what is meant by “absurd” using the writings of Camus, Cioran, Vian, as well as Kafka. 86
E3/1d : INTRODUCTION TO THE FRANCOPHONE mondiale: faut-il craindre la croissance WORLD FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS démographique et le vieillissement?, Ed. Fall Semester Autrement, 80 p. - Olivier David, 2004, La population mondiale: Lecture: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 répartition, dynamiques et mobilités, Coll. Campus géographie, Ed. A. Colin, 191 p. OBJECTIVE: On every continent, at different levels, a - Th. PAQUOT, M. LUSSAULT, S. BODY- certain number of countries speak French. In some of GENDROT, 2000, La ville et l’urbain, l’état des these countries or areas, the concept is obvious as the savoirs, Paris, ED. La Découverte majority of the population speaks French (France, - Philippe VERDIER, 2009, Le projet urbain Switzerland Québec, French-speaking Africa). participatif. Apprendre à faire la ville avec ses Nowadays it often becomes a legacy for countreis that habitants, Ed. Adels et Yves Michel, 262 p. were French and so where French was the official - Xavier BROWAEYS & Paul CHATELAIN, 2011 language until decolonization. The language remains (2005), Etudier une commune. Paysages, common and official; but the number of people territoires, population, sociétés, Coll. U speaking it tends to decrease. The cultural and Géographie, Ed. A. Colin, 319 p. linguistic roots get the upper hand over the language. - Michèle GROSJEAN, Jean-Paul THIBAUD (sous With globalization, where languages and the spirit la direction de), 2008 (2001), L’espace urbain behind them are the vehicle for communication and en méthode, Coll. Eupalinos, Ed. Parenthèses, exchanges, English asserts its pre-eminence. What is 217 p. the future for the French-speaking countries: a - Yvette VEYRET, 2005, Le développement concrete reality or the memory of a past period that is durable: approches plurielles, Coll. Initial, Ed. now over? Hatier, - Yvette VEYRET & Paul ARNOULD (collectif), COURSE PROGRAM: 2008, Atlas des développements durables: un - Introduction: an old concept monde inégalitaire, des expériences - Part 1: The legacy of the French Empire novatrices, des outils pour l’avenir, Ed. - Part 2: A linguistic reality found in 57 Autrement countries all around the world - Pierre MERLIN, 2007, L’aménagement du - Part 3: Nowadays: between cultural reality territoire en France, Coll. Etudes de la and linguistic reality documentation française, La documentation - Conclusion: What future? française, 176 p. - Laurent GARROUE, 2002, Géographie de la ASSESSMENT: Students will take a midterm during mondialisation, Coll. U, Ed. A. Colin, 256 p. class and also a final written exam during class. Each - Yves Lacoste, 2007, Atlas géopolitique, one will last one hour. Larousse, 191 p. - Olivier Lazzarotti, 2006, Habiter, la condition BIBLIOGRAPHY: géographique, Ed. Belin, 286 p. -L’Atlas mondial de la Francophonie; Fabrice ______Le Goff, Ariane Poissonnier et Gérard Sournia; Edition Autrement/RFI, Paris, 2006 H1/2b : GEOGRAPHY OF THE NORTH OF FRANCE -Demain, la Francophonie ; Dominique Fall Semester Wolton ; Editions Flammarion, Paris, 2005 -Les francophones dans le monde – La Lectures : 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Documentation francaise. www.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr> Objective : To discover the North of France through Dossiers>La Francophonie, 1 oct. 2010 maps and old photographs. How to analyse ______geographical documents.
H1/2a : GEOGRAPHY: MAJOR ISSUES IN Contents : GEOGRAPHY The North of France is characterised by its dynamism Fall Semester and its proximity to Paris and the parisian region. It is an area which encourages inventive new projects and, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 as a results, many people and companies come and establish themselves in this region. We shall study the OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to geography in region through the ages with regard to its population general, its usefulness in society, and the special and development. features of its approaches to space, and to give the students an overall knowledge of the global Bibliography : approaches of geography. Daniel Noin, Le nouvel espace français, Cursus Géographie, Armand Colin COURSE PROGRAM: (indispensable). - The epistemology of geography Armand Frémont, France géographie d’une société, - Demographics Champs Flammarion, Coll. - Urban geography Poche. - Economic and social geography Félix Damette / Jacques Scheibling, La France - Sustainable development permanences et mutations, Carré - Globalisation Géographie, Hachette. - Living L’état de la France 2000/2001, Editions La Découverte. ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Gilles PISON, Guillaume BALAVOINE, Albert H1/6b : GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTH OF FRANCE JAQUARD, 2009, Atlas de la population Spring Semester 87
Marcel Bazin et Stéphane de Tapia, la Turquie, Lecture: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 géographie d’une puissance émergente Collection U, Armand Colin, Paris, 2012 Objective : To discover the South of France through maps and old photographs. How to analyse H2/10c CARTOGRAPHY geographical documents. Fall Semester
Contents : Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 The South of France is different from the North on account of its mountains and landscape. The Massif OBJECTIVE: Students will study the history of making Central and the mountains on its Eastern borders maps and the techniques used. A comparative study of means that only the coast and the valleys which serve maps of the same region will enable the students to as corridors for traffic are well-populated. Otherwise, chart the chronology of geographical change. there is a certain isolation.
______COURSE PROGRAM:
These days, geographical issues, information H1/6c : DIGITAL TOOLS FOR HISTORY & and documents are present and need to be understood GEOGRAPHY (Methodology) in an increasing number of professional contexts. A Spring Semester knowledge of cartography is, of course, essential for the geographer, but it is also useful in many other Lecture: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 contexts. In addition to acquiring a gneral OBJECTIVE: To learn to use the digital tools understanding of maps and topography, this class necessary for history & geography, including library aims to give students basic skills in understanding search engines and networks. maps and geographical documents of every kind and of how to analyse and exploit them for statistical COURSE PROGRAM: purposes. - An introduction to mapmaking and on the We shall be using both paper and digital digital revolution. documents as well as software in the area of teledetection. H2/10b GEOGRAPHY OF TURKEY Fall Semester - Bibliography :
Lectures : 3 hours per week ECTS credits : 2 - M. ARCHAMBAULT, R. LHÉNAFF, J-R. VIANNEY, Documents et méthodes pour le COURSE PROGRAM: commentaire de carte, 2 tomes, Masson _ I A Country with a strong personality 1975. A/ a Turkish Anatolia-centered territory - P. PIGEON et M. ROBIN, Cartes commentées B/ A long state-transmitted modernity et croquis, Fac. Géographie, Nathan 1993. C/A numerous population badly placed - J. STEINBERG, La carte topographique, SEDES 1, 1982. II Dualities on the Turkish territory - J. STEINBERG, Le commentaire de la carte et A/ inner/ border regions de documents cartographiques, Collection B/ developed west, late east Atouts Belin, Paris, 2004. C/cities/ rural areas - J. TIFFOU, Commenter la carte topographique aux examens et aux concours, Collection U III Regions of Turkey Géographie, Broché, Paris, 2003. A/ Istanbul and Marmara B/ Mediterranean and Aegean borders C/ The core of the country H2/14b GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AFRICA D/Black Sea Spring Semester E/ Eastern and South-east regions Lectures : 3 hours per week ECTS credits : 3 IV Turkish economy A/ A high-level and mutating agriculture OBJECTIVE: The Maghreb is a region of the world B/ Slow progresses of the industry which has known many relationships with Europe and C/Opening through the service sector : in particular, with France. Yet this region, which is regularly talked about in the media, is still relatively Conclusion: a country between three worlds, difficult unknown by the French public. The student will read integration some key articles to understand the major issues of this region. This course will also provide an BIBLIOGRAPHY : opportunity for the students to practice their -GIP-Reclus, la Géographie Universelle : la Turquie (in geographical approach to society and to use some of Afrique du Nord, Moyen-Orient, Monde indien) the tools learned.
-La Turquie et l’Europe, Questions internationales, n° COURSE PROGRAM: 23, avril 2005 - Maghreb: a description of the region and how
it is distinguished among other regional -Olivier Roy (dir), La Turquie aujourd’hui : un pays bodies européen ?, collection « le tour du sujet » Universalis , - The natural areas and issue of water Paris, 2004 conservation th - The city of Maghreb: its evolution into the 20 Century 88
- Social issues in Maghreb - Y. Yvret, J-P Vigneau (sous la direction de), Géographie Physique: Milieu et BIBLIOGRAPHY: environnement dans le système terre, Coll. - Baduel Pierre-Robert. La ville et l’urbain dans U, Armand Colin, Paris, 2002. le monde arabe et en Europe: acteurs, - Y. Lageat, Les milieux physiques organisations et territoires. Édité par Institut continentaux, Collection Memento, Belin, de recherche sur le Maghreb contemporain. Paris, 2004. Paris, France, Tunisie: Maisonneuve & Larose, - F. Saur, Géographie Physique, Collection 2009, 235 p. (« Connaissance du Maghreb, Licence Géographie, PUF, Paris, 2012. ISSN 1635-219X »). ISBN 978-2-7068-2022- - B. Valadas, Géomorphologie dynamique, 9. Coll. Campus, Armand Colin, Paris, 2004. - Troin Jean-François, (éd.). Maghreb, Moyen- - R. Coque, Géomorphologie, Coll. U, Armand Orient: mutations. Paris, France: SEDES, Colin, Paris, 2002. 1995, 348 p. (« DIEM Dossiers des images - J. Demangeot, Les milieux “naturels” du économiques du monde, ISSN 0290-3318 », globe, Coll. U, Armand Colin, 4ième edition, 17). ISBN 2-7181-9343-3. Paris 2009. - Troin Jean-François, Naciri Mohamed, Troin - Y. Yvret (sous la coordination de), L’érosion Florence. , pays, territoires. entre nature et société, Dossier des Images Paris, France: Maisonneuve et Larose, 2002, Economiques du Monde, SEDES, Paris, 502 p. ISBN 2-7068-1630-9. 1998. - Troin Jean-François, Troin Florence. ______, Libye, Maroc, Mauritanie, Tunisie. Paris, France: A. Colin, 2006, 383 p. H3/20a : BORDERS AND MIGRATION (« U. Série Géographie, ISSN 0768-2875 »). Fall Semester ISBN 2-200-26775-4. - Vermeren Pierre. Le Maghreb. Paris, France: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Le Cavalier Bleu, 2010, 128 p. (« Idées reçues, ISSN 1625-9157 », 216). ISBN 978- OBJECTIVE: 2-84670-317-8. Borders influence human geography in many ways. We shall examine the development of borders and their real influence on daily life. We shall also look at the H2/14C: NATURAL CENTRES & THE development of the concept of a region, from the time ENVIRONMENT of Vidal to the Euroregion. Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Chapter 1 I) The Frontier Zone OBJECTIVE: To provide students with a foundation of Turner's concept general knowledge of the major “natural” dynamics Russia, Canada, Brazil, Tunisia and Indonesia as governing the Earth; to stimulate thought on the examples current environmental changes and their II) Borders and the State consequences; and to reveal the human science at the How borders and frontiers between states are defined heart of real and current issues, both globally and in in Europe applied research. 1) Is this really an issue ? -locally COURSE PROGRAM: As sustainable development -between regions and provinces emerges as a dominant subject of the early twenty- - between countries first century, its conceptual scope and implementation 2) The Interreg programme and the concept remain fairly random or ambiguous. This course serves of a Euroregion as an essential scientific (re)discovery of large natural 3) Cross-border cooperation - are we there areas of the world through the filter of a geosystemic yet ? approach. 4) How about Eastern Europe ?
Given the complexity and magnitude of the issues, the III Internal borders concerns raised by environmental unrest in relation to ex : South Africa before 1995 the development of mankind leads to the radicalisation ex : Language communities in Belgium of conversation - irrational doom-mongering to ex : Canada absolute nihilism - and sometimes makes way for political and economic strife. In this context, it seems IV Maritime borders and territorial waters useful to clarify for students and future players of human development project, the “natural” function of CHAPTER 2: MIGRATION continental environments and the real interactions with companies. INTRODUCTION I. IN THE WORLD OF BUSINESS The first part of this theme is the dynamic A) Defining our terms geomorphology (shapes and patterns), but the B) International business sessions also integrate other geosystem components C) Globalisation since 1945 (climate, vegetation, hydrology, society). 1) New postwar philosophy of diplomacy via international organisations BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2) New commercial partnerships - J-P. Amat, L. Dorize, Ch Le Coeur, Eléments 3) Stratégie mondiale des entreprises : Géographie Physique, Collection Grand internationalisation et délocalisation Amphi Géographie, Bréal, 2008. 89
4) Internationalisation and delocalisation - the role of Joël Kotek (dir.), L'Europe et ses villes-frontières, transport Bruxelles, éd. Complexe, 1996. ______II Personal Migration 1) Seasonal migration H3/20b : GEOPOLITICS 2) Tourism Fall Semester 3) Expatriot wokers 4) International mass people movements Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 5) Regional migration 6) Clandestine and illegal immigration OBJECTIVE: Geopolitics is much talked about in the 7) Refugees and forced migration media. What is it exactly? This course will present 8) Border controls and migration some elements of political geography and geopolitics to shed some light on this global phenomena. Bibliography Geography uses interlocking spatial and temporal Étienne Balibar, « Qu'est-ce qu'une frontière? », in E. scales. Learning about geopolitics will help students Balibar (dir.) La crainte des masses. Politique et understand how a decision or idea developed in order philosophie avant et après Marx, Paris, Galilée, 1996, for it to have a tangible impact on every day lives. The pp.371-380. course will walk students through some key readings J. Anderson, L. O'Dowd, «Borders, border regions and to understand the major issues that occur on our Territoriality : Contradictory Meanings, Changing planet, both globally and locally, in France and Significance», in Regional Studies, 1999, vol. 33, n°7, elsewhere. pp. 597-604. Stella Ghervas, François Rosset (dir.), Lieux d'Europe. COURSE PROGRAM: Mythes et limites, Paris, Éditions de la Maison des - Political geography and geopolitics sciences de l'homme, 2008. ISBN 978-2-7351-1182-4 - The civilisation clash theory of Samuel Maïté Lafourcade, La Frontière des origines à nos Huntington jours, Bordeaux, Presses Universitaires de Bordeaux, - The gradual opening of China's borders and 1998. its deployment in the world Christiane Arabaret-Schulz, «Histoires de frontières et - Local globalisation rallies/demonstrations de villes frontières», in Revue Mosella, t. 24, n°1/2, - Geography of oppression 1999, Actes du Colloque International L'Europe - Economy of war rhénane et l'Europe centrale-Dynamique et mutations, - Alterglobalisation Hommage au Professeur François Reitel, Université de Metz, 11-13 mars 1998, p. 125-132. BIBLIOGRAPHY: M. Blancpain, La frontière du Nord – de la mer du Nord - Pascal BONIFACE, 2011, La géopolitique. Les à la Meuse, 843-1945, Paris, Perrin, 1990, 356 p. relations internationales, Ed. Eyrolles, 199 p. Roger Dion, Les frontières de la France, 1947, réed. - Laurent CARROUE, 2002, Géographie de la Brionne, Editeur G. Montfort, 1979, 112p. mondialisation, Coll. U, Ed. Amrand Colin, 256 Christian Bromberger, Alain Morel (dir.), Limites p. floues, frontières vives : des variations culturelles en - Eddy FOUGIER, 2002, L’altermondialisme, France et en Europe, Paris, éditions de la Maison des Coll. Idées reçues, Ed. Le Cavalier Bleu, 127p. Sciences de l’Homme, 2000, 386p. - David Harvey, 2008 (2001), Géographie de la Roger Brunet, Jean-Christophe François, Claude Domination, Coll. Les prairie ordinaires, 118 Grasland, « La discontinuité en géographie: origines et p. problèmes de recherche », L’Espace Géographique, - La revue Hérodote 1997, n°4. Laurent Carroué, Paul Claval, Guy Di Méo, A. Miossec, Jean-Pierre Renard, Laurent Simon, Yvette Veyret, J.- H3/24b: GEOGRAPHY: CHALLENGES WITH P. Vigneau, 2002, Limites et discontinuités en SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT géographie. Paris, Sedes, 159p. Spring Semester Paul Claval, « L'étude des frontières et la géographie des frontières », Cahiers de Géographie du Québec, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 1974, vol. 18, n°43, pp.7-22.
Marie-Christine Fourny-Kober (dir.), Le Rapport à la OBJECTIVE: To give students the opportunity to frontière et la construction d’espaces transfrontaliers, develop their forward-thinking towards predicted Rapport d’étude pour la Datar, Grenoble, 6 volumes, changes in terms of economic, social and 2003. environmental progression, the fundamental pillars of Paul Guichonnet, Claude Raffestin, Géographie des sustainable development. frontières, Paris, Puf, 1974.
P. Picouet, J.-P. Renard, Les frontières mondiales, origines et dynamiques, Nantes, Editions du Temps, COURSE PROGRAM: 2007, 159 p. It was only recently that the the concept of sustainable Christian Pradeau, Jeux et enjeux des frontières, development was been built into the historical Presses Universitaires de Bordeaux, 1993. foundations of geography. However, the discipline Jean-Pierre Renard (dir.), Le Géographe et les itself at the centre of this topic has long been frontières, Paris, L'Harmattan, 1997. considered in the nature vs society relationship. Jean-Pierre Renard, « Modèle et frontière », Revue Therefore, making sustainable development a natural Hommes et terres du Nord n°2000-3, Lille, Institut de fit with geographic analysis. géographie, Faculté des lettres de Lille, 2000, pp 138-
147. The course will begin with the origins and major B. Reitel, P. Zander, J.-L. Piermay, Jean-Pierre Renard. geographic challenges of sustainable development, the (dir.), 2002, Villes et frontières. Paris, Economica- actual definition(s) and causes of ambiguity, and is Anthropos, « villes », 275p. structured in themed sections on sustainable 90
development on a global scale, from its foundations to 2. International Tourism : where ? the complexity of its implementation. Discussions 1) Sending countries examples include resources such as water and forests, 2) Receiving countries development issues, sustainable cities, and sustainable 3) Place of international tourism in development in emerging countries. business 4) Tourism & the environment BIBLIOGRAPHY: 3. International tourism : current - Brunel, S., Le développement durable, Que tendencies sais-je?, Paris, 2007. 1) New forms of tourism - Veyret, Y., (sous la direction de), Le 2) The role of advertising développement durable: approches plurielles, Coll, Initial, Hatier, Paris, 2005. 4. Tourism & Geopolitics - Veyret, Y., (sous la direction de), Le 1) Tourism,a barometer of current développement durable, Collection “pour les affairs concours”, éditions SEDES, Paris, 2007. 2) Public policy & tourism - Veyret, Y. et P. Arnould, (sous la direction ______de), Atlas des développements durables, Coll. Atlas Monde, Editions Autrement, Paris, 2008. LEA5T/9c : GEOGRAPHY FOR INTERNATIONAL - ______TOURISM 2 Fall Semester LEA4C & LEA4M /2c : GEOPOLITICAL APPROACH TO MARKETING Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 At the end of the class, the student should be able to understand the importance of international tourism in OBJECTIVE: An approach to the contemporary world : the world economy and take into consideration all its understanding the world map in order to prepare for various activities. Students will also understand the international negociations. different components of the tourism industry and also the different sources of supply and demand and the COURSE PROGRAM: fluctuations of the market. 1. Western civilisation : what is it and where is it ? COURSE PROGRAM: 2. Europe Today. International tourism and how it works Presentation of the different countries and Growth and development of international tourism zones with their geographical specificities. Sending and receiving countries The different regions and their traditional International tourism in the world economy today lifestyles. Current market developments History & politics : understanding national identity and the varied political institutions. BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2.4. Population and economics LE TOURISME DANS LE MONDE A.MESPLIER ED.BREAL Societies, social structures, religion, intellectual and LE TOURISME DANS LE MONDE P.DUHAMEL ED COLIN cultural life, mentalities and behaviour expected in the LE QUOTIDIEN DU TOURISME business world. L’ECHO TOURISTIQUE The European Union, the Balkans, the former Soviet Republics. LEA5T/13a : CASE STUDY: MOROCCO
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester Fernand Braudel, Grammaire des Civilisations, Collection Champs, Editions Flammarion- Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 3 Réed.1997 COURSE PROGRAM: Roland Breton, Géographie des Civilisations, To understand the complex implications of business Collection Que sais-je ? – PUF, 1991. and luxury tourism on Society: for example, in Morocco today. Gérard Chaliand et J.P.Rageau, Atlas politique Why has Marrakesh become one of the world's du XXème siècle, éd. le Seuil, 1988. greatest luxury tourism centres ?
Yves Lacoste, Dictionnaire de Géopolitique * Comparing Morocco with other similar des Etats, éd. Flammarion, 1998. destinations (international) * Why did Marrakech become Morocco's luxury playground? (regional) LEA4T/3a : GEOGRAPHY FOR INTERNATIONAL * How do the local population relate to the TOURISM world? (local) Fall Semester Analysing the phenomenon and learning from it Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: CTV5/1e : MULTIDIMENSIONAL TERRITORIAL 1) International Tourism : some basic facts DEVELOPMENT 1) A definition Fall Semester 2) The growth of international tourism Lectures: 12 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 91
ASSESSMENT: One paper and one oral presentation OBJECTIVE: Tourism, culture and the heritage industry today are often used to develop a territory or region and make it more attractive. to do this, those working in these German sectors have become local politicians and play their IMPORTANT: ALL OUR GERMAN LANGAGE part in public life. In this class we shall try to COURSES ARE TAUGHT VIA THE MEDIUM OF understand what we mean by the word "territory", to FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) identify different key components and how tourism and the cultural and heritage industries can contribute PREREQUISITES: All level 1 courses assume that to the dynamism and development of their local area. students have already studied German for at least 2 years. All level 2 courses assume 5 semesters previous This class is linked to students' general knowledge of study etc. regional geography. We offer no beginners courses in German.
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Xavier BROWAEYS, Paul CHATELAIN, 2011, LEA1/1d & 5e : GERMAN GRAMMAR Etudier une commune. Paysages, territoires, Fall & Spring Semesters populations, sociétés, Coll. U Géographie, A.
Colin, 319 p. Classes: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: - Guénola CAPRON, Geneviève CORTES, Hélène Fall Semester 2 and Spring Semester 1 for French GUETAT-BERNARD, 2005, Liens et lieux de la students. 2 for both semesters for foreign students. mobilité, ces autres territoires, Mappemonde,
BELIN, 344 p. OBJECTIVE: To remind students of the most typical - Bernard DEBARBIEUX, Martin VANIER (sous la German structures direction de), 2002, Ces territorialités qui se
dessinent, bibliothèque des territorialités, l’aube COURSE PROGRAM: German syntax and conjugation DATAR, 267 p.
- Florence DEPREST, 1997, Enquête sur le tourisme PERSONAL WORK: to revise courses and to prepare de masse : l’écologie face au territoire, regularly exercises which are given. Mappemonde, BELIN, 207 p.
- Guy DI MEO (Sous la direction de), 1996, Les ASSESSMENT: exercises to check what students have territoires du quotidien, Géographie Sociale, learnt . L’Harmattan, 207 p.
- Hervé GUMUCHIAN, Bernard PECQUEUR (sous la BIBLIOGRAPHY: direction de), 2007, La ressource territoriale, Bescherelle – Les verbes allemands – Hatier Anthropos, Economica, 252 p. D. BRESSON – Grammaire d’usage de l’allemand - Fabrice HATEM, 2007, Le marketing territorial. contemporain – Hachette Supérieur Principes, méthodes et pratiques, Coll. Les D. BRESSON – Précis de grammaire allemande – essentiels de la gestion, Ed. ems Management et Hachette société, 292 p. Entraînement à la grammaire allemande – Ellipses - Frédéric LASSAIRE et Aline LECHAUME (sous la
direction de), 2003, Le territoire pensé. LEA1/1e : ORAL COMPREHENSION Géographie des représentations territoriales, Géographie Contemporaine, Presses Universitaire Fall Semester du Québec, 328 p. - Benoît MEYRONIN, 2009, Le Marketing territorial, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Ed. Vuibert, 258 p. for French students. 2 for foreign students - Marcel RONCAYOLO, 1997 (1re édition 1978), La ville et ses territoires, Folio essais, Gallimard, 280 OBJECTIVE: to improve and perfect the quality of oral p. comprehension either general or specific. - Perla SERFATY-GARZON, 2003, Chez soi. Les territoires de l’intimité, Ed. A. Colin, 256 p. COURSE PROGRAM: Listening to soundtracks (video and audio tapes), dialogs, TV news, etc; in the multimedia laboratory. CTV5/2c : TERRITORIAL DIAGNOSIS Fall Semester PERSONAL WORK: Listening to German radio stations (www.ard.de; www.dwelle.de; www.wdr.de), Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 watching German TV programs (ARD, ZDF, WDR, ARTE…) and German movies in the original version as OBJECTIVE: This class is linked to the CTV5/1a: much as possible. Multidimensional Territorial Development course ASSESSMENT: two or three tests which will aim at COURSE PROGRAM: Territorial diagnosis has become assessing the general and specific comprehension of a a major and useful tool for operators in territorial sound document. development. It enables to adopt a global approach, no longer divided into sectors. It takes into account COMMENT: students have the possibility to study for the number, qualities and interests of the operators the “Zertifikat Deutsch” (an exam from the “Goethe who decide, act, frequent and live in the territories. It Institut”, level 1). helps improving the comprehension of territories, societies and cultures in order to make them even more attractive. LEA1/1f : TRANSLATION FROM
GERMAN INTO FRENCH Fall Semester 92
- To understand the main elements of German Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 identity.
OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - To develop a good translation technique J.C. CAPELE – L’Allemagne hier et aujourd’hui – - To learn the differences between French and Hachette, Paris, 1996 German culture, as well as their vision of the J. LOISY – Heutiges Deutschland / L’Allemagne world contemporaine – Bilingue Bréal, 1994 - To become aware of the different linguistic S. KIRCHMEYER – Blick auf Deutschland – means to maintain these cultural differences. Neubearbeitung, Klett, 1999 - To be able to use a bilingual dictionary L. FEREC and F. FERRET : Dossiers de civilisation properly allemande, ed. Ellipses, Paris. G. RENAUD : L’unification allemande, éd. Ellipses, COURSE PROGRAM: 2000. - Translating texts (about 20 lines) selected for J.P. GOUGEON : La civilisation allemande, Hachette their theme (the working world, tourism, superieur, Paris, 1999. hotels, culture, marketing…) R. THOMASSIN : lexical allemand de l’économie et du - Methodology concerning the use of a commerce, ed. Ellipses, 1996. dictionary Websites: - Translation processes and German distinctive - Lille Goethe Institut: www.goethe.de/fr/lil features - German newspapers: www.focus.de, www.welt.de PERSONAL WORK: to read the German press - Interactive visit of Berlin: www.ac- regularly, to identify structures. It is a good means for amiens.fr/lycee60/cassini/expos/berlin/accueil students to improve their vocabulary, spelling, T conjugation. To refer to the methodological advice - German Embassy in Paris: www.amb- given at the beginning of the year and to the allemagne.fr corrections as the year goes along in order to improve - German History Museum in Bonn: the translation. Read every book which could improve www.hdg.de orthograph, conjugation, style, and the quality of the French language.
ASSESSMENT: a 1 ½ hour test. To translate a text LEA1/5f : GERMAN COMPOSITION (25 to 30 lines). Spring Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Harrap’s Universal-Bordas/Pons Für eine aktive Kommunikation auf Deutsch – ed. OBJECTIVE: To improve understanding and practice Spratbrow of written German. Magazines: Spiegel, Stern, Focus, etc. Thematical lexic : VOX allemand, ed. Ellipses COURSE PROGRAM: From a press article or a topical ______subject, we will work on the general comprehension of a document (to analyse and summarize). Vocabulary, LEA1/2b : CONTEMPORARY GERMANY reformulation and commentary exercises but also Fall Semester essays. The subjects which are broached are tourism, the job market, Europe, education, the media. A part THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN of the course will be devoted to the correspondence and how to write a CV/résumé. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 PERSONAL WORK: Reading German press and OBJECTIVE: literature, learning vocabulary and going to Germany - Contemporary Germany: a geographical, as soon as possible economic and social approach - To get students to think in terms of history ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour written exam: comprehension and economy and to understand the present exercises (synonyms, questions, commentaries) and - To get students used to German historical personal expression from a press article. terminology BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Germany today Wahrig, dictionnaire unilingue (édition poche) Introduction: Historical dates in Germany since 1945: A.Findling, Du mot à la phrase (Ellipses) - Ch.1: Germany’ s geography. Vocabulaire de l’allemand d’aujourd’hui (Livre de - Ch.2: Steps in German history since 1945 Poche) - Ch.3: The capital : Berlin Jean Janitza, Gunhild Samson, Pratique de l’allemand - Ch.4: The regions de A à Z (Hatier) - Ch.5: The population - Ch.6: Immigration COMMENT: Students have the possibility to study for - Ch.7: Introduction to the German economy the “Zertifikat Deutsch” (an exam from the “Goethe Institut”, level 1). PERSONAL WORK: - Reading J.C. Capèle’s book (see bibliography) LEA1/5g : TRANSLATION FROM - Keeping abreast up with the German news FRENCH INTO GERMAN (newspapers, radio, TV, Internet) Spring Semester - Regular learning of lessons and of vocabulary. 93
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Translation techniques - Contemporary German vocabulary OBJECTIVE: To learn and manage the specificities of the German language, in comparison with French COURSE PROGRAM: - Reading texts COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to translating non- - Training to translate economic, political and specialized sentences. socio-cultural texts or sentences - Comparing and correcting students’ ASSESSMENT: a 1½ hours test: to translate a text translations (about 20 lines). ASSESSMENT: to translate an extract from a text BIBLIOGRAPHY: (article…) and also regular tests to check students’ Entraînement au thème allemand – Ellipses vocabulary acquisition. Für eine aktive Kommunikation auf Deutsch – ed. Spratbrow LEA2/9f : WRITTEN EXPRESSION AND COMPREHENSION Fall Semester LEA1/6b : GERMAN INSTITUIONS Spring Semester Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: To improve and perfect your written comprehension and expression either general or COURSE PROGRAM: Germany today specific. I) The political system: - Basic organisation of the State COURSE PROGRAM: comprehension and written - institutions expression work from texts which are taken from the - federalism press or from topical subjects. The work of analysis - political parties and summary: exercises concerning vocabulary, - the election system reformulation, commentary and personal expression. II) German society The subjects which are broached are: the media, - the school system Europe, socio-economic issues, advertising, education, - women the environment…. A part of the course will be devoted - the media to correspondence (how to write a CV/Résumé and an application letter. ASSESSMENT: an oral exam: a question concerning the course (15 min to prepare and 15 min to present ASSESSMENT: A 2 hour written exam. Exercises your work). about vocabulary, texts comprehension, commentary ______and personal expression.
LEA2/9d & 13d : GERMAN GRAMMAR 2 PERSONAL WORK: Students have to work regularly. Fall & Spring Semesters Reading of the German press (Der Spiegel, FOCUS, deutsche Tageszeitungen), working on vocabulary; the Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 aim is to improve your ability to understand and to express yourself in German. OBJECTIVE: To improve knowledge of fundamental structures BIBLIOGRAPHY: Wahrig, Dictionnaire unilingue (édition de poche) COURSE PROGRAM: A. Findling, Du mot à la phrase (Ellipses) - Nominal groups (nouns and adjectives) and Vocabulaire de l’allemand d’aujourd’hui (Livre de declensions Poche) - The linearisation of Verbal groups Jean Janitza, Gunhild Samson, Pratique de l’allemand - The subordinate clause de A à Z (Hatier) - The passive voice Sites internet : www.dwelle.de; www.berlinonline.de; - The use of subjunctive modes www.tagesspiegel.de; www.FplusD.de - Elements of communication - Grammar exercises and grammatical COMMENT : Students may study for the Zentrale translation. Mittelstufenprüfung (an exam from the “Goethe Institut”, level 2). ASSESSMENT: a written exam.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA2/10b : GERMAN HISTORY: J. JANITZA, G. SAMSON – Pratique de l’allemand de A FROM YEAR ZERO TO THE ECONOMIC MIRACLE à Z Fall Semester
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN LEA2/9e : TRANSLATION FROM GERMAN INTO FRENCH Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - To study historical, political and cultural events in order to understand contemporary OBJECTIVE: Germany better 94
- To deepen students’ oral and written COMMENT: Students may study for the Zentrale language skills Mittelstufenprüfung (an exam from the “Goethe Institut”, level 2). COURSE PROGRAM: Occupied Germany ( from 1945-1949) 1- The year zero, Potsdam Conference, LEA2/14b : GERMAN HISTORY: Nuremberg Trials, parties FROM DIVISION TO REUNIFICATION 2- Marshall Plan, creation of a new money and Spring Semester Berliner Blokade 3- Creation of two states, first elections at the THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN Bundestag Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: a written exam about the course and personal work but also a document commentary. COURSE PROGRAM: From Division to Reunification - The German Democratic Republic (from 1949 BIBLIOGRAPHY: to 1989) J.C. CAPELE – L’Allemagne hier et aujourd’hui – - The relationship between the 2 Germanies Hachette, Les Fondamentaux H. DUPAS, U. BENNERT – Lexique de civilisation ASSESSMENT: an exam in German. germanique – PUF, Major M.R. DIOT, J.R. DIOT – Deutschland – was nun ? – PUF, Major LEA3/17e : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING 1 A. WAHL – Histoire de la République fédérale Fall Semester d’Allemagne – Armand Colin, Paris, 1995 www.wikipedia.de Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate orally and LEA2/13e : TRANSLATION FROM spontaneously presentations and business FRENCH INTO GERMAN negociations. Facilitating communication in a Fall Semester professional context between colleagues who have no common language. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: a 15 min. oral exam in pairs. COURSE PROGRAM: ______Reading texts - Training to translate economic, political and LEA3/17f : TRANSLATION WITHOUT socio-cultural texts or sentences PREPARATION - Comparing and correcting students’ Fall Semester translations Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 ASSESSMENT: to translate an extract from a text (article…) and also regular tests to check students’ COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate written vocabulary acquisition. documents spontaneously. Those shall deal with commerce, marketing or press. The aim of the class is translation without dictionary. LEA2/13f : ORAL EXPRESSION AND COMPREHENSION BIBLIOGRAPHY : A dictionary Spring Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 LEA3/17d : UNDERSTANDING OF DOCUMENTS ABOUT COMMERCE AND ECONOMICS OBJECTIVE: To improve and perfect your Fall Semester comprehension and oral expression either general or specific. Classes: 1 hour lecture, 2 hours tutorials ( 1 writing, 1 speaking) ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: A work revolving around topical subjects. Listening to soundtracks audio tapes and COURSE PROGRAM: Understand and summarize the video (dialogs, radio programmes, reports, TV news, content of varied documents dealing with economics extracts from movies in the original verion) in the and commerce. multimedia laboratory. General and specific ( Economic System, Industry, Justice in German comprehension and summary exercises (telephone factories, Marketing, Prices, Communication, Fairs and conversation, role-playing, debates). Expositions, E Commerce, Tourism, Logisitic, Banks)
PERSONAL WORK: Listening to German radio
(www.dwelle.de; www.ard.de; www.wdr.de), watching LEA3/20d : ASPECTS OF CONTEMPORARY German TV (ZDF, ARD, ARTE….) and movies in the GERMAN LITERATURE original version. To do a preparation in twos and present it during the class. Fall Semester
ASSESSMENT: A 1 hour written ASSESSMENT: oral Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 comprehension. COURSE PROGRAM: Authority and emancipation in contemporary German literature 95
documents, job offers, tourist guides, order BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students should own a grammar forms, legal texts, etc…) book, a French-German dictionary, a French dictionary - to think about words, their meaning and and a German dictionary, the latter is essential for the polysemy written exams. - to improve and strengthen translation techniques and students’ vocabulary - to be able to use a dictionary LEA3/24d ASPECTS OF CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester - reading and translating documents - a common translation will be given so that COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3/20d students are able to check theirs
PERSONAL WORK: to practise translating, to prepare your translation for the following lesson, to memorize LEA3/21d : BUSINESS TRANSLATION vocabulary, to read German press (Spiegel, Focus, …) FROM FRENCH INTO GERMAN regularly and translate it, to learn French structures. Spring Semester
ASSESSMENT: to translate a document or an extract Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 from a document of a professional nature. During the
year, there will also be tests to check students’ OBJECTIVE: to improve students’ use of the language vocabulary acquisition. and give them specific vocabulary used in professional documents. To master the specificities of the written BIBLIOGRAPHY: language . An unilingual dictionary: Wahrig de poche
A bilingual dictionary: Pons, Langenscheidt, Harrap’s, COURSE PROGRAM: Universal…(your choice) - translation exercises enabling students to A French dictionary: Le Nouveau Petit Robert recognise translation difficulties Dictionnaire de l’allemand économique, commercial et - to translate authentic economic and financier, Langue pour tous, Pocket commercial documents (company brochures,
correspondence, contract of insurance, instructions, set menus, advertising documents, etc…) LEA3/21f : INTERPRETING 2 Spring Semester PERSONAL WORK: to practise translating, to prepare your translation for the next lesson, to memorize Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 vocabulary, to do lexical research, to read the German press (Spiegel, Focus, …) regularly. COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate orally and spontaneously speeches and presentations in the other ASSESSMENT: to translate a document or an extract language. We shall especially concentrate on the need from a document of a professional nature. to be concise and summarise the content as we translate. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Boelcke et Straub: L’allemand des affaires, Les ASSESSMENT: Students will be expected to translate Langues Modernes orally without preparation a 5 minute oral Boelcke et Straub : L’allemand économique et presentation. commercial, Presses Pocket ______Winterbucher, Charpiot, Vocabulaire allemand contemporain, Vuibert LEA4/1f & 5f : PROFESSIONAL GERMAN Cavalli-Flepp Y., Wirtschaft, L’allemand du commerce Fall & Spring Semesters et de l’économie, Méthode et exercices, éd. Ellipses, 1998 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Janitza et Samson, Pratique de l’allemand de A à Z, (per semester) Hatier Dinard-Thiele, Vocabulaire de l’Allemand d’Aujourd’hui OBJECTIVE: – Les Langues Modernes For students to understand documents from the world A German dictionary : Duden or Wahrig of busines sin German A bilingual dictionary: Le Petit Robert For students to be able to summarise documents in German using formal language. For students to be able to translate business LEA3/21e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION correspondance into German. FROM GERMAN INTO FRENCH For students to be able to express themselves Spring Semester spontaneously and fluently in modern idiomatic German on professional issues. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: * Studying written and oral documents from the - to translate economic, commercial and business world in German. specialized documents. Students will work * Oral presentations in class on business issues. exclusively on authentic documents (company * Translating business correspondance. brochures, correspondence, insurance contracts, instructions, set menus, advertising LEA4/1h & 5h: WRITTEN GERMAN 96
COMMUNICATION At the end of the class, the student should be able to Fall Semester use the structure of sentences in German, to speak German fluently in varied everyday situations, argue Classes: 10 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 on a topic, use some vocabulary and varied grammatical structures. OBJECTIVE: To create professional documents BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Unilingual German dictionary Working on the creation of documents, such as: A French-German/German- French dictionary - A Web page for an educational Website A workbook ( Stufen 2- Nathan, Klett) - An advert for a service - A tourist brochure - A Website for a company MCC1/3c GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: Presenting a portfolio composed of 4 documents you will have created Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: Improving your spoken and LEA4/1j & 5j : THE GERMAN ECONOMY written German. Preparing students for the Zertifikat Fall & Spring Semesters Deutsch exam. The main goal is to reduce the barriers of language, to THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN do this, understanding and oral expression will be major in the course. Students will work in small groups Lectures: 15 hours in total and they will be put in concrete situations of every day ECTS credits: 2 (Fall semester) life. (for each situation, the grammatical structures 1 (Spring Semester) and the vocabulary will be dealt with) Writing will only be used to assert knowledge or to help learning. COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding the German economy and the business world in Germany. ASSESSMENT: each student has to give in an assessment, to do a presentation without notes, and ASSESSMENT: oral presentations and essays. to do an oral as a final exam.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Wahrig German dictionary LEA4/4e : ORAL COMMUNICATION Jean-Pierre Vasseur : Mémento du germaniste Spring Semester www.FplusD.de
Albert Findling, Du mot à la phrase, ellipses Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
OBJECTIVE: To teach students to present, describe and analyse professional activities in German. MCC1/7c GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - Presenting a company Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Presenting a tourist attraction - Negotiations COURSE PROGRAM: Expression and oral - Phone conversations & reservations understanding will be broaden to simple professional - Summing-up a meeting situations with texts explaining the context. Visual media and audio media will help students to PERSONAL ASSIGNMENT : Creating a franco- describe situations, to express their opinions on german project : organisation, reservations, program different matters and to react on selected subjects. etc. They will learn how to : introduce themselves, collect information, to make appointments, describe ASSESSMENT: Oral examination (20 minutes) someone, give one’s opinion, ask for advice, express one’s agreement or disagreement, find a place to live in, organize trips…
LEA5C/11e LEA5M/11f LEA5T/10c ASSESSMENT: a written exam, a presentation without GERMAN FOR MARKETING notes. Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: J.P. Vasseur, Le Memento du Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Germaniste (Grammar and vocabulary)
Albert Findling, Du mot à la phrase, ellipses PROGRAM : German for marketing and lobbying.
Negociating in German in an intercultural context. INTERNET WEBSITES: ______Tatsachen über Deutschland (www.tatsachen-ueber-
deutschland.de) LCE2/12b-16B : INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Newsletters: Fall-Spring Semester www.welt.de www.ard.de Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 www.zdf.de … and others. COURSE PROGRAM:
97
MCC2/11b : GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE - teaching about interculturality and the media and Fall Semester cultural background in the German-speaking countries.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: Each student will have to do an oral presentation about the media and cultural issues in the OBJECTIVE: German-speaking countries. Your comments on other To ease the access to professionnal career : To master students’ presentations will also be taken into account professional German vocabulary, to practise in the mark. conversation in German. The final written exam will be linked to the issues discussed in class. COURSE PROGRAM: The press : analysis of contemporary economic, politic BIBLIOGRAPHY: and cultural texts. German dictionary Wahrig Patrimony : work in small groups about a cultural Tatsachen über Deutschland (www.tatsachen-ueber- subject: oral presentation to do. deutschland.de) Communication : concrete situations, role plays : Newspapers: Zeit, die Welt, Focus, der Spiegel, Stern, spoken language. etc. Redaction of letters. Websites: Grammar revisal. www.welt.de www.ard.de ASSESSMENT: regular presentations and written www.zdf.de homework to give in, and a two hour written final … and many more. exam.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Der Spiegel istory Focus H Vocable « Mit Erfolg zum Zertifikat » Klett édition IMPORTANT: ALL OUR HISTORY COURSES ARE « EM Übungsgrammatik » Hueber édition TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE ______STATED)
MCC2/15b : GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE E3/2c: FRENCH HISTORY FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Spring Semester Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC2/11b Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
MCC3/19b & 23b : GERMAN FOR OBJECTIVE: The aim is to give an overview of the COMMUNICATION MAJORS history of France to international students who have Fall & Spring Semesters not studied the subject before.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per COURSE PROGRAM: semester) A/ Piercing together the French territory and the birth of the French nation OBJECTIVE: - A crossroads for many peoples The course will deal with cultural life in Germany - The territory of the ‘Franks’ thanks to audio and visual aids. Students will learn - The Capetian state how to make an interview and how to write critics and B/ France’s political role and cultural influence in short presentations about a cultural work or a cultural Europe in modern times. company. Each subject students will see will be linked - Humanism & Renaissance in France to methodological, lexical and grammatical work. - The kingdom of France in the 17th century - Causes & effects of the revolution in 1789 COURSE PROGRAM: Based on the comment of press articles, audio and audiovisual recordings and pictures, the course will ASSESSMENT: The will be a test in class about address the following themes: halfway through the term and a final written exam. - An overview of the German press ______- The German television - The characteristics of the Swiss and Austrian presses MCC1/1b : INTRO TO FRENCH HISTORY SINCE - The art creation in the German-speaking countries THE FRENCH REVOLUTION (dance, theatre, fine arts…) Fall Semester - Berlin, a world in the city
- Cinema and propaganda – Leni Riefenstahl’s cinema Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Each session will be divided into to parts:
- A first part dedicated to commenting on students’ COURSE PROGRAM: presentations This class enables students to learn the essential - A theoretical part during which the students will have elements of French history from the French Revolution to improve their personal reflection and knowledge by to the Second World War and the Cold War. We shall studying documents and by commenting on them. principally be looking at this period from a political The course aims at: point of view and will compare what was happening in - improving the student’s listening, writing and oral France with the events in other countries at the same skills; time, in particular Britain and the USA. ______98
H1/1a : MODERN HISTORY : EUROPE AND THE H1/2b: HISTORY & GEOGRAPHY WORLD IN THE 16TH CENTURY METHODOLOGIES Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 week ECTS credits: 6 OBJECTIVE: To give students an methodological and epistemological understanding of history and COURSE PROGRAM: geography. - Europe opening up to the outside world and trade (conquest and exploitation of the New COURSE PROGRAM: World) This course will serve as an introduction to Physical - Importance of religion (the Protestant and Environmental geography. Reformation and the Catholic Counter- - Basic methodologies belonging to Reformation) geography (spatial analysis, spatio- - Construction of the modern state (Henri temporal scales) IV’s policy) - The geo-system concept
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
B. BENNASSAR, J. JACQUARD – Le XVIème siècle – CONTINUED IN H1/6c coll. U, Paris, 1972
F. BRAUDEL – La dynamique du capitalisme – Paris,
1985 H1/4b : CIVILISATIONS OF THE MIDDLE EAST F. MAURO – L’expansion européenne – Paris, 1991 Fall Semester R. MUCHEMBLED – Les XVI et XVIIème siècles – Grand
Amphi, Paris, 1995 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: H1/1b : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY : FRANCE The aim of the class to provide the means for students DURING THE THIRD REPUBLIC 1870-1940 to gain a better understanding of the culture of hte Fall & Spring Semesters Middle East and thus to see the connections between what you can see in these countries and what it means Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours or meant for the inhabitants. Ever since ancient times per week the Middle East has always attracted travellers and ECTS credits: 6 per semester foreign visitors, but many have lacked the knowledge to interpret what they saw. COURSE PROGRAM: After A difficult beginning, following a military defeat COURSE PROGRAM: and a period of uncertainty, the republican regime Buildings, art, architecture in both specific and took root: France became pregressively more and universal contexts with be studied in the context of of more republican. However, the constitutional debate a historical and chronological presentation of the area. never really stopped and was only interrupted by We shall look at architectural decoration, calligraphy another defeat in 1940. However, a democratic and painting as well as literature from the region. We political culture appeared. shall examine the visual culture of an ancient Beyond this the new republican regime was civilisation which has become, throughout the set up at the same as a period of economic, social and centuries, more an dmore complex. Influenced by cultural renovation. France became an industrial power geometry, arithmetic and astronomy, Middle Eastern with all the social issues such development inevitably artists have developped a specifically arab and islamic brings. On the other hand, France remained a country artistic tradition. of small farms and small scale agricultural production. Studying the means used by Middle Eastern countries Throughout the country, urban culture got stronger, today to preserve their artistic heritage will lead from communicated by compulsory schooling and the the mountains of Nubia to the waters of the Nile, media, but among the masses various elites imposed seeing the work done by UNESCO to save the natural their leadership in the new capital of fashion in the beauties of the region in the 1960s and 70s. This western world, Paris. campaign led the concept of World Heritage sites after But France wasn't only a cultural power the signature of the World heritage Convention in durign this period. She also increased her influence 1972. overseas and consolidated her colonial empire. However, her political humiliations in Europe were not BIBLIOGRAPHY: forgotten and once she had returned to the winning - Le monde arabe , Mohamed Kacimi ; Éditeur :Milan , side in 1918, briefly enjoyed her position as a power 2007 on the world stage. - À la rencontre du Maghreb , Akram Ellyas ; Éditeur : Découverte, 2001 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Atlas du monde arabe: géopolitique et société ;Rafic Nouvelle histoire de la France contemporaine, T. 10- Boustani, Philippe Fargues ;Éditeur Bordas, 1990 11-12-13, Edition du Seuil, collection Points-Histoire. - QANTARA , magazine culturel du Monde Arabe publié M. Agulhon, La République, Tome 1, Hachette par l’Institut du Monde Arabe à Paris Littératures, Collection Pluriel. Ressources internet : F. Caron, La France des patriotes, Histoire de France, Le site de l’Institut du Monde Arabe à Paris : Tome 5, Fayard. http://www.imarabe.org/ R. Rémond, Notre siècle, Histoire de France, Tome 6, Patrimoine historique et culturel de la Méditerranée : Fayard. www.qantara-med.org 99
Promouvoir le voyage culturel dans le Monde Arabe : Chap. 3. Agrarian crisis in the IInd century B.C., www.rahhala.net reforms by the Gracques brothers st Chap. 4. Civil Wars of the 1 century: from Marius to H1/5a : FRANCE UNDER LOUIS XIII & LOUIS XIV Caesar, 40 years of trouble. Spring Semester Chap. 5. Reorganization of the State by Julius Caesar: caesarian dictatorship (48 à 44 before our Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per era). week ECTS credits: 6 BIBLIOGRAPHY: M. CHRISTOL et D. NONY, Des origines de Rome aux COURSE PROGRAM: invasions barbares, 1974. Study of Louis XIII’s reign (1610-1643) and of Louis - J.-R. JANNOT, A la rencontre des Etrusques, 1987. XIV’s long reign (1643-1715) - J. HEURGON, La Vie Quotidienne chez les Etrusques, Establishing an absolute monarchy Paris 1961. (institutions, government methods) - D. BRIQUEL, Les Etrusques, peuple de la différence, The economics of the Ancien Régime Paris 1993. Everyday life in town and country in 17th - F. HINARD, La République romaine, Paris 1992. century France - M. Le GLAY, Rome, grandeur et déclin de la République, Paris 1990 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - B. COMBET -FARNOUX, Les Guerres puniques, Paris - J. CORNETTE, Histoire de France: 1960. Absolutisme et Lumières, Paris 1993 - S. LANCEL, Hannibal, Paris 1995. - J.C. PETITFILS, Louis XIV, Paris 1995 - J. HEURGON, Rome et la Méditerranée occidentale, - P. Goubert, Louis XIV et 20 millions de Paris, 1969. Français, Paris 1966. - R. ETIENNE, Jules César, Paris 1997. - P. Goubert et D. Roche, Les Français et l’Ancien Régime, T. 1 et 2, Paris 1984 ______H2/10a : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: THE H2/9a GREEK HISTORY: ANCIENT GREECE MEROVINGIAN DYNASTY Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 5
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: * Time and Space in the World of Ancient Greece Moving from Ancient history into the Middle Ages is * The Birth of the Greek City States one continuous process. Far from brutal, this transition * Crises in the archaic period and the rise of Sparta is the culmination of a long period of change which * The golden age of the City States: Athens as a case started in the third century with the barbarian study invasions. The fall of Rome and the deposition of the * Alliances and independence in the classical period last Emperor in the West in 476 did not leave Gaul * The rise of Federalism and the Confederations feeling that a catatrophe had occurred and that they were now in the Middle Ages ! Roman civilisation was Bibliography: never completely lost and the following European - P. ARNAUD, Les sources de l'Histoire Ancienne, Paris dynasties would take what they wanted from Roman 1995 (présente à la fois les culture and civilisation. auteurs grecs et romains de l'Antiquité). - J. De ROMILLY, Précis de littérature grecque, Paris Contents : European society from the middle of the 1980. 6th century to the end of the 9th century. - A. et F. QUEYREL, Lexique d'histoire et de civilisation grecque, Paris 1996. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - M. C. AMOURETTI et F. RUZE, Le monde grec Grégoire de Tours, Histoire des Francs antique, 1978. Frédégaire et continuateurs, Chroniques - C. ORRIEUX et P. SCHMITT -PANTEL, Histoire M Balard, J.Ph Genêt, M. Rouche :.Des Barbares à la grecque, Paris 1995. (Très utile) Renaissance. Reed. 2010 - E. SCHEID-TISSINIER, L’Homme grec aux origines de J. Le Goff, La civilisation de l’Occident médiéval. la cité Paris 1999. Karl Ferdinand Werner, Les Origines, avant l'an mil , - E. LEVY, La Grèce au Ve siècle, de Clisthène à Paris 1986 Socrate, Paris 1995 (NHA n° 2) Laurence Charlotte Feffer et Patrick Périn, Les Francs, - P. CARLIER, Le IVe siècle grec jusqu'à la mort Paris, 1987 d'Alexandre, 1995 (NHA n° 3) Pierre Riché et Patrick Périn, Dictionnaire des Francs - ______Les temps Mérovingiens, 1996, Michel Rouche, Clovis, Paris, 1996 H2/9a ROMAN HISTORY: ANCIENT ROME Patrick J. Geary, Naissance de la France : le monde Fall Semester mérovingien, Paris, 1989 ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______H2/12c: CIVILISATION OF THE FORMER LOW COUNTRIES Introduction :. Rome, location and history Fall Semester Chap. 1. Royal Rome, without myths : Etrusquian Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 civilization’s influence Chap. 2. Rome at the conquest of the Mediterranean OBJECTIVE: Sea: Samnite and Punic Wars. 100
The former Low Countries are what we would now call Chap. 2. The city and strangers: Xenos and Metoikos the Euro-region. It is an astonishing region which has Chap. 3. Women and their place in the classic city developed along with France, Germany and England. It Chap. 4. Dependents and slaves in Greek cities. has lots of waterways (the Meuse, the Escaut, the Chap. 5. Religion in Greece: places, actors, rites of Rhine and the North Sea) Its location enables lots of Greek cults economic and cultural wealth. At the end of the class, Chap. 6. War in Greece, from Homer to Alexander. the student should be able to enlight and understand the importance of a region inside the Eurozone. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______F. CHAMOUX – La civilisation grecque – Paris, 1966 C. VATIN – Citoyens et non-citoyens dans le monde H2/13a : ROMAN HISTORY: FROM THE REPUBLIC grec – Paris, 1976 TO THE BEGINNING OF THE EMPIRE R. LONIS – L’étranger dans le monde grec – Nancy, Spring Semester 1988 J.P VERNANT – Problèmes de la guerre en Grèce Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ancienne – Paris, 1985 J.N CORVISIER – Guerre et société dans les mondes COURSE PROGRAM: grecs (490 – 322 av. J.C.) – Paris, 1999 The city, the Roman citizen, the army and religion. We shall be looking at the material framework of the Roman’s daily life. Politically divided between two H1/8b : WORLD CIVILISATIONS : ISLAM vastly different systems, he continues his life as a Spring Semester citizen. We shall be putting particular emphasis on the city itself, Rome, one of the numerous Roman cities Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 which grow up around the Mediterranean during this period, the beginning of the Christian era. COURSE PROGRAM:. - Patricians and Plebeians : the The origins of Arab Muslim civilisation responsibilities of the citizen in Republican The governmental system Rome The reasons for the fragmentation of the - The institutions : the Senate, comitea and muslim world from the formation of dynasties main magistrates in Rome and from great political and religious - Traditional Roman religion : religious tendencies. groups in Rome under the republic Intellectual movements - Roman citizens and war : the army and religion under Marius BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Rome and Roman cities : an urban D. et J. SOURDEL, La civilisation de l'islam civilisation? classique, Coll. Les Grandes Civilisations/ - Everyday life and leisure : the monumental Arthaud, 1983. aspect of Roman cities. Claude CAHEN, L'islam des origines au début de l'Empire ottoman, Bordas, 1970.Réédition BIBLIOGRAPHY: Hachette 1997. F.DUPONT, le citoyen romain sous la Miquel : L’Islam et sa civilisation VIIe-XXe république (509-27 avant J.C), 1989-1994. siècles, Paris 1977. R.ADAM, Institutions et Citoyenneté de la J.C Garcin et alii ; Etats, sociétés et cultures Rome républicains, Paris1996. du monde musulman médiéval ( Xe-XVe C.NIVOLET, le métier de citoyen dans la siècles) 3 vol. Paris 1995-2000. Rome républicaine, Paris 1976. J.GAUDEMET, le droit privé romain, Paris
1974. H2/14a : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: The Carolingian P.GRIMAL, la civilisation romaine, Paris 1960. Dynasty J.SCHEID, la religion romaine, Paris Spring Semester 1971(recueil de textes)
G.DUMEZIL, le religion romaine archaïque, Lectures: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Paris 1987
J.P.BRISSON dir.,Problèmes de la guerre à COURSE PROGRAM: Rome, Paris –La Haye 1969. From 639 to 751, the Pippinide family increasingly M.FEUGERE, les armes des Romains de la take more and more power from the Merovingians. In république à l’Antiquité tardive, Paris 1993. 751, Pepin the Short finally takes power and starts a Y.LE BOHEC, Histoire militaire des Guerres dynasty of his own. Take this class to learn all about puniques, Paris 1996.. them ! A.PELLETIER, L’urbanisme romain sous
l’empire, Paris 1982 Bibliography: P. CORBIER, Rome, ville et capitale de la fin Pierre Riché, Les Carolingiens, une famille qui fit de la république à la fin des Antonins, SEDES. l'Europe, Paris, 1983
(réimpr. 1997), 490 p Pierre Riché, Dictionnaire des Francs, vol. 2. Les H2/13a : ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION Carolingiens, Paris, 1997 Spring Semester H3/17a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY: THE Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 FRENCH REVOLUTION 1787-1799
Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM:
Introduction : Greek demography at Antiquity Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Chap. 1.Being a citizen, being privileged?
101
COURSE PROGRAM: J. DELUMEAU – Naissance et affirmation de la Réforme All the upheavals of the French Revolution will be – Le catholicisme entre Luther et Voltaire – PUF, revisited in the light of recent research. Two « Nouvelle Clio », n°30 approaches will be given priority: a chronological H. DREVILON – Introduction à l’histoire culturelle de analysis first of all and then a thematic study. There is l’Ancien Régime – SEDES, Campus, 1997 obviously a lot to say and students will be required in H. DUCCINI – Histoire de la France au XVIIème siècle their personal reading to complete the information – SEDES, Campus, 2000 presented in class. A. JOUANNA – La France au XVIème siècle, 1483 – We shall also look at some important documents from 1598 – Fayard, 1998 the period in question. P. GOUBERT, D. ROCHE – Les Français et l’Ancien Régime – Armand Colin, 1984 BIBLIOGRAPHY: B. BENASSAR et J . JACQUART, le XVIè siècle, 2001 Biard Michel et Dupuy Pascal, La Révolution française : ______dynamique et ruptures 1787-1804 ______H3/18b : THE GREEK RELIGION: MYTHS, WORSHIPS AND SANCTUARIES: H3/17b : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: SPAIN & THE Fall Semester VISIGOTHS Fall Semester Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 OBJECTIVE: From the second millennium to 323 BC. COURSE PROGRAM: The vision we have of the greek religion is often Medieval Spain was marked by political, military and anecdotal. We imagine a multitude of Gods with religious confrontations between Romans, Goths, tumultuous realtionships and fates. We have been Berbers and Muslims. The Visigoth kingdom of Toledo lulled by the Greek myths during our childhood, and (507-711) represents an essential part in the history they still appear lively. of the Iberian Peninsula during the Middle-Ages. The Nowadays, we are still able to admire their synthesis between the vigour of the Roman heritage consecrated temples where believers rushed and and the dynamism of the Visigoth people made the 7th prayed. Yet, these worships are more than three century a period of great cultural prosperity, while the millaniums old… first signs of national awareness emerged. It is often said that factual and political history evolves much more quickly than the religious one. We will see BIBLIOGRAPHY: to what extent it is true, and how the Greek religion Bartolomé Bennassar, Histoire des Espagnols. Tome I, evolved and worked. VIe-XVIIe siècle. 2005. C-Emmanuel Dufourcq, et J. Gautier Dalché, Histoire COURSE PROGRAM: économique et sociale de 1) Worship in Crete and Mycenae l'Espagne chrétienne au Moyen âge. 1976. 2) Myths and Greek pantheons: gods, J. Fontaine : Isidore de Séville et la culture Classique, goddesses, heroes realted by Homer and 1983 Hesiod M.C Gerbet ; L’Espagne au Moyen Age, 2000 3) Orphism and Pythagoreanism Arié, Rachel, Aspects de l'Espagne musulmane : 4) Sacrifices and Priesthood in the Greek cities histoire et culture. De l'archéologie 5) Olympic Games and the oracle in Delphi: the à l'histoire. Paris : De Boccard, 1997 rise of panhellenic sanctuaries Barkai, Ron, Chrétiens, musulmans et juifs dans 6) The Great Panathenaic Feasts in Athens l'Espagne médiévale : de la 7) Dionysus, Asclepius and Demeter: theatre in convergence à l'expulsion. Tôledôt-judaïsmes. Paris : Athens, healing cult and Eleusinian mysteries les Ed. du Cerf, 1994. 8) Religion and war: the army and the religious Clot, André, L'Espagne musulmane : VIIIe-XVe siècle. lifestyle Collection Tempus.Paris : 9) The religious life in the city Perrin, 2004. ASSESMENT: One four-hour long final: either an essay or a H3/18a : FRENCH HISTORY: commentary. THE 16TH AND 17TH CENTURIES Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: - L. BRUIT-ZAIDMAN et P. SCHMITT-PANTEL, La Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 religion grecque, 1990. - L. SECHAN-P. LEVEQUE, Les grandes divinités de la COURSE PROGRAM: The 16th century started with Grèce, 1966-1990. the Renaissance, which corresponded with the reign of - F. ROBERT, La religion grecque, QSJ 1969, 1981. Francis I, and ended with the Wars of religion. The - P. GRIMAL, La mythologie grecque, QSJ 582, 1953. reigns of Henri IV and Louis XIII took place during the - J.P. VERNANT, Mythe et religion en Grèce ancienne, Counter Reformation. 1990. Louis XIV imposed a “classical” system on the French - H. BERVE-G. HIRMER-M. GRUBEN, Temples et Kingdom, after solving the difficulties caused by the sanctuaires grecs, 1965. Fronde. - M. DELCOURT, Les grands sanctuaires de la Grèce antique, 1947. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - M. JOST, Aspects de la vie religieuse en Grèce, 1992. J. CORNETTE – Absolutisme et lumières, Hachette - M. DETIENNE-J.P. VERNANT, La cuisine du sacrifice 2001 en pays grec, 1979.
102
- A. JACQUEMIN, Guerre et religion dans le monde The Berber Muslims led by Tariq ibn Ziyad conquered grec (490-322 av. J.C.), 2000. the country in 711. In 756, Muslim Spain became ______independent during Umayyad Caliphate of Cordoba’s rule. During the 11th century, the caliphate divides H3/23a : RUSSIAN CIVILISATION into microstates, the small Muslim, Berber and Slav Fall Semester taifas. The caliphate disappears and the Christian king Alfonso VI of Leon and Castile enters Toledo in 1085. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 During the 12th century, the Almoravid and the Almohad dynasties reunify momentarily Al-Andalus, COURSE PROGRAM: which disappears in 1212 at the battle of Las Navas de The Russian world is, for Westeners, a great enigma, Tolosa. The encounter of the three monotheisms on account of its distance fom us, but also its contributed to the birth of an original culture. relationship with us in an ever-evolving and complex Bibliography : political situation. Understanding Russian history from Arié, Rachel, Aspects de l'Espagne musulmane : the origins to the present remains an important factor histoire et culture. De l'archéologie for us to understand those puzzling Russians. The à l'histoire. Paris : De Boccard, 1997). development of Russia and its growth into a great Barkai, Ron, Chrétiens, musulmans et juifs dans civilisation in the medieval period is particularly l'Espagne médiévale : de la important in this regard. convergence à l'expulsion. Tôledôt-judaïsmes. Paris : les Ed. du Cerf, 1994. Clot, André, L'Espagne musulmane : VIIIe-XVe siècle. ______Collection Tempus.Paris : Perrin, 2004. H3/19a : BYZANTIUM Conrad, Philippe, Histoire de la reconquista. Que sais- Fall Semester je? Paris : Presses universitaires de France, 1999. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Guichard, Pierre, Al-Andalus : 711-1492 : une histoire de l'Espagne musulmane. Paris COURSE PROGRAM: : Hachette litteratures, 2001. The Byzantine empire may be seen as the continuity of Guichard, Pierre, De la conquête arabe à la reconquête the Roman empire; it remains a model pour the West : grandeur et fragilité d'Al- throughout the whole medieval period. This important Andalus. Grenade (Espagne) : Fondation El Legado heritage from an economic and social point of view Andalusi, 2000. enables us today to understand better the different Guichard, Pierre et Bruna Soravia, Les royaumes de Taifas : apogée culturel et developments in the near and far East and their déclin politique des émirats andalous du XIème siècle. relationship with the Russian-speaking world. Paris : Geuthner, 2007. Hüsler, Angelo, L' Espagne médiévale : chrétiens, juifs ______et musulmans. Gollion (Suisse) : Infolio editions, 2008. H3/21a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY: WORKING MEN & THEIR PLACE IN FRENCH H3/22a : EUROPE & THE WORLD FROM THE 16th HISTORY 1880-1960 TO THE 18th CENTURY Spring Semester Spring Semester
Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: At the beginning of the modern During the second phase of industrialisation in France, period, Spain, Portugal, Italy and Great Britain started working men started to play a more important role in colonizing, which coincided with the rise of marketing society. We shall study their origins, their history, their theories. We shall examine in detail the European working life, their lifestyle and seek to identify the desire to discover the rest of the world. main elements of working-class culture and the political commitments that went with it at the time. BIBLIOGRAPHY: From the promises of a social revolution to the F. BRAUDEL – Civilisation matérielle, Economie et concrete progress at the time of the Liberation, via the Capitalisme, XVème – XVIIIème siècles – A. Colin, convoluted history of the Popular Front, it's an exciting 1979 story, full of hope, real achievements and some P. LEON – Histoire économique et sociale du Monde – disappointments. A. Colin, 1978 This course will require students to acquire, via their F. MAURO – L’expansion européenne (1600 – 1870) – personal reading, a detailed knowledge of the political PUF, « Nouvelle Clio », n°27 and economic background of hte period. P. VILLIERS, J.P. DUTEUIL – L’Europe, la mer et ses colonies, XVIIème – XVIIIème siècles – Hachette, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Will be distributed during the first Carré Histoire, 1997 class. ______H3/22b : ROMAN HISTORY Spring Semester H3/21b : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: MUSLIM SPAIN Spring Semester Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 COURSE PROGRAM: The Roman Empire from COURSE PROGRAM AND OBJECTIVE : Augustus to Commodius. 103
This programme has precise chronological limits : it __ , Histoire du Japon, Editions du Rocher, Paris, starts with the establishment of the Empire by the first 2001. Emperor, Augustus, in 27 BC , and finishes when the Guy FAURE (dir.), Nouvelle Géopolitique de l’Asie, dynasty of Septimus Severus takes power in 193 AD. Ellipses, Paris, 2005. The first two centuries of the Christian era are LEE Kuan Yew, From third world to first, Harper Collins generally considered as the high point of imperial rule Publishers, New-York, 2000. and of Roman civilisation in general. The historian, Kishore MAHBUBANI, The New Asian Emisphere, Public Paul Petit, christened this period the “Pax Romana”. Affairs, New York, 2008, traduction française: Le défi However, it is not without its difficult episodes – in asiatique, Fayard, Paris, 2008. particular in the passage from each emperor to the Virginia MATHESON HOOKER, A short History of Malaysia, next ! We shall be concentrating on the development Allen & Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. of the system and the changes which occurred with Claude MEYER, Chine ou Japon quel leader pour regard to the republican period. Particular themes will l’Asie ?, Presses Science Po, Paris, 2010. include : the institutions governing political life in OOI Keat Gin, Historical Dictionary of Malaysia, The Rome and the provinces, how Roman society scarecrow Press, Lanham, 2009. developped after Julius Caesar and the organisation of Philippe PAPIN, Vietnam: parcours d’une nation, La the Roman army. Documentation française, Paris, 2003. François RAILLON, Indonésie la réinvention d’un BIBLIOGRAPHY: archipel, La Documentation française, 1999. Paul PETIT, La paix romaine, Paris, 1967 Bernard STEVENS, Le nouveau capitalisme asiatique, Y. LE BOHEC, Urbs, Rome de César à Commode, Paris, Academia Bruyllant, Louvain la Neuve, 2009. 2001 Fareed ZAKARIA, The post-American World, WW Norton P.LE ROUX, le haut empire romain en & Company, New York, 2008. occident d’Auguste aux sévères M.SARTRE, Le H-E les provinces de méditerranée orientale d’Auguste aux ______sévères, Paris 1997. H4/1a & 5a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY C.BRIAN,L’empire romain d’Auguste à Fall & Spring Semesters Domitien, Paris 2001. P.PETIT, Histoire générale de l’empire romain, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits:3 tome le haut empire1974 J.CARCOPINO, la vie quotidienne à Rome à COURSE PROGRAM: l’apogée de l’empire, Paris 1939 Political and economic development in France R.ETIENNE, La vie quotidienne à Pompéi, since 1958. Paris 1977. European construction. International Relations, the Cold War, the fall of Communism etc. H3/24c : CONTEMPORARY ASIAN HISTORY ______Spring Semester LCE1/1a : AMERICAN CIVILISATION Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH For several years now we have been seeing Asia increase in economic and political power. Seen at first Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 as a kind of renaissance, we now realise that that hte world situation has really changed on account of this OBJECTIVE: To acquire knowledge about important rapid Asian development. This class aims to questions regarding the U.S. population; to gain an understand the current situation by looking at the understanding of important issues in U.S. society; to history of modern Asia, its common points and learn to analyse and comment on primary and divisions as well as the basis of this Asian miracle. secondary documents; and acquire oral and written skills in English. COURSE PROGRAM: Modernity and Asia's encounter with the West COURSE PROGRAM: Different development strategies since 1945 The course is divided into five thematic units, which in Asia today each case will be approached from an historical perspective: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Settlement of North America and the growth Marie-Claire BERGERE, Sun Yat-sen, Fayard, Paris, of the United States 1994. - Immigration __ , Capitalismes et capitalistes en Chine : des - Native Americans origines à nos jours, Perrin, Paris, 2007. - Slavery and African Americans Colin BROWN, A short History of Indonesia, Allen & - Mexican Americans/Hispanics Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. Robert CALVET, Les Japonais, Armand Colin, Paris, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2003. - Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An David CAMROUX, Jean-Luc DOMENACH (dir.), L’Asie Introduction, Routledge retrouvée, Seuil, Paris, 1997. - Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Rodolphe DE KONICK, L’Asie du Sud-Est, Armand Colin, Facts on File, 2006 Paris, 2005. - Sicard, Pierre and Frédérique Spill, eds. Danielle ELISSEEFF, Histoire de la Chine, Editions du Regards sur l'Amérique , Approche Rocher, Paris, 1997. documentaire des Etats-Unis. Paris : A. Colin, 2011. 104
- Carrez, Stéphanie and Sandrine Ferré-Rode. www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= Panorama de l'histoire des Etats-Unis. milestone Studyrama, 2013. www.digitalhistory.uh.edu www.uk-us.org ______INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= LCE1/5b BRITISH HISTORY milestone Spring Semester www.digitalhistory.uh.edu www.uk-us.org THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE1/1b INTRODUCTION TO BRITISH HISTORY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Great Britain from the Industrial Revolution up to THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH WWI( 1760-1914) The course deals with the evolution of British Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 civilisation of the mid XVIIIth up to the early XXth century.Processes and events are studied in a COURSE PROGRAM: chronological order. It gives the different stages of the - Physical and human geography Industrial Revolution and the shift from a rural society - Population and social class to an industrialised one.The Victorian Era and - Religion and education Victorianism are then studied as proofs of political, - The institutional environment social and cultural transformations up to the Great - Elections and the political parties War. - The evolution of the welfare state 1- Introduction to the industrial society: an - Britain and the world acceleration of history 2- Industrial Revolution, phase one BIBLIOGRAPHY: 3- Industrial Revolution, Phase Two - Pierre Lurbe, Peter John, Civilisation 4- The three major phases of the Victorian britannique, Hachette supérieur, 2010. Period 5- Victorian Society 6- “Great transformation” of British Civilisation LCE1/5a : UNITY AND DIVERSITY IN AMERICAN SOCIETY BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester Christopher Harvie and H.C.G. Matthew, Nineteenth-
Century Britain :A Very Short Introduction, Oxford THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH University Press, 2000
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE2/9b : BRITISH HISTORY: FROM THE OBJECTIVE: ORIGINS TO THE END OF THE MIDDLE AGES Acquire knowledge about important questions Fall Semester regarding U.S. history; Gain an understanding of important issues in U.S. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH society; Learn to analyse and comment on primary and Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week secondary documents; ECTS credits: 3 Acquire oral and written skills in English. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: - Roman conquest The course is divided into 4 thematic units that focus - Anglo-Saxon era on the themes of unity and diversity in American - Norman Conquest society, which in each case will be first approached - The Normans and the Civil War from a historical perspective, before an examination of - The Plantaganet era (creation of the contemporary period: parliament, first civil liberties, etc.) th Unit I Geography, Regions - The 14 century: pre-reformation Unit II People: Religion movements, peasants’ revolt, etc. Unit III People: Minority Groups - The Wars of the Roses Unit IV Beliefs and Values : The American Way of Life - Beginnings of the Renaissance
ASSESSMENT: An oral exam (15 mins. preparation, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 15 mins. presentation) and a question which students Kenneth O. MORGAN, The Oxford History of Britain; will have to answer in English. Oxford University Press
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An LCE2/13a : THE UNITED STATES FROM THE CIVIL Introduction, Routledge WAR TO THE END OF THE GREAT DEPRESSION Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Facts on File, Spring Semester 2006 Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
INTERNET WEBSITES: Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week 105
ECTS credits: 2 - The Glorious Revolution (establishment of a constitutional monarchy) OBJECTIVE: - The Hanoverian succession Acquire an understanding of the key historical - The First Prime Ministers moments and social movements in the United States - The Enlightenment and Methodism in the 1865-1940 period; Acquire ability to reason and explain the causes and BIBLIOGRAPHY: consequences of key events in the period studied; Kenneth O. MORGAN, The Oxford History of Britain; Learn to analyse and comment on primary and Oxford University Press secondary documents; Acquire oral and written skills in English. LCE3/17b : BRITISH SOCIAL AND POLITICAL HISTORY 1945-1990 COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester The course focuses on the history of the United States from the end of the Civil War to the Great Depression. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Course units are divided as follows: Reconstruction Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 African Americans under Reconstruction and Beyond Native American Indians COURSE PROGRAM: Domestic Politics and Social Western Settlement Issues in Great Britain 1945 – 1991 The Growth of Big Business 1. Preparing for peace / reconstruction The Labor Movement Nationalisation / centralisation American Imperialism The beginnings of the Welfare State The Progressive Era Re-establishment of political Prosperity and the Stock Market Crash identities (end of coalition, The Great Depression and the New Deal persistence of two-party system, decline of liberals / establishment BIBLIOGRAPHY: and death of SDP) BUENKER John D. & Edward R. KANTOWICZ, eds., 2. Economic questions Historical Dictionary of the Progressive Era, 1890-1920 J.M. Keynes & Co (Greenwood Press, 1988) CHAMBERS, John Whiteclay. The Tyranny of Change: Sterling party / deflation / America in the Progressive Era, 1890-1920 (Rutgers devaluation University Press, 2000) From rationing to the affluent society NASH, Gary B. Atlas of American History (Facts on and back to austerity File, 2006) The growth of an underclass PARRISH, Michael E. Anxious Decades: America in 3. Industrial relations Prosperity and Depression, 1920-1941 (W W Norton & The role of the TUC and its Co. Ltd., 1994) relationship with the Labour party RODRIGUEZ, Junius P., ed. Slavery in the United Cooperation to conflict to decline of States: A Social, Political, and Historical Encyclopedia the unions (ABC-CLIO Ltd, 2007) Questions of unemployment Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton) Trade Unions Artaud, Denise. Le New Deal. Paris : Armand Colin, 4. The Arts « U2 », 1969. The beginnings of a government cultural policy INTERNET WEBSITES: The swinging sixties and birth of pop www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= music milestone Creation of teen culture www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ Culture & the regions / minorities www.uk-us.org/ 5. The decline of established religion and the library.wisc.edu/etext/WIReader/Contents/Idea.html liberalisation of public morals ______ Britain as a pluralistic society LCE2/13b : RENAISSANCE, REFORMATION AND o The “Honest to God” debate / rise of REVOLUTION IN BRITAIN (1485-1760) evangelicalism Spring Semester o The media / scandal / the invasion of privacy THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH o Homosexuality / abortion / censorship, etc. Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: D. THOMSON – England in the Twentieth Century – COURSE PROGRAM: Penguin th - 16 and17th centuries K.O. MORGAN – The People’s Peace – Oxford - Tudor concept of monarchy University Press - The Reformation A. CAIRNCROSS – The British Economy since 1945 – - James I and the divine rights of Kings Oxford University Press - The Civil War M. SMITH – British Foreign Policy: Tradition, Change & - The Commonwealth (early democratic Transformation movements, Protestant pluralism, etc.) ______- The Restoration
106
LCE4/3b ADVANCED CIVILISATION SEMINAR: TERRITORIES, BORDERS AND INTERACTION IN THE THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH ENGLISH-SPEAKING WORLD Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 5 Fall Semester AIMS: This course will enable students to understand Lectures: 24h total ECTS credits: 5 the political and social causes and consequences of the First World War, the Interwar period and the Second THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH World War in Britain and the United States.
Prerequisite: Students must have some previous COURSE PROGRAM: knowledge of British and American History. Causes of the First World War The First World War as Experienced by Combattants OBJECTIVE: This class is destined for students who and Civilians already have a reasonable knowledge of British and The Politics of the Interwar Period American history and want to look at these in the light Society during the Interwar Period of particular themes, while at the same time extending Causes of the Second World War their understanding of other parts of the English- The Second World War as Experienced by Combattants speaking world. It will be divided into six geographical and Civilians teaching blocks. Victory and Aftermath
COURSE PROGRAM: Societies can be examined Evaluation: Students will be required to write a either in the context of their territorial integrity or with research paper or a detailed critical commentary and an eye to their interaction with other realities beyond pass a final oral exam. their borders leading us to wonder about their specific ______place in the world. The geography of business and the LEA1/2a: BRITISH INSTITUTIONS existence of social or political networks and the Fall Semester creation of international cultural communities all lead us to realise that perceived territories or spheres of THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH influence often cross national borders.
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 The border as a limit between two territories may be seen as a form of protection against the outsider or as OBJECTIVE: an invitation to travel beyond our comfort zone. At the end of the year, students should be familiar to Boundaries may evolve and territories or communities the functionment of British institutions and should take different shapes at different periods, while answer correctly and fluently about the content of the political authories may change the way territories are program. subdivided for political or administrative purposes. And COURSE PROGRAM: in our modern, technological world virtual territories - Political Geography may exist just as much as "real" ones. - Parliament - Constitution Paradoxically the world today has never so much - Government resembled a global village or integrated whole with - Electoral System frequent exchanges between peoples from different - Political Parties ethical origins, language groups, religions and world - Devolution views and yet the desire to belong to a small, - Trade Unions manageable community, to have a feeling of corporate - The Welfare State identity, to be "us" as opposed to "them" remains BIBLIOGRAPHY: strong. Each society is called to face conflicts between - BLAMONT, Gérard et Anne Paquette, Les clés de la the universal and the particular the rule and the civilisation britannique, Ellipses, 2000. exceptions, which are often rooted in the difficult - BONNET-PIRON, Daniel, La civilisation britannique, balance between tradition and modernity. Nathan, 2007 - OAKLAND, John, British Civilization: an Introduction, Routledge, 2006. Population, immigration, ethnic minorities, minority ______languages, territorial politics, national identity, regional identity, protectionism, the internet age, sectarianism, anti-Americanism, urban life, the LEA1/6a : American civil war, explorers, the Special Relationship, INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN CIVILISATION tourism, educational echanges, Northern Ireland .... Spring Semester
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
EVALUATION : Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Students will be expected to analyse primary source documents and write analytical essays. Coursework OBJECTIVE: Acquire an understanding of important will include either an essay or a detailed textual questions regarding U.S. history and society; commentary. The final exam will be a timed essay or Learn to analyse and comment on primary and composition based on several original documents (5 secondary documents; hours) Acquire listening and written skills in English.
LCE4/6b : A HALF-CENTURY OF WAR : COURSE PROGRAM: BRITAIN AND AMERICA 1914-1945 Spring Semester 107
The course is divided into 4 thematic units, which in -E. Ashbee & N. Ashford, U.S. Politics Today, each case will be approached from a historical Manchester University Press, 1999. perspective: -M. Landy & S. M. Milkis, American Government. Unit I - The United States: immigration,the melting Balancing Democracy and Rights, Cambridge pot University Press, 2008. Unit II - Growth of the United States and Its Regions -M. J. C. Vile, Politics in the USA, Routledge, 2010. Unit III – Minorities and ethnic Identities Unit IV - Religion WEBSITE RESOURCES :
ASSESSMENT: An written exam and a final written http://www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?fla exam. sh=old&page=milestone http://www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ BIBLIOGRAPHY: http://www.america.gov/ Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An ______Introduction, Routledge Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Facts on File, LEA2/18b: GERMANY AND EUROPE 2006 Fall Semester Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton THIS LESSON IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= Lectures: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu OBJECTIVE: www.uk-us.org At the end of the year, students should undersand ______German history from the reunification and on the French-German relationships LEA2/10a: BRITAIN IN THE 19th CENTURY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - European Politics with Helmut Kohl, THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Gerhard Schröder, Angela Merkel - France and Germany ( CECA, De Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Gaulle/Adenauer, De Gaulle/Erhard Kissinger, Pompidou/Brandt, OBJECTIVE: Giscard/Schmitt, Kohl/ Mitterand, At the end of the year, students should understand Chirac/Schröder, Sarkozy/ Merkel) and be able to comment on the main point of British - society since the Industrial Revolution BIBLIOGRAPHY: Gisela Müller-Brandeck-Bocquet, Corina Schukraft, COURSE PROGRAM: Nicole Leuchtweis, Ulrike Keßler : Deutsche - The Industrial Revolution up to WWII Europapolitik: Von Adenauer bis Merkel, VS Verlag - Economic and social conditions during für Sozialwissenschaften; 2ème édition 2010. Victorian Times Hans Stark : La politique internationale de - Political Evolution up to Universal Sufferage l'Allemagne : Une puissance malgré elle, Presses - Between the wars Universitaires du Septentrion (17 novembre 2011) - BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA4 T/4c : INTERCULTURAL APPROACH TO THE - Ouvrage indispensable: Norman Lowe, Mastering SLAVONIC WORLD Modern British History, London, Macmillan, Fall Semester 2009 . ______Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1
LEA2/14a: AMERICAN GOVERNMENT OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester At the end of the class, students should be able to recognise and understand the different historical and THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH cultural periods in Russian history since the 14th century and recognise the most important historical Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 monuments and tourist attractions in the region.
OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: Acquire an understanding of important questions - The Golden Ring tourist trail in Russia which regarding U.S. history and society; includes most of the most famous towns, Learn to analyse and comment on primary and works of art and monuments. secondary documents; - St Petersburg, from its original construction Acquire oral and written skills in English. to the present day - The Hermitage museum and its contribution COURSE PROGRAM: to the cultural treasures of Russia - The U.S. Constitution - Moscow from the 14th century to the present - The U.S. Congress day. The history of the Kremlin and Red - The U.S. President Square. - The U. S. Supreme Court - The best exhibition venues and museums in - The U.S Presidential Elections Moscow - The Transsiberian Express from Moscow to BIBLIOGRAPHY: Vladivostock and the regions it crosses. 108
OBJECTIVE: To learn the main historical events of BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spain throughout the 20th century. L’empire russe/Jannel Claude/Barthelemy (Editions Alain)/1995 COURSE PROGRAM: Saint Petersburg/Jean Pierre Brossard, Ewa Berard, - The Spanish Restoration Olessia Tourkina, Victor Mazin/ Editions d’en - Primo de Rivera’s dictatorship during the nd haut/1993 2 Republic - The Civil War : causes and consequences ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA4 T/8d : INTERCULTURAL APPROACH TO THE - Emile Termine, historia de la Espãna MIDDLE EAST contemporanea (desde 1808 hasta nuestros Spring Semester dias) - Guy Hermet, la guerre d’Espagne Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - Javier Tusell, Historia de Espãna en el siglo XX OBJECTIVE: - Pedro Aguado Blaye, Historia de Espãna General knowledge: the civilisation, history, geography - Bartolomé Benassar, la guerre civile etc. of the Middle East. Finding your way around. The espagnole et ses lendemains main characteristics of Middle Eastern civilisation. - Ballesteros Arranz, Espãna desde la guerra de la independencia hasta la Restauraciõn COURSE PROGRAM: - Josep Pla, la 2° Repùblica espanõla (1931-36) The geography of the Middle East - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com - http://www.historiasiglo20.org Religions and philosophies of the Middle East - http://es.wikipedia.org Tourist potential and interesting historical sites.
______LCE3E/17a : SPAIN IN THE 20th CENTURY
Fall Semester LM1/4a : FRENCH HISTORY: THE 16th to 18th
CENTURIES THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Fall Semester
Classes: 1 ½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: To acquire an in-depth understanding of COURSE PROGRAM: the history of Spain from the beginning of the 20th The construction and specificity of the Ancien Régime : Century to the present day and be able to present and power structure, institutions, society. analyse both orally and in writing. Calling the old ways into question leading to the collapse of the system. The Enlightenment and the COURSE PROGRAM: French Revolution. The new foundations of French - The Age of Franco society in the 19th century. - The Transition Republican France : society and authority - The Socialist Era
- The Popular Party governements BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Michel Denis and Noël Blayau, Le XVIIIe BIBLIOGRAPHY: siècle, Collection U - Javier Tusell, Historia de España en el siglo - François Bluche, L’ancien régime : XX ( cuatro volúmenes ) institutions et société, Le livre de poche – - Pedro Aguado Blaye, Historia de España références - Miguel Ángel Ruiz Carnicer, La España de - Pierre Goubert, L’Ancien Régime, Collection U Franco (1939-1975). Cultura y vida ______cotidiana
- Marín, José María - Molinero, Carme - Ysás, LM1/8a : 19th CENTURY FRENCH HISTORY Pere, Historia política de España 1939- Spring Semester 2000 - Victoria Prego, Así se hizo la Transición Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Guy Hermet, L’Espagne au XXè siècle ______COURSE PROGRAM: Political hesitations during the first half of the LCE3E/19a : LATIN AMERICAN CULTURE AND 19th century : constitutional monarchies and HERITAGE the Republic Spring Semester The Second Empire and the modernisation of
France THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Republican France: birth and development of
the 3rd Republic Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
OBJECTIVE: To give insight into some aspects and LCE2E/9a : SPANISH HISTORY problems concerning wealth, cultural events, Fall Semester architectural or intellectual heritage among Latin- American society. To encourage students to learn THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH about or continue their research on a country, its cultural events and other aspects of Latin-American Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 heritage or culture.
109
Saqqara, Gizeh, Abousir COURSE PROGRAM: 4- Thebes and its hundred gates - What "Latin" means and what it implies to Karnak et Luxor Europeans. 5- The Thebes Valley - The Caribbean The craft village in Deir el-Médineh - Mexico and Guatemala The funerary temples - The Andes Royal and private Necropolises - Brazil 6- The Great Temples of Late Antiquity - The Southern cone Edfu, Dendara, Philae ______7- Greek and Roman Influences LCE3E/21a : LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY Alexandria and its region, the Nile Delta (19th & 20th CENTURIES) 8- Other Tourist Sites in Egypt Spring Semester Areas of natural beauty Byzantine and coptic sites THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Medieval islamic sites Contemporary Egyptian architecture Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 9- Issues in the heritage industry today Use and abuse of Egyptian artifacts today OBJECTIVE: To learn about the main political, Museums and Egyptian cultural policy economic and social developments in Latin America in The Supreme council for Antiquities and how the 19th and 20th centuries; to analyse original it works historical documents in Spanish. Temporary and permanent foreign input Art and business COURSE PROGRAM: Selected bibliography: - The evolution of politics J. BAINES, J. MALEK, Atlas de l’Égypte ancienne, Paris : - Economic and social evolution Le Fanal, 1990 - Case studies: Mexico, Cuba, Chile. F. DUNAND, R. LICHTENBERG, Des animaux et des hommes, une symbiose égyptienne, Paris, éditions du BIBLIOGRAPHY: Rocher, 2005 Jean-Paul Duviols, Dictionnaire culturel Amrique D. LABOURY, L’Égypte pharaonique (Idées reçues, Latine, Ellipses, 2000. Histoire et Civilisations), Paris : Le Cavalier Bleu, 2001 Yves Lacoste, Dictionnaire de Gopolitique, Flammarion, B. LEGRAS, L’Égypte grecque et romaine, Paris : A. 1993. Colin (collection U.), 2004 Eduardo Galeano, Las venas abiertas de Amrica Latina, G. POSENER et alii, Dictionnaire de la civilisation Siglo XXI de Espaa editores, 2002. égyptienne, Paris : Hazan, 1959 Tulio Halperin Donghi, Historia contempornea de P. VERNUS, Affaires et scandales sous les Ramsès, Amrica Latina, Alianza, 1998. Paris : Pygmalion, 1993 R. Aracil, J. Oliver, A. Segura, El mundo actual, ______Universitat de Barcelona, 1995. Mercedes Quintana, Historia de America Latina, CTV4/3b : OUR ARCHEOLOGICAL HERITAGE Edinumen, 1999. Fall Semester ______Lectures: 2½ hour per week ECTS credits: 3
CTV4/7b : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: EGYPT COURSE PROGRAM: We shall present the work of an Spring Semester archeologist in France, describing methods of work and
the different types of site explored. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 The legal framework.
Archeology in the region. Who does what. OBJECTIVE: Law since the 1970s. To identify and situate the principal historical sites and From pre-history to the Gallo-Roman period tourist resorts in Egypt. To situate them The Middle Ages chronologically and know how the tourist industry in From the dig to the museum – presenting Egypt works. discoveries. The aim of this course is to learn about the different Specific vocabulary, information. aspects of the Egyptian heritage industry, especially Museums, research organisations, clubs … the popular resorts in the Nile valley (Alexandria, different motivations and priorities Cairo, Luxor and Assuan), gaining reliable knowledge about their history, culture and civilization. We shall We shall visit an archeological dig in Douai and analyse study in detail the chronological development of what we see there. Egyptian civilization, the basic lifestyle in the ancient period, the funeral culture and ancient Egyptian ASSESSMENT: A two hour written exam and a two religion. hour written final exam.
COURSE PROGRAM: 1- Introduction : General Framework Geography CTV5/3b : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: LATIN- History : Discovering Egypt AMERICA The Pharoahs and their culture Fall Semester 2- Historical timeline in Egypt Chronology (from prehistory to the end of Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 antiquity) Foreign domination and cultural influences OBJECTIVE: 3- Funeral sites in Ancient Egypt 110
- Give an overview on a few aspects, problems, 9 : Classical Athens wealth, cultural events, material or immaterial 10 : Greek architecture heritage of Latin-American societies. 11 : Delphi: the oracle etc. - Encourage students to know and go on searching 12 : Macedonian style information about a country, a cultural event or 13 : Asia Minor in the Hellenist period another aspect of their interest, in relation with Latin- 14 : Alexandria: political and cultural centre American culture and heritage.
COURSE PROGRAM: CTV5/3d : REGIONAL HERITAGE - Session 1 – Introduction: What is Latin-America ? Fall Semester - Session 2 – The Caribbean: Cultural contacts. Birth of cities and cultural events during the colonial period. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Oral presentation: San Juan de Puerto Rico or Havana - Session 3 – The Caribbean 2: Cultural events, music, COURSE PROGRAM: literature, food. Rhythm and history of the societies. Introduction to euro regional border. We shall focus on Oral presentation: the Salsa regional particularities, in a thematical, a historical and - Session 4 – Mexico and Guatemala 1: Pre-hispanic a geographical point of view. worlds. The Maya and Aztecs. - Rural and Urban Heritage Oral presentation: Tenichtitlan or Yucatan - Outstanding housing. - Session 5 – Mexico 2: The muralism movement in - Civil heritage relation with the Mexican Revolution. The great - Religious heritage muralist painters and the creation of a new state. - Military heritage Oral presentation: Frida Khalo or another painter. - Industrial time - Session 6 – The Andes 1: Heritage from the pre- - Patronage, artists, museums hispanic cultures. The material world and the current claims. The land as heritage. ASSESSMENT: Assessments to give in and oral Oral presentation: Machu Picchu or popular celebration presentations. - Session 7 – The Andes 2: Cultural events and Final ASSESSMENT: group practical work and oral modern reinventions. The big cities through their presentation by each student. history in the Andean space. Oral presentation: Choice of a city or a nature park BIBLIOGRAPHY: from an Andean country (e.g. Galapagos islands) MARSEILLE, Jarcques (dir.); Dictionnaire du Nord-Pas- - Session 8 – Brazil 1: Miscegenation and history. de-Calais, Paris, Larousse, 2001 Explorers, mission churches and immigrants. PLATELLE, Henri (dir.), Nord-Pas-de-Calais, Paris, Oral presentation: Dom Helder Camara Bonneton, 2002n collection encyclopédies - Session 9 – Brazil 2: The Amazonian universe. The LOTTIN, Alain (dir.), 2000 ans d’histoire du Nord-Pas- vertigo of space. The natural heritage, the economic de-Calais, Lille, La Voix du Nord, 2002 stakes, the aboriginal societies in danger. ANONYME, Le patrimoine des communes du Nord, Oral presentation: The Amazonas river or an Paris, Flohic, 2001, 2 volumes Amazonian ethnic group. ANONYME, Guide Bleu Nord-Pas-de-Calais, Paris, - Session 10 – The Southern Cone 1: The various Hachette, Collection Guides Bleus, 2006 southern societies. The European immigration and the ANONYME, Nord, Tournai, Renaissance du Livre, 1999, material construction. Collection Guides (Les régions) Oral presentation: The Jesuit reductions or the ANONYME, Guide d’architecture de la métropole background of big sites of the natural or urban lilloise, Lille métropole, Courtrai, Tournai, Ypres, Paris, heritage. Le Passage, 2004 - Session 11 – The Southern Cone 2 :The big country VOUTERS, Bruno and Rémi, Les peintres du Nord : le and the society. The pampa, the “gaucho” and the feu sacré, Lille, La Voix du Nord, 2004 cities and cultural productions. LANEYRIE-DAGEN, Nadeije, L’art pour guide, Paris, Oral presentation: the Tango Gallimard, 2006 - Session 12 – Conclusion Revue Vieilles Maisons Françaises 1995 n°155 Nord, 1997 n° ?, Pas-de-Calais CTV5/3c : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: GREECE Pays du Nord : magazine bimestriel consacré au Fall Semester tourisme, au patrimoine et à l’art de vivre en Nord- Pas-de-Calais, Picardie et Belgique frontalière, depuis Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 1994.
COURSE PROGRAM: INTERNET WEBSITES: www.musenor.fr
1 : Geography of Greece and overview of the main historical periods 2 : Civilisation of the pre-hellenic period: Troy, Homer, the Cyclades, the Minoan and Mycaenean civilisations Transition : The dark ages : invasions and Italian migrations. 3 : Athens: the cradle of Western civilisation IMPORTANT: ALL OUR ITALIAN COURSES ARE 4 : Corinth: sculpture, painting, ceramics, the remains TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE of a sophisticated city STATED) 5 : Olympia: symbol of political and cultural unity. The Olympic games LCE1/3c & LEA1/4b : BEGINNERS ITALIAN 6 : Doric and Ionic art Fall Semester 7 : Greek culture in Asia Minor: Ephesus, Miletus etc. 8 : Colonial expansion around the Mediterranean 111
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Latin OBJECTIVE: To obtain a basic knowledge of Italian
IMPORTANT: ALL OUR LATIN COURSES ARE TAUGHT COURSE PROGRAM: IN FRENCH Introduction to the language from texts, introduction to current affairs and interesting subjects in Italy. H1/3g & LM1/3d : BEGINNERS LATIN ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students will need an Italian Lectures: 1½ hours per week dictionary, an Italian grammar book and ECTS credits: 2 (3 credits for LM1) R.J. PRATELLI, Chiarissimo. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to read and understand historical texts in Latin. Basic grammar
and vocabulary will be studied along with the basic LEA1/8b : BEGINNERS ITALIAN 2 knowledge of how to use GAFFIOT. Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will read texts from PREREQUISITES: Students must have completed at Roman historians like Tacitus and Suetonius. Students least one semester of Italian will also practice translation from Latin to French.
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA1/4b BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______Méthode de langue latine (Nathan Université)
Initiation à la langue latine (Sédes) LEA2/12b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 2 Initiation à la langue latine et à son système, manuel Fall Semester pour grands débutants, S.Deléani et J-M.vermander, éd.sedes Prerequisites: Students must have completed at le Gaffiot de poche, Hachette least one year of Italian
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 H1/7g & LM1/7d : BEGINNERS LATIN 2
Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM:
Language : grammar, translation (from Italian to Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 French and vice versa), composition, written (3 for LM) expression
Civilisation : Current political, social, economic COURSE PROGRAM: To enable students to read, and cultural issues in Italy understand and translate literary texts in Latin. The
lessons will be linked to extracts of Roman history.
LEA2/16b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester Initiation à la langue latine et à son système (Sédes) le Gaffiot de poche, Hachette COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA2/12b
ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). H2/11c1 & LM/11d : LATIN LEVEL 2 ______Fall Semester
LEA3/20b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 3 Prerequisites: Students should have already Fall Semester completed at least one semester of Latin
Prerequisites: Students must have completed at Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: least two years of Italian 2(3 for LM)
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: 5 Nominal declinations COURSE PROGRAM: Declension of the two types of adjectives Language : special attention will be paid to the Conjugation spoken language Syntax Discussions and debates about topical subjects Civilisation : students will discuss and prepare BIBLIOGRAPHY: presentations on issues in modern Italy Initiation à la langue latine, DELEANI VERMANDER (Sédes)
LEA3/24b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 3 Spring Semester H2/15c1 & LM2/15d : LATIN LEVEL 2 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA3/20b Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2(3 for LM)
COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of H2/11c1 112
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Towards a Definition of French Initiation à la langue latine (Sédes) Law Title1: Creation of the right law ______Chapter 1: The different texts about right Chapter 2: The different sources LM3/19e : ADVANCED LATIN Fall Semester Title 2: Legal System Chapter1: Presentation Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Chapter 2: How does it work in front of a court
OBJECTIVE: To enable students to do a translation at Title 3: People as beings with obligation a level close to that of the CAPES, or close to the level Chapter 1: the concept of “personality” in law of the “Agregation de Lettres Modernes”. Chapter 2 : attributes of a personality
Chapter 3 : rights and liberties of a person COURSE PROGRAM: Translation of texts selected in the work of prose writers (Cicero, Suetonius, Titus) or Title 4 : The notion of contract poets (Virgil, Ovid, Lucain). Oral commentary. -1: Definition and essential principles
-2 : Conditions of creation of the contract ASSESSMENT: A 4-hour written translation of a text. -3 : Effects
Title 5 : Half-Contracts -1 : Dealing with a case LM3/23e : ADVANCED LATIN -2 : Payment of the undue Spring Semester -3 : Becoming rich with no cause Title 6 : Restraints Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS Credits: 3 -1 : Fundment of liability insurance -2 : Its conditions COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/19e. -3 : How it works
PERSONAL WORK: Students will have to do Law homework every week (a document study, a commentary on a text, personal reflection). Therefore, IMPORTANT: ALL OUR LAW COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN it is necessary to: FRENCH - Look up unknown or unfamiliar vocabulary - Complement your knowledge with research LEA1/6d : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LAW Spring Semester ASSESSEMENT: The exam will be under the form of: - A written essay on a given subject Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per - A commentary on a text week - A series of questions (10 at the most in a 2- ECTS credits: 2 hour exam) - A case study OBJECTIVE: French law is a social phenomenon. It arises from life in society and the relationships BIBLIOGRAPHY: Many books of introduction to between individuals. Without society, law would be French law are available. It is impossible to unnecessary. Without law, the harmonious recommend one book rather than another for the development of society is impossible. content of some is closer to that of the course and the method used by teachers. One must have a wide vision of the notion of French law. It’s not limited to regulations nor to the decisions Owning one of the books below is not necessary during of policymakers nor to those of any jurisdiction. French the first weeks, but students are advised to get used law exists because men live in society and their life to the French legal vocabulary and method before must be regulated, bordered with clear definitions of buying a difficult book which they don’t understand. what can or cannot be done, for any individual but also for the whole society (the Government in particular). JEAN CARBONNIER, Droit civil, Introduction, Thémis, This rather large subject has many different aspects; PUF the legal power is closely linked to the social but also JEAN- LUC AUBERT, Introduction au droit et thèmes economic, political and indeed scientific phenomena. fondamentaux du droit civil, Armand Colin PHILIPPE MALINVAUD, Droit des obligations, LITEC The objective of this course is to enable students to www.legifrance.gouv.fr understand the French law system and to analyse it according to its own principles. This suggests not only to know what French law means but also, beyond that, P1/12d LAW FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS to understand its specific logic and mechanisms. Spring Semester
Tutorials aim at learning about French law and its Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 enforcement. Studying, solving study cases and exercises specific to French law must be COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding why the law is complemented by reading the press in order to get useful and how to apply it more a critical eye and to improve one’s vision of The various types of law and where they political, social phenomena related to French law. apply 113
The law of the land and how it is applied. Who Chapter 1 : Contracts for hotels needs to obey and theconsequences if they Chapter 2 : Selling package holidays, trips and don’t. excursions Chapter 3 : Contracts for travel and transportation BIBLIOGRAPHY: Will be confirmed at the beginning ______of the year ______LEA5C/12b: LAW FOR COMMUNICATION AND ADVERTISING H2/12b : Fall Semester FRENCH CONSTITUTIONAL LAW Fall Semester Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 1
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: Understanding the basic principles of COURSE PROGRAM: To make students aware of and communication law train them to understand French political institutions Know the most important case studies in the and decentralization. This course is recommended for area those who plan to take French civil service Avoid legal problems when advertising or examinations. communicating information in public
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: PH. ARDANT – Institutions politiques et droit Introduction : defining key terms constitutionnel – Paris Module 1 : written communication, rules to B. CHANTEBOUT – Droit constitutionnel et science follow politique – Paris Module 2 : audiovisual communication, J.L GUERMONNE, D. CHAGNOLLAUD – le remaining legal Gouvernement de la France sous la Vème République, Module 3 : internet communciation, keeping Dalloz out of trouble Module 4 : who is liable when and for what?
LEA3/19b : FRENCH EMPLOYMENT LAW ______Fall Semester LEA5T/9b : LAW FOR INTERNATIONAL TOURISM Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour every 2 Fall Semester weeks ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, the student COURSE PROGRAM: should be familiar with the evolution of employment 1. Organisation of tourism on a local level laws, the different people it involves, the structure of a 2. International structures (WTO, UNESCO etc.); contract, the rules on the workplace… European and international law. World Heritage sites 3....) Contracts, accidents, lost baggage, delays, who COURSE PROGRAM: is liable for what? Introduction, working agreements, work itself, wages, 4. Relationships between professional bodies. Division length, breaking off one’s contract, be fired, staff of responsibilities representatives, group discontentment 5. Organisation and sale of tourism trips. Regulations. ______6. Guidelines for guides and couriers. Qualifications. 7. Accommodation (variety and classifications) LEA4 T/2b:LAW FOR CONTRACTS IN TOURISM 8. Customer protection Fall Semester ______
Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Mathematics & Finance OBJECTIVE: To give students a basic knowledge of contract law, IMPORTANT: ALL OUR MATHEMATICS AND FINANCE particularly where relevant to those working in COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH tourism. LEA1/7b : STATISTICS COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester PART 1 : Common Law and Contracts
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Chapter 1 : What is a contract?
Chapter 2 : How to draw up a contract. OBJECTIVE: Students must be able to analyse Chapter 3 : Applying a contract statistics by consulting the range and position of data.
Moreover, they must be able to define the margin of PART 2 : CONTRACTS AND THE INTERNET error between interdependent variables to make
estimates. Chapter 1 : Regulations applied to e-commerce
Chapter 2 : Characteristics of contracts agreed COURSE PROGRAM: electronically. Chapter 1: Introduction to Statistics
A) Methods of Presentation PART 3 : CONTRACTS IN TOURISM 1. Tables
114
2. Graphs This course will cover: B) Parameters elements which enable you to choose workable 1. Position parameters statistical methods, according to the nature of 2. Dispersion parameters the variables at stake Explanatory formal principles on how to set up a Chapter 2: Margins of Error statistical analysis A) Correlations Ways of interpreting results and drawing B) Adjustments conclusions: modes, medians, mean, standard deviation, etc. ASSESSMENT: a 2 hour exam: exercises concerning The use of statistical analysis and the scientific theoretical demonstrations. rigour necessary in psychology
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Lind, Méthodes Statistiques pour les sciences de la Introduction gestion, Chenelière Mc Graw-Hill Statistics and psychology Tribout, Statistiques pour économistes et History and definition of statistics gestionnaires, Pearson Basic concepts (methods of research, procedures, Berenson, Basic Business Statistics, Concepts and variables and protocols) Applications, Pearson Nominal structure Ordinal structure Metric and interval method LEA1/3b : BASIC BOOKKEEPING Numerical structure Links between 2 variables Fall Semester Contingency variables
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Correlation and simple linear regression Relations between 2 variables OBJECTIVE: Students must be able to master the Relations between 2 ordinal variables (Spearman’s main concepts in order to solve concrete problems variable coefficients) (investments, borrowings, etc.) Relations between numerical and nominal variables COURSE PROGRAM: Partial correlation and multiple regression
Chapter 1: Indices BIBLIOGRAPHY: Simple indexes H. ROUANET, B. LE ROUX, M.C. BERT – Statistiques et Synthetic indexes Sciences Humaines : procédures naturelles – Dunod Paasche’s method B. BEAUFILS – Statistiques appliquées à la Lapaeyre’s method psychologie. Statistiques descriptives – coll. Lexifac,
Réal Chapter 2: Interest Simple interest
Compound interest P2/22a INFERENTIAL STATISTICS
Spring Semester
Chapter 3: Annual instalments Lectures: 20 hours total Lab: 20 hours total 1. Variable annual instalments ECTS credits: 4 2. Fixed annual instalments OBJECTIVE: This probability and statistics course is Chapter 4: Loans essential for a competent and efficient analysis of Introduction numerical data (inferential statistics and non- Different types of loan parametrical tests) Fixed annual instalments Fixed repayments COURSE PROGRAM: Probability theory Real random variable probability law ASSESSMENT: a two hour exam. Discrete, continuous usual probability law (bio ______nominal and nominal law) Sampling P1/4a STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Studying parametrical tests Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: Questions and exercises Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per week BIBLIOGRAPHY: ECTS credits: 5 BOISSONADE FREDON, Mathématiques financières en 22 fiches, Dunod OBJECTIVE: This course is recommended for students LEGROS, Mini Manuel de Mathématiques financières, who are taking a Social Science or, more precisely, a Dunod Psychology degree course. You will study the theoretical basis and foundations of statistics, and consider their application to psychology. It is essential LEA3/22a : INTRODUCTION TO for students to understand that statistics allow us to BANKING AND INSURANCE set up powerful, rigorous methods of analysis, in every Fall Semester field of Psychology. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 115
ASSESSMENT: Questions and exercises COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to careers in ______banking and insurance. How banks and insurance companies function. Loans, investments, risk management, the currency markets. P4/1b STATISTICS & IT Spring Semester
Lectures: 1 hour lecture and 2h seminar per week LEA3/23b : FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Discovering the Statview Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per software and learning to use it in a professional week context ECTS credits: 3 ______
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4 T/6b : MANAGEMENT COSTS ANALYSIS Introduction: The importance of Financial Spring Semester Management in companies
Chapter 1: Introduction to financial analysis Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Chapter 2: Studying balance sheets
Chapter 3: Studying an annual financial statement OBJECTIVE: Define the costs and use statistics tools Chapter 4: Budgeting
COURSE PROGRAM:
The statistics variable LEA2/11b : INTRO TO ACCOUNTANCY The projected calculations methods Fall Semester The “direct costing” and full cost models
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per ASSESSMENT: Two case studies in pairs and a final week written exam ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Gestion des entreprises touristiques, éditions bréal 1. General introduction: accountancy logic 2. Analysing and book-keeping your cash flow WEBSITES: 3. Organising your accounting www.minefi.gouv.fr 4. VAT 5. Purchasing and selling operations 6. Immobilizations LEA5T/11b : FINANCE AND TOURISM 7. Immobilization transfers Fall Semester 8. Stock variations 9. Reserves Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 10. Regulating expenses and products OBJECTIVE: Understanding the financial side of managing a
tourism company. LM3/20b & 24b : MATHEMATICS FOR FUTURE
TEACHERS COURSE PROGRAM: Fall & Spring Semesters How to set up the initial finance plan for a tourism project using capital, loans, grants and investments. Students may join the class in January The medium-term plan: from 3 to 7 years. Provisional accounts. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Budget and cash flow. Feasibility studies. COURSE PROGRAM: This course will prepare students for examinations to become primary school Financing a business plan for export. teachers. Feasibility and tourism. Negociating with a financial structure or company. ______P3/31a ADVANCED STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS LEA5T/11d : MANAGEMENT COSTS ANALYSIS Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week Lab: 2 hours per week Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: Master the cost components of a tourist COURSE PROGRAM: product and evaluate the performance in analytical Measuring central dispersion trends terms. Studying Gauss’s curve Principles of hypothesis testing COURSE PROGRAM: Conformity tests: comparing parameters with Variable costs calculation norms Full costs calculation Homogeneity tests: comparing 2 parameters with Price fixing each other Profit analysis
116
ASSESSMENT: Two case studies in pairs and a final C) The Barings Bank crisis written exam D) When the IMF gets it wrong II. Money Laundering BIBLIOGRAPHY: A) How they do it Gestion des entreprises touristiques, éditions bréal B) How to fight against it ______WEBSITES: www.minefi.gouv.fr CTV5/1d PUBLIC FINANCES & CULTURE Fall Semester
LEA5M/10f : INTERNATIONAL FINANCE & RISK Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 MANAGEMENT Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: First of all students should learn how public finances in THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY France are managed on the national and local levels and be able to identify both who spends what and how Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 they gain access to it. A second aim is to present as fully as possible the different actors on the regional COURSE PROGRAM: level whose support is essential for those working in Chapter 1. International Operations the cultural domain. We shall see how cultural policy I. The Theory and the grants available combine with private financial A) Market-based theory investment in order to realize large projects. Students B) Company-based theories should therefore gain awareness of how to find the C) Eclectic theory for international production money for any project they may wish to set up.
II. Practice COURSE PROGRAM: A) Exports Part 1 : Public money B) International patents Chapter 1 : The Budget C) International franchising Chapter 2 : Local finances D) Direct investment Part 2 : Regional grants and culture E) Strategic alliances Chapter 1 : Basic principles of cultural policy F) Risk to Capital Chapter 2 : The money available and who decides how III. International Financial Markets to spend it A) Eurocredits Chapter 3 : Art and tax. Financial problems for the B) The essential international markets heritage industry. C) The effects of the Euro D) Euro-shares CTV4/5d: ACCOUNTANCY & MANAGEMENT FOR CULTURAL PROJECTS Chapter 2. Risks in International Business & Insuring Spring Semester against them Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 I. Risks concerning changes in the exchange rate A) Internal means of insurance OBJECTIVE: This course will provide the basic B) External means of insurance accountancy and management knowledge by studying II. Risks concerning the interest rate cultural, touristic and heritage examples. A) The futures market When you create a project, you need to do, follow and B) Insurance by varying interest options close a budget. The course will give students the keys III. Political risks to understand the things at stake and the risks of A) Comparative techniques budget management. B) Analytical techniques C) Econometric techniques COURSE PROGRAM: Accountancy: definition, double-entry accounting, Chapitre 3. Financing international projects financial accounting, cost accounting, chart of I. What you need accounts, compulsory files, balance sheet, profit and A) Pre-operational credit loss statement, cash-flow… B) Short-term credit Management: a definition C) Middle to longterm credit Budget management: production and operating D) Others means of finding finance budgets… The management tools for creating a project II. Insuring exports (fundraising, cost assessment). A) COFACE insurance policies B) Insurance policies from international banks ASSESSMENT: A two hour written exam, and a two hour written final exam. III. How to finance your project A) Different types of finance B) People and organisations involved in international financing AS5/2d : SPONSORSHIP OF CULTURAL PROJECTS C) Interest on international financing Fall Semester D) The example of Eurotunnel Chapitre 4. Problems connected to the globalisation of Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 finance I. Macroeconomic examples OBJECTIVE: To give the student the most detailed A) The crisis in Europe in 1992 vision possible of the various financial partnerships B) The dollar crisis in 1995 which can found when organising a cultural event. In 117
order to do this, the course will look at the specifics of Ministère de la Culture, Mission Mécénat : the cultural scene in France and start with the www.mecenat.culture.gouv.fr possibility of sponsorship by the state, the different Opale – CNAR Culture : www.culture- types of grants and subsidies available, and how to proximite.org apply for them. Students will also learn how funding is Loi n°2003-709 du 1er août 2003 : available in the private sector and the area of www.legifrance.gouv.fr patronage and sponsorship by companies. ______
COURSE PROGRAM: AS5/3f: SEMINAR: RESEARCH REPORT INTRODUCTION METHODOLOGIES - Difference between state sponsorship and Fall Semester private patronage - Various forms of state sponsorship Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 1 - Grants WHO CAN SPONSOR YOUR PROJECT OBJECTIVE: To learn the methods necessary not only THE STATE for success in university, but to also understand what - On the national level writing is and how to do it properly for a senior - How to apply research paper. - Attracting support REGIONAL OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES COURSE PROGRAM: - Who do we mean exactly ? - Introduction of the writing requirements for - How the regional authorities work documents of a scientific nature - How the departmental authorities work - Learn the ropes of writing and editing - How the municipal authorites work scientific papers - The Arts Council and its influence GRANTS BIBLIOGRAPHY: - What are these ? Beaud, Michel, L’art de la thèse : comment préparer et - Grants for specific projects or investments rédiger une thèse de doctorat, un mémoire de DEA ou - Money grants or other forms of assistance de - Legal context of grants maîtrise ou tout autre travail universitaire, Paris, La - Inspections – keeping on the right side of the découverte, 2006. law Beaud, Stéphane, Weber, Florence. Guide de l’enquête - Tax issues de terrain, Paris, La découverte, coll. « Grands HOW TO APPLY FOR A GRANT Repères Guides », 2003. - Contents of your application Becker, Howard S. Comment conduire sa recherche en - What happens to it once you’ve sent it off sciences sociales. Paris, La Découverte, 2002. - How long does it take ? Becker, Howard S. Écrire les sciences sociales. Paris, EUROPE Economica, 2004, 179 p. - Sponsorship programs Becker, Howard, Les ficelles du métier. Paris, La - Structural funds découverte, coll. « Guides Repères », 2002. PATRONAGE Boulogne, Comment rédiger une bibliographie, Paris, - What is it ? Armand Colin, coll. « 128 », 2002. - Relationship between the sponsor and the De Bonville, l’analyse de contenus des médias, édition event organisers De Boeck supérieur, 1999. - Patronage and tax Esquenazi, Jean-Pierre, L’écriture de l’actualité, pour une sociologie du discours médiatique. Grenoble, BIBLIOGRAPHY: PUG, 2002. Répertoire du mécénat, Admical, 2011 Kaufmann, Jean-Claude, De Singly, François. Associations culturelles et mécénat L’entretien compréhensif, Paris, Armand Colin, coll. « d’entreprise. Comment aborder la recherche 128 », 2004. de De Singly, François. L’enquête et ses méthodes, Le partenaires privés ? Stéphane Barré, Patrick questionnaire, Paris, Armand Colin, coll. « 128 », Rosenfeld, François-Xavier Tramond, Opale 2005. CNAR Culture, 2008 www.culture- Ferréol, Gilles, Deubel, Philippe. Méthodologie des proximite.org/article.php3?id_article=256 sciences sociales. Paris, Armand Colin, 1993. Guide des fondations, CRESS Nord-Pas de Lambert, Frédéric, L’écriture en recherche, Paris, Calais, 2010 www.cressnpdc.org éditions Parcoursic, novembre 2007. Guide du mécénat, CRESS Nord-Pas de Quivy, Raymond, Van Campenhoudt, Luc. Manuel de Calais, 2007 www.cressnpdc.org recherche en sciences sociales. Paris, Dunod, Guide juridique et fiscal du mécénat et des 1988. fondations, Olivier Binder, Admical, 2007 Létourneau, Jocelyn, Le coffre à outils du chercheur Mécénat et parrainage, guide juridique et débutant. Guide d’initiation au travail intellectuel, fiscal, Xavier Delsol, Juris Service, 2003 éditions Boréal, 2006. Parrainage, mécénat et fondations Vigour, Cécile. La comparaison dans les sciences d’entreprise, Philippe Morel, Vuibert, 2007 sociales : pratiques et méthodes. Paris, La Découverte, Ce qui motive les entreprises mécènes, 2005. Virginie Seghers, Autrement, 2007
Internet Resources Admical : www.admical.org CRESS Nord - Pas de Calais : www.cressnpdc.org Fondation de France : www.fondationdefrance.org 118
B. COTTRET, M. HEARN, A. MIOCHE – Manuel de Political Science civilisation britannique – Bréal D. SCHOLES – La Grande-Bretagne contemporaine -
Bréal ALL OUR POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES ARE G. BLAMONT – Les clés de la civilisation britannique - TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE Ellipse STATED) Suzy HALIMI – La Grande-Bretagne : Histoire &
civilisation (2nd part : « Britain today ») – Presses E3/1b : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH Universitaires de Nancy INSTITUTIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Websites : Fall Semester http://portal.telegraph.co.uk http://www.times.co.uk Lecture: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
OBJECTIVE : This course is specifically intended for H1/4a : POLITICS TODAY international students who have never studied French Spring Semester politics and institutions in detail before.
THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN FRENCH BUT STUDENTS COURSE PROGRAM: MAY SUBMIT THEIR ASSIGNMENTS AND TAKE THE - The institutions of the 5th Republic : EXAM IN ENGLISH executive, legislative and legal
- The French overseas departments and Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 territories, and their regimes
- French political parties and the electoral OBJECTIVE: At the end of this course students will system know how to : - The political elite. . Explain voters' behaviour in elections - France’s role in Europe and the world. . Explain the strategies and behaviour of the - Education in France political parties who want their candidates to
be democratically elected EVALUATION : Students will take a test in class . Know how the French political institutions halfway through the semester and a final written work exam. . Know the main theories of political science
today BIBLIOGRAPHY: . Know the differences between different - ARDANT (P.) : Institutions politiques et droit political regimes and the political constitutionnel, 13e édition, Paris ; L.G.D.J., consequences of these differences. 2001 . Understand the differnces between the - CHANTEBOUT (B.) : Droit constitutionnel et ideologies of different political parties and science politique, 18e édition, A. Colin, 2001. their implication. - FRANCOIS (B.) : Le régime politique de la . How to analyse concrete political issues. France, Paris , La Découverte, 1998.
Site Internet COURSE PROGRAM: www. Legifrance. gouv. Fr 1 : Introduction. What is political science ?
2 : Government and Governance. LEA1/2a : INTRODUCTION TO BRITISH INSTITUTIONS 3 : Current theories of political science: the basics Fall Semester 4 : Current theories of polical science: contemporary THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH approachs and the idea of public choice
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 5 : History of political science
OBJECTIVE: We will study British institutions and 6 : The difference between the right and the left society structure in the four countries making up the United Kingdom. 7 : Political parties
COURSE PROGRAM: 8 : Political regimes - Political geography - Parliament 9 : The French Fifth Republic - Constitution - Government We shall also examine two case studies. - Electoral system - Political parties BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Devolution . Rod HAGUE et Martin HARROP, Political Science. - Trade Unions A comparative introduction (6th ed.), - The Welfare State Palgrave MacMillan, Basingstoke, 2010.
. Pierre-Yves BAUDOT et Thomas RIBEMONT PERSONAL WORK: students will learn to understand nd and analyse British press articles and political leaders’ (dir.), Science Politique (2 ed.), speeches. Sup’Foucher, 2013. . Rémi LEFEBVRE, Leçons d’introduction à la BIBLIOGRAPHY: science politique, Ellipses, Paris, 2013. 119
. Frédéric LAMBERT et Sandrine LEFRANC, 50 The course focuses on the workings of the U.S. fiches pour comprendre la science politique, Constitution and government, with lectures on: Bréal, Paris, 2012. Origins and Principles of The Constitution The Bill of Rights and Amendments . Jean-Luc CHABOT, Introduction à la politique, The Executive Branch PUG, Grenoble, 2003. The Legislative Branch . Céline LAGEOT et Stéphanie PAVAGEAU, The Legal Branch Eléments de culture politique, Ellipses, Paris, Federalism 2008. Lobby Groups . Antonin COHEN, Bernard LACROIX et Philippe Political Parties Feminism RIUTORT, Nouveau Manuel de science
politique, La Découverte, Paris, 2009. BIBLIOGRAPHY: . Dominique ChAGNOLLAUD, Science politique Mauk & Oakland American Civilization : An ème (7 ed.), Dalloz, Paris, 2010. Introduction (Routledge) . Andrew HEYWOOD, Politics (3rd ed.), Palgrave Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton) MacMillan, Basingstoke, 2007. Vile, John R. A Companion to the United States . Robert GODIN, The Oxford handbook of Constitution and Its Amendments (Praeger Publishers, political science, Oxford University Press, 2006) Fraser, Steve & Gary Gerstle, eds. The Rise and Fall of Oxford, 2009. the New Deal Order, 1930-1980 (Princeton University Press, 1999) ______Sicard, Pierre and Frédérique Spill, eds. Regards sur l'Amérique , Approche documentaire des Etats-Unis. LEA2/10a : BRITISH POLITICS, ECONOMICS AND Paris : A. Colin, 2011. SOCIETY, 1815-1945 Carrez, Stéphanie and Sandrine Ferré-Rode. Panorama Fall Semester de l'histoire des Etats-Unis. Studyrama, 2013.
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ OBJECTIVE: www.uk-us.org/ At the end of the course, the student should be able to: understand and comment on the essential aspects of the social, political, economic and ideological LEA2/14a : AMERICAN POLITICAL structures of the British industrial society from the INSTITUTIONS & SOCIETY beginnings of the industrial revolution. Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH The industrial revolution and the industrial developments up to World War I Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 The economic and social conditions during the
Victorian era OBJECTIVE: The political evolution to the universal suffrage Acquire an understanding of important questions The interwar period regarding U.S. history and society;
Learn to analyse and comment on primary and BIBLIOGRAPHY: secondary documents; Norman LOWE, Mastering Modern British History, Acquire oral and written skills in English. London, Macmillan, 2009.
A larger bibliography will be suggested and COURSE PROGRAM: commented during the first class. The course is divided into 4 thematic units, which in ______each case will be approached from a historical
perspective: LCE2/9a : AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND Unit I The United States Government and the INSTITUTIONS Constitution Fall Semester Unit II Education in America Unit III The Media THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Unit IV The Economy
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week ASSESSMENT: ECTS credits: 2 One oral presentation and a final written exam.
OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Acquire an understanding of important questions Mauk & Oakland, American Civilization: An regarding the theory and practice of state and federal Introduction, Routledge government in the United States; Nash, Gary B., Atlas of American History, Facts on Acquire ability to reason and explain the causes and File, 2006 consequences of government decisions; Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton Learn to analyse and comment on primary and secondary documents; INTERNET WEBSITES: Acquire oral and written skills in English. www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= milestone COURSE DESCRIPTION: 120
www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ BRITISH CIVILISATION www.uk-us.org/ Spring Semester ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH LCE3/17a : U.S. DOMESTIC POLICY SINCE 1945 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH « Britain in the 19th century : important issues » Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 I- Emancipation : from the abolition of slavery to the Suffragette Movement OBJECTIVE: This course will present some of the key II- The Irish question moments in U.S. domestic policy since World War II, III- The Reforming spirit and the Social question with specific focus on the economic, national security, IV- The Imperial predicament immigration and social welfare strategies and V- Cultural and ideological transformations approaches of the Eisenhower, Johnson, Nixon and ______Reagan administrations. LEA3/18e : Economic History of the United COURSE PROGRAM: States 1. Introduction Fall Semester - Domestic policy institutions and decision- makers THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH 2. Truman into Eisenhower - Cold War backdrop Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - National Security Agency - G.I. Bill COURSE PROGRAM: 3. Eisenhower: Policing the Home Front 1 – The pre-colonial period - McCarthyism / HUAC 2 – The colonial period 4. Eisenhower: The affluent society 3 – The new nation 5. LBJ 4 – Civil War and Reconstruction: the 1860s - Kennedy inheritance 5 – The Gilded Age: 1865-1900 - The Great Society 6 – The Progressive era: 1890-1920 6. LBJ 7 – The Roaring Twenties: 1920-1929 - The New Left 8 – The Great Depression and the New Deal: 1929- - Counterculture 1945 7. Nixon 9 – Post-War economy: 1945-1960 - The Cauldron Bubbles 10 – Stagflation in the 1970s - Energy crisis / economic decline 11 – The economy in the 1980s 8. Nixon 12 – The economy in the 1990s - Plastering the cracks 13 – Sept. 11, 2001 and the U.S. economy - Watergate and its legacy 14 – From 2002 to 2008 9. Reagan - The rise of conservatism BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Reaganomics - - Michael French, U.S. Economic History since 10. Reagan 1945, Manchester University Press, 1997. - Consequences of Reaganomics - Ronald Seavoy, An Economic History of the - The Republican Age U.S.: From 1607 to the Present, Routledge, 2006. ASSESSMENT: J. Malsberger & J. N. Marshall, The Americzn Economic A research paper and a final written exam. History Reader : Documents & Readings, Routledge, 2008. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______CHAFE, William H. The Unfinished Journey: America Since World War II (Oxford University Press, 2002) LEA3/18d : FROM WELFARE TO WORKFARE: CHAFE, William H. SITKOFF, Harvard, and BAILEY, BRITAIN IN THE 20th CENTURY Beth, eds. A History of Our Time: Readings in Postwar Fall Semester America (Oxford University Press, 2007) FRASER, Steve & Gary GERSTLE, eds. The Rise and THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980 (Princeton University Press, 1999) Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS Credits: 2 LAFEBER, Walter America, Russia, and the Cold War 1945-2002 (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2002) OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student TINDALL & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton) should be able to: know the moments, the themes and the overall logic of the United Kingdom’s social and INTERNET WEBSITES: economic policy, from the construction of the Welfare www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= State and the development of a consensual policy from milestone World War II to the refocusing on work (Workfare) and www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ the emphasis on the competitiveness of Blairism. www.uk-us.org/ COURSE PROGRAM: The origins of the Keynesian Welfare State LCE3/21a : ESSENTIAL THEMES IN 19th CENTURY 121
The economic and social evolution during the __ , L’indispensable en analyse économique et “consensus” period historique des sociétés contemporaines, Bréal, Paris, The Thatcher era 2009. The rise of the Shumpetarian Workfare State Robert REICh, L’économie mondialisée, Dalloz, Paris, 1997. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Guy SORMAN, L’économie ne ment pas, Fayard, Paris, Norman LOWE, Mastering Modern British History, 2008. London, Macmillan, 2009. A larger bibliography will be suggested and commented during the first class. H4/1aRI : GLOBAL POLITICS ______Fall Semester
H3/19b : ECONOMIC AND HISTORICAL Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ANALYSIS OF CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: This introductory course is about the theory and Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 sociology of global politics from an international relations perspective (e.g. the nature of leadership; OBJECTIVE: international politics, power and decision making; This class aims to study the main economic and social causes of war and conditions for peace; new threats phenomena from the 19th century to the present. We like terrorism or piracy, and new challenges like hope to give students the tools they need to analyse international justice and economic regulation; etc.). and understand contemporary societies. This course is designed to be an introduction to the field of international politics, so it will be very “reading COURSE PROGRAM: intensive” and the vast majority of student’s readings Theme 1: The Birth and Development of will become the basis for class discussions. Capitalism * The Indistrial Revolution COURSE PROGRAM: * The Birth of Economic Thought 1. Introduction to International Relations * The Industrial Age : 1873-1941 2. International Relations Theories Theme 2: The Great Transformation 3. History of International Relations * Financing the Economy and Crisis Theory 4. Sociology of International Relations * The 30 Glorious Years 5. International System and International Order * Economic Analysis of the Role and Purpose of the 6. The State State 7. International Organizations, Intergovernmental Theme 3: Towards a Global Economy? Organizations, Nongovernmental Organizations * Development Strategies 8. Individuals and Companies * Globalisation 9. Diplomacy: War and Peace * The Post-Industrial Society 10. Military: victory or defeat 11. Intelligence: knowing the unknown BIBLIOGRAPHY: 12. Conclusion: Globalizing international politics _ Raymond ARON, Le marxisme de Marx, Editions de Fallois, Paris, 2002. __ , Dix-huit leçons sur la société industrielle, H4/1cRI : Gallimard Poche, Paris, 1986. PRINCIPLES OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Régis BENICHI, Histoire de la mondialisation, Vuibert, Fall Semester Paris, 2008.
Laurent CARROUE, Didier COLLET, Claude RUIZ, Les Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 mutations de l’économie mondiale de la Révolution
Industrielle à nos jours, Bréal, Paris, 2009. OBJECTIVE: Daniel COHEN, Trois leçons sur la société post- Who rules the world? Who is sufficiently powerful to industrielle, Seuil-La République des Idées, Paris, use the global economy for his personal interest ? Was 2006. Russia or Japan the more powerful during the Cold Jean-Pierre DELAS, Economie contemporaine : faits, War ? The class in political economy seeks to answer concepts, théories, Ellipses, Paris, 2008. such questions and o explain the international power Ghislain DELEPLACE, Histoire de la pensée économique, struggle. "Political Economy means the recirocal and Dunod, Paris, 1999. dynamic interaction in international relations between Henri DENIS, Histoire de la pensée économique, PUF, the search fo wealth and seach for power" (Gilpin, Paris, 1966 pour la première édition, 2008 pour 1975). l’édition quadrige. François ETNER, Les historiens de la pensée COURSE PROGRAM: économique, Economica, Paris, 2006. Part One: Framework of analysis and approaches __ , Histoire de la pensée économique, Economica, to the study of International Relations Paris, 2000. Session #1: Theories and intellectual framework of Pascal GAUCHON, Le monde, PUF, Paris, 2008. International Relations (1/2) Charles GIDE, Charles RIST, Histoire des doctrines Session #2 : Theories and intellectual framework of économiques, Dalloz, Paris, 2000. International Relations (2/2) Gérard Marie HENRY, Histoire de la pensée économique, Session #3 : New definitions of power Armand Colin, Paris, 2009. Session #4: Test #1 Marc MONTOUSSE (dir.), AEHSC, Bréal, Paris, 2010. Part Two: Nation-States, Non-state Actors and __ , Histoire de la pensée économique, Bréal, Paris, International Institutions 2000. Session #5: Nation-States in Global Politics
122
Session #6: Non-State actors and international 7 : Religious NGOs regimes 8; What analysis if the religious situation is used for Session #7: Civil society, Religions and International (early warnings, country indicators of foreign policy), Relations countries at risk, foreign policy and religious freedom: Session #8: Test #2 the religious department of the French Foreign Office. Part Three: Security, Conflict and Diplomacy Session #9: War, economy and international BIBLIOGRAPHY: organizations Jean-Pierre Bastian, Françoise Champion et Kathy Session #10: Is there a new diplomacy? Rousselet. La globalisation du religieux. Paris : Session #11: Issues in international governance: the l’harmattan, 2001 rise of the East. And the new world governance Jean-Benoît D’Onorio, (sous la direction de ). Le Saint- Session #12: Practical case Siège dans les relations internationales, Paris : Cerf, 1989. BIBLIOGRAPHY Bruno Duriez, François Mabille et Kathy Rousselet Thomas OATLEY [2008], International Political (sous la direction de). Les ONG confessionnelles - Economy: Pearson, New York. Religions et action internationale. Paris : l’Harmattan, George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The Theorical Evolution 2007. of International Political Economy: a reader, François Mabille. Les troupes du Vatican, Paris : Le Robert GILPIN [2001], Global Political Economy: Manuscrit, 2007. Understanding the International Economic Order: Olivier Roy. Généalogie de l’islamisme, Paris : Princeton University Press. Hachette, 2001. Harry .Y. Jr WAN [2006] Harnessing Globalization: A Francois Thual. La passion des autres, Paris : CNRS Review of East Asian Case Histories, World Scientific, Editions, 2011 Singapore ______Steve SMITH, Amelia HADFIELD & Tim DUNNE [2007], Foreign Policies: theories, actors, cases, Oxford H4/2aRI : DIPLOMACY University Press, Oxford. Fall Semester Tim DUNNE, Milja KURKI & Steve SMITH [2010], International Relations Theories: discipline and Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 diversity, Oxford University Press, Oxford. John W. YOUNG & John KENT [2003], International OBJECTIVE: This class aims to present the way in Relations since 1945: a global history, Oxford which French diplomacy currently confronts the University Press, Oxford various challenges caused by globalisation and its ______influence on interantional relations. Diplomacy will be
H4/1bRI : examined from many points of view: the role of the GEOPOLITICS OF RELIGION Foreign Office, but also those who represent the State Fall Semester abroad, the international diplomatic network and those involved in cultural and economic development Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 abroad.
OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: This class will look at the role played by religion on the 1) Foreign policy as a monopoly of the State. Why international stage from the point of view of political have a Foreign Office (State Department) ? Who science, law and sociology. There will be three aims: decides in French foreign policy? 2) The organisation and different career opportunities - Analysing the now global religious field with regard within the diplomatic service. Political analysis, to the different dynamics present in Catholicism, representing the French abroad, cultural action, Protestantism, Orthodoxy, Buddhism and Islam. development projects, European affairs. - Understanding the legal principles in different 3) Decentralisation in politics. The role of parliament in political cultures which deal with questions of religious foreign policy. freedom and human rights. this will include a survey of 4) Globalisation, the European Union and why we still historical changes in the place of religion in political need national foreign policy. constitutions and foreign policy. 5) Soft power: the role of cultural diplomacy. The role - Studying the place of religious representatives in the of the French language. geopolics of contemporary international relations. 6) Humanitarian aid, aid for development and their role in diplomacy. COURSE PROGRAM: 7) Economic diplomacy. The role of business in foreign 1 : Analysis of religious and professional aims: the policy. areas we will study. 8) How other countries do it: diplomacy in the UK, the Defining religion in current affairs: what is a religion ? USA, Brazil, the Netherlands and Sweden. Anthropological and sociological approaches. 9) And the diplomats? Who are they and how are they 2 : Analysis of the place of religion in politics - the recruited? example of France. Contemporary problems since ______1979: Iran, Poland, 9/11. Contemporary international rules and regulations: the H4/6aRI : GEOPOLITICS OF SOUTH AMERICA USA, France, the UN. Spring Semester 3 : The geopolitics of Catholicism in the world.
4 : The geopolitics of Islam in the world. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 5 : Geopolitics of Orthodoxy in the Balkans. Is Russia an Orthodox power ? COURSE PROGRAM: 6 : European geopolitical religious policy: Arab 1 : The wars of independence (1810 to 1820). revolutions, Iran, Turkey, Tibet etc. 2 : Military regimes (19th and 20th centuries). 123
3 : Dictatorships (20th century) 4 : Liberal democracy In an effort to gain further proficiency in both oral and 5 : Conflict beteen Venezuela and Columbia (21st written skills, students will actively engage in class century) discussions by presenting the documents they will 6 : The influence of the great powers: Brazil, the USA, have read from a critical perspective. China COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY François Chevalier, L’Amérique latine, de Topic 1: International Exchange Theories l’Indépendance à nos jours, PUF, 1993 (2e édition). Session 1 : Reasons for internationalization Stephen Launay, Chavez-Uribe, duex voies pour Session 2: Standard Theories on International Trade l’Amérique latine ?, Buchet-Chastel, 2010. Session 3 : New Theories to Approach International Carlos Rangel, Du bon sauvage eu bon révolutionnaire, Trade Robert Laffont, 1976. Alain Rouquié, Amérique latine. Introduction à Session 4 : Assessment n°1 l’Extrême-Occident, Points-Seuil, 1998 (édition revue et augmentée). Topic 2: A History of International Exchange ______Session 5 : The Evolution of International Trade since the First Industrial Revolution H4/5bRI : EUROPEAN BALANCE DURING THE Session 6 : The Organization of Global Exchange and CLASSICAL ERA the Construction of Regional Economic Centers since Spring Semester 1945 Session 7 : The Role of Multinational Firm in Global Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Economy
COURSE PROGRAM: Session 8 : Assessment n°2 1 : The wars of independence 1810-1820 Topic 3: Current Issues 2 : Caudilism 19th and 20th centuries. Session 9 : International Payments Session 10 : Unbalance, Economic and Social Policies 3 : 20th century dictatorships in Open Economy Session 11 : Development Strategies 4: Liberal Democracies Session 12 : Assessment n°3 5 : The conflict between Venezuela and Columbia (current) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Philippe HUGON, Economie Politique Internationale et 6 : Influence of the super-powers: USA, China, Brazil Mondialisation, Economica, Paris, 1997. Thomas OATLEY, International Political Economy, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Pearson, New York, 2008. François Chevalier, L’Amérique latine, de Pierre DE SENARCLENS, La Mondialisation, Armand Colin, l’Indépendance à nos jours, PUF, 1993 (2e édition). Paris, 2002. Stephen Launay, Chavez-Uribe, duex voies pour George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The theoretical l’Amérique latine ?, Buchet-Chastel, 2010. evolution of International Political Economy, a Reader. Carlos Rangel, Du bon sauvage eu bon révolutionnaire, Régis BENICHI, Histoire de la Mondialisation, Vuibert, Robert Laffont, 1976. Paris, 2008. Alain Rouquié, Amérique latine. Introduction à Stéphane PAQUIN, La nouvelle économie politique l’Extrême-Occident, Points-Seuil, 1998 (édition revue internationale, Armand Colin, Paris, 2008. et augmentée). __, Economie Politique Internationale, Montchrestien, ______Paris, 2005. Robert GILPIN, Global Political Economy: Understanding H4/5cRI : the International Economic Order, Princeton University Economic Aspects of International Relations Press, 2001. Spring Semester Gérard KEBABDJIAN (dir.), La question politique en économie international, La découverte, Paris, 2006. Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Gérard KEBADJIAN, Les théories de l’économie politique internationale, Seuil, Paris, 1999. OBJECTIVE: Frank BAUMGARTNER, Basic Interests: The Importance The development of international relations together of Groups in Politics and in Political Science, Princeton with globalization makes it necessary to find new ways University Press, 1998. of analyzing the current situation on the international Phillip O’hara, Encyclopedia of Political Economy, scene. This class means to look at major international Taylor & Francis, 2003. economic issues in a broader context by analyzing the Dani Rodrick, One economics, many recipes: interrelationship between international policy and Globalization, Institutions and Economic Growth, international economics so as to see understand how Princeton University Press, 2007. power relations have changed through the years. ______This class is based on an interdisciplinary approach to international economic issues. We will thus resort to H5/9cRI : economic sciences, history, international relations and International Political Economy international economic policies. Such an approach will Fall Semester make it possible for students to acquire an understanding of complex issues and take their own THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH stand when discussing them. 124
Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 STRATEGIC INTELLIGENCE Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: Who rules the world? Who _ or what _ is powerful THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH enough to design globalization according to its own interest? Was the USSR _ a military power _ more Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 powerful than Japan _ an economic power _ in the cold war era? This International Political Economy (IPE) COURSE PROGRAM: class tries to provide answers to these questions. The general purpose of this course is to provide the This module is designed to introduce students to the students with the intellectual tools and knowledge to prevailing theories of IPE, and how they are used and assess the 'inevitably difficult challenge', faced by misused in the analysis of contemporary policy issues. democratic societies and especially by their leaders, 'of The aim of the course is to provide students with a balancing intelligence and security needs against broad overview of the frameworks of analysis, actors, fundamental commitments to constitutional institutions, issues and processes responsible for government and human liberty' (Russel A. Miller, US international relations, the causes of war, inter-state National Security, Intelligence and Democracy, economic competition, and the structural configuration Routledge, 2008). of power in the international system. It also aims at Intelligence (or ‘strategic intelligence’ or ‘secret providing both academic skills and applying these skills intelligence’) plays a critical role in everything related for professional outcomes. to foreign affairs, diplomacy and defense policies. ‘In short, intelligence is the processing of information. COURSE PROGRAM: Functionally, intelligence is similar to journalism and academic research. Unlike the media, think tanks and Part One: Framework of analysis and approaches other information producers, however, intelligence to the study of International Relations deals only in foreign information, providing it to a Session #1: Theories and intellectual framework of IPE restricted government clientele, and often tailors its (1/2) products (briefings, maps, reports, digitized data, etc) Session #2 : Theories and intellectual framework of to specific policymakers. Moreover, intelligence has its IPE (2/2) own dedicated and sometimes exotic information Session #3 : New definitions of power sources, including secret agents and elaborate systems Session #4: Test #1 of high tech sensors’ (John Macartney, ‘Teaching Intelligence: Getting Started’, American University & Part Two: Nation-States, Non-state Actors and AFIO 28 March 1999). International Institutions This course is specifically devoted to intelligence, but it Session #5: Nation-States in Global Politics regards the study of intelligence issues as a Session #6: Non-State actors and international counterpart of other international relations, foreign regimes and defense policies courses. It focuses on three Session #7: Civil society, Religions and International things: 1/ on concepts, paradigms, schools of thought Relations and national perceptions, 2/ on some specific Session #8: Test #2 contemporary and operational issues such as state secrecy, intelligence in the policy-making process and Part Three: Security, Conflict and Diplomacy the question of politicization, and 3/ some ethical Session #9: War, economy and international paradoxes regarding covert action and more generally organizations the political challenges democratic societies are facing Session #10: Is there a new diplomacy? regarding intelligence activities. Session #11: Issues in international governance: the rise of the East. And the new world governance Achievements expected by the end of the Session #12: Practical case module: - to assess the competing conceptions of strategic intelligence; BIBLIOGRAPHY: - to understand the developments of intelligence _ Thomas OATLEY [2008], International Political organizations; Economy: Pearson, New York. - to discuss the main theoretical approaches to George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The Theorical Evolution intelligence; of International Political Economy: a reader, - to evaluate the key theoretical debates concerning Robert GILPIN [2001], Global Political Economy: the intelligence cycle; Understanding the International Economic Order: - to understand the problems encountered by states Princeton University Press. regarding major strategic surprise and intelligence failure; Harry .Y. Jr WAN [2006] Harnessing Globalization: A Review of East Asian Case Histories, World Scientific, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Singapore - Loch K. Johson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies, Steve SMITH, Amelia HADFIELD & Tim DUNNE [2007], Routledge, 2009; Foreign Policies: theories, actors, cases, Oxford - Christopher Andrew, Richard J. Aldrich and Wesley K. University Press, Oxford. Wark (eds.), Secret Intelligence: A Reader, Routledge, Tim DUNNE, Milja KURKI & Steve SMITH [2010], 2009; International Relations Theories: discipline and - Bruce D. Berkowitz and Allen E. Goodman, Best diversity, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Truth: Intelligence in the Information Age, New Haven, John W. YOUNG & John KENT [2003], International Yale University Press, 2000; Relations since 1945: a global history, Oxford - Michael Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and University Press, Oxford War, Cambridge University Press, 1996; ______- Mark M. Lowenthal, Intelligence: From Secrets to Policy, Fourth edition, CQ Press, 2009. H4/5aRI : ______
125
OOI Keat Gin, Historical Dictionary of Malaysia, The H5/13cRI : ASIA: THE NEW CORNERSTONE OF scarecrow Press, Lanham, 2009. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Philippe PAPIN, Vietnam: parcours d’une nation, La Spring Semester Documentation française, Paris, 2003. Philippe PELLETIER, L'Extrême-Orient. L'invention d'une Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 histoire et d'une géographie, Folio, Paris, 2011 François RAILLON, Indonésie la réinvention d’un OBJECTIVE : Over the last few years, Asia has archipel, La Documentation française, 1999. become more and more influential. Initially perceived Bernard STEVENS, Le nouveau capitalisme asiatique, as a mere awakening, the development that Asia has Academia Bruyllant, Louvain la Neuve, 2009. undergone makes it impossible to ignore its presence Fareed ZAKARIA, The post-American World, WW Norton in the landscape of world affairs. As a consequence, & Company, New York, 2008. some scholars do not hesitate to say that the earth’s center of gravity has changed places [Mahbubani]. The aim of this class is to help students better H5/13aRI: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN understand the contemporary period by tracing ASIAN POLITICS Modern Asia’s genealogy, taking into account the fault Spring Semester lines and the reasons for the now celebrated « Asian miracle ». Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM : OBJECTIVE: Topic 1 : Inventing Asia The emergence of Asia is a challenge for all theories Session 1 : Meeting the West of international relations: realism, liberalism or Session 2 : The Westphalia Moment constructivism. This class aims to examine the Session 3 : Stages in the Development of Asia: 1950- connections between these theories and the 1970 peformance of this region in the areas of diplomacy, Session 4 : Assessment n°1 energy and the environment. In particular, the class will review the growth of China as a world power and Topic 2 : The « Asian Miracle » its influence on the diplomatic balance of the region, Session 5 : Rethinking the State on the flow of enery and raw materials, on Session 6 : The Japanese Paradigm technological and sustainable development. Session 7 : Understanding Reform in China On both the regional and the global levels, we see a Session 8 : Assessment n°2 certain imbalance. Bilateral relations with the USA, Korea and Japan and multilateral negociations in the Topic 3 : The New Asian Century ? areas of energy and the environment are particularly Session 9 : The 1997 Financial crisis and the Wave of revealing when it comes to China's specific cultural Democratization strategy. Session 10 : Geopolitical Emergence Session 11 : Challenges to Come Session 12 : Assessment n°3 H5/14cRI: DEALING WITH INTERNATIONAL CRISES BIBLIOGRAPHY : Spring Semester Marie-Claire BERGERE, Sun Yat-sen, Fayard, Paris,
1994. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 __ , Capitalismes et capitalistes en Chine : des origines à nos jours, Perrin, Paris, 2007. OBJECTIVE : Colin BROWN, A short History of Indonesia, Allen & Make the students aware that we are part of a Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. globalized world in the field of dealing with crisis. Lead Robert CALVET, Les Japonais, Armand Colin, Paris, to an understanding that new communication tools ( 2003. such as Web 2.0) enable information to be spread David CAMROUX, Jean-Luc DOMENACH (dir.), L’Asie worldwide. This course contains case studies to make retrouvée, Seuil, Paris, 1997. them react about financial, economical, market, Rodolphe DE KONICK, L’Asie du Sud-Est, Armand Colin, environment, medical or human crisis. Paris, 2005.
Danielle ELISSEEFF, Histoire de la Chine, Editions du COURSE PROGRAM: Rocher, Paris, 1997. Description of crisis ( those mentioned above) __ , Histoire du Japon, Editions du Rocher, Paris, preceded by a three-hour seminar and a group work 2001. during another three hours. Communication strategies Guy FAURE (dir.), Nouvelle Géopolitique de l’Asie, to be set into motion and find solutions. Ellipses, Paris, 2005. Sébastien LECHEVALIER, La grande transformation du ASSESSMENT: capitalisme japonais (1980-2010), Presses de Sciences 4 case studies, 4 group works, 4 collective marks for Po, 2011 solutions found, 4 individual marks for oral LEE Kuan Yew, From third world to first, Harper Collins participation Publishers, New-York, 2000. Kishore MAHBUBANI, The New Asian Emisphere, Public BIBLIOGRAPHY: Affairs, New York, 2008, traduction française: Le défi Gestion de crise, Marie-Thérèse Reuilly, l’harmattan, asiatique, Fayard, Paris, 2008. 1996 Virginia MATHESON HOOKER, A short History of Malaysia, Crises, de 1 à 150, T. Libaert, Collection 360°, 2007 Allen & Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. International Handbook of Organizational Crisis Claude MEYER, Chine ou Japon quel leader pour Management, C. Roux-Dufort, J. Clair, C. M. Pearson, l’Asie ?, Presses Science Po, Paris, 2010. Sage Publications, 2007 La communication de crise, T. Libaert, Dunod, 2010 126
Plan de gestion de crise, D. Heiderich, Dunod, 2010 Réussir ma première gestion de crise, F. Carlier, H5/9bRI: PHILOSOPHY OF INTERNATIONAL Vocatis, 2011 RELATIONS ______Fall Semester
H5/13bRI DEFENCE POLICY Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM : Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 1 : The primacy of politics from Aristotle to Carl Schmitt and Raymond Aron. Politics in extreme and OBJECTIVE: This class aims to study defence policy routine situations. from the beginning of the Cold War to the present, 2 : The risk of war, from Thucydides to Clausewitz, based on several essential themes. Raymond Aron, Benjamin Constant. 3: Ancient and modern theories of the just war from St COURSE PROGRAM: Augustine to modern American practice in the early 1 – Introduction : risks and threats 21st century. 2 –History of changes in defence policy since the 4 : Can peace last ? Kant and the theory of democratic beginning of the Cold War peace. 3 –European Defence Policy 5 : The current international system and contemporary 4 – NATO and France theories of international relations and their 5 –Defence strategies, in particular dissuasion philosophical significance. 6 – France and the world (OPEX) 6 : International law and international politics. 7 –National Security 8 – Conclusion BIBLIOGRAPHY: Raymond Aron, Paix et guerre entre les nations, e Other points will be raised if we have time, including: Calmann-Lévy, 1984 (8 édition). - The arms industry Dario Battistella, Théories des relations e - How national defence is organised (budget, decision internationales, Presses de Sciences Po, 2009 (3 making, management etc.) édition). Stephen Launay, La Guerre sans la guerre. Essai sur une querelle occidentale, Descartes et Cie, 2003. Frédéric Ramel, Philosophie des relations H5/14aRI: INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION internationales, Presses de Sciences Po, 2002. AND CONFLICTS ______Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE : Psychology To reveal the issues at stake in international communication strategy in global organisations like the IMPORTANT: ALL OUR PSYCHOLOGY COURSES UN and similar bodies, large NGOs and multinational ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE companies. STATED)
COURSE PROGRAM: E3/2f : INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN Different aspects of international communication will FRANCE be tackled. First of all, we shall remind ourselves of Fall Semester the constraints and specificités of communicating in an intercultural setting. We shall then examine the THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH organsiational, managerial and strategic issues at stake in comminicating internationally whether in Classes: 2h per week ECTS credits: 3 business, advertising or diplomacy. We shall also look at how governments and non-governmental COURSE PROGRAM: organisations multinational companies or use 3 themes, each studied for 6h. communciation expertise and information as levers to 1) Clinical psychology is a wide and diversified field of obtain influence in the world. research and practice which aims at the human suffering within the setting of the psychological BIBLIOGRAPHY: consultation. It includes diagnoses, evaluation and Devin, Guillaume. Sociologie des relations therapy according to various approaches and has a internationales. Paris : La Découverte, 2009. particular methodology and epistemology. Clinical Huault, Isabelle. Le management psychology in France has a specificity related to its international. Paris : La Découverte, 1997. historical development and the key role of Mattelart, Armand. La mondialisation de la psychoanalysis. We will study these dimensions communication. Paris : La Découverte, 2008. starting from the characterization of clinical interview, Nye, Joseph. Soft Power : the Means to the position of the clinical psychologist and some Success in World Politics. New York : Public chosen paradigmatic situations of intervention arising Affairs, 2004. in our contemporary background Nye, Joseph. Cyberpower. Cambridge : 2) Bases in social psychology and particularly on social Harvard University Press, 2010. influence Numéro 54 de la revue Critique 3) Existence of discrimination in several areas, internationale, « L’anthropologie des relations identification, measurement, prevention internationales », 2012. ______
127
P1/1a : INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY to analyse a situation according to psychological Fall Semester principles.
Classes: 2h30 per week ECTS credits: 6 COURSE PROGRAM: Gregariousness and sociability OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the history of Imitation and norms psychology and the main themes studied Conformity and obedience Changes of attitude COURSE PROGRAM: Resistance and innovation What is psychology ? Attraction and altrusim Social Psychology Cause & effect Different specialities : clinical, social etc. Relationships and conflicts in a given group How impressions are formed BIBLIOGRAPHY: Aggression Benedetto, P. (2004). Introduction à la psychologie. Paris : Hachette, collection Hachette Supérieur. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Huteau, M. (2001). Les figures de l’intelligence. Paris : LEYENS & YZERBYT, Psychologie sociale EAP. Lemaine, G., et Matalon, B. (1985). Hommes supérieurs, hommes inférieurs : la controverse sur P1/7a : INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL l’hérédité de l’intelligence. Paris : Armand Colin PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester
P1/2a : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 1 Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Fall Semester ECTS credits: 6
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the history of ECTS Credits: 6 clinical pathology and to learn the vocabulary needed to describe psychotic and anxiety problems OBJECTIVE: The basic theories behind general psychology. How does the human psyche work ? COURSE PROGRAM: A brief history of clinical psychology COURSE PROGRAM: How to analyse a psychological case Perception Psychoses Memory Anxiety Learning Concentration Intelligence P1/9a : INTRODUCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL Problem Solving PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester
P1/3a : BIOLOGY FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Fall Semester ECTS Credits: 6
Classes: 2h30 per week ECTS credits: 6 OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the different basic concepts and theories commonly used in OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to human and developmental psychology and to help students animal physiology understand the transformations which every human being undergoes during the first two years of life COURSE PROGRAM: Why sould psychologists study biology ? COURSE PROGRAM: Human life from 0 – 3 years of Biochemistry & cellular biology age Reproduction physical changes Elementary genetics perception Basic physiological functions the affections and emotions Evolution & the origins of life recognition Primitive life forms social context The origins of Man psychoanalytical, biological, cognitive and social approaches to this period BIBLIOGRAPHY: JOLY & BOUJARD, Manuel de biologie pour psychologues, DUNOD P1/10a : INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL
RESEARCH Spring Semester P1/8a : INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Classes: 3h class & 2h lab per week Spring Semester ECTS credits: 6
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the different ECTS credits: 6 research methods used in psychological research. Basic research procedures & ethics. OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to different themes studied in social psychology. To teach students 128
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 2 What is psychological research ? What is a hypothesis ? a theory ? COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding variable factors What is psychometry ? Basic psychometry Criteria for a valid test Research procedures and standards The place of mental testing in psychological diagnosis Different types of testing : instrumental tests, P2/13a : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 development tests, level fixing etc. Fall Semester
Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 P2/14a : NEUROSCIENCE 1 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: A detailed examination of the concept of Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 memory Introduction to chrono-psychologie and its OBJECTIVE: The brain and the nervous system at application to health, work and education different ages from the embryo to old age. A detail study of the structure of the adult human brain and BIBLIOGRAPHY: how it works. J.L. ROULIN, Psychologie cognitive (Bréal) COURSE PROGRAM: Neurogenesis P2/16a : METHODOLOGY FOR CLINICAL Phylogenesis – from cells to primates PSYCHOLOGY Ontogenesis – morphological aspects of the Fall Semester nervous system, cellular development, development of the brain Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Neuroanatomy ECTS credits: 3 Neurophysiologie
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: What is clinical methodology ? J-M ROBERT, Le cerveau (Flammarion) Epistemological value and limits of the clinical J. POIRIER, Le système nerveux (Flammarion) method Interview technique for adults & children Demand – need – desire P2/20a : SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 Uses and abuses of clinical practice Spring Semester
Lectures: 2h30 per week Seminar: 1h30 per week P2/16a : METHODOLOGY FOR SOCIAL ECTS credits: 6 PSYCHOLOGY Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: To examine psychosocial phenomena connected to the perception of other people Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: group structure : history and definition, how COURSE PROGRAM: groups form, leadership Why do a research in social psychology ? Social perception and epistemology of What is at stake ? Why is the researcher common sense : attributing causality, never completely objective? theories of personality How to construct a research project Relationships between groups : Tools for research : statistics, interviews, ethnocentricity & hostility, competition & questionaires etc. cooperation, minimal groups, social identity Interpreting results Stereotypes
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
D. ANRIEU & J.Y. MARTIN, La dynamique des groupes P2/21a : DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 restreints (PUF) Spring Semester V. AEBISCHER & D. OBERLE, Le groupe en psychologie sociale (Dunod) Classes: 3h30 per week ECTS credits: 6
COURSE PROGRAM: From childhood to old age The child & the adolescent P2/19a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 The adult Spring Semester Problems of old age These themes will be treated from a social, cultural, Lectures: 2h30 per week Seminar: 1h30 per week emotional and cognitive point of view. ECTS credits: 6
COURSE PROGRAM:
Nevroses P2/21b : PSYCHOMETRY 1 Psychoses Spring Semester Manic depression Freudian theories 129
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: BERGERET, Psychologie pathologique (Masson) Psychiatric semiology and psychopathology RAZOUET, De Freud à Lacan (De Boeck) Psychopathology in children Psychoses common in children Mentally handicapped children P2/15a : EPISTEMOLOGY Behaviour problems in children Fall Semester Psychic traumas in children
Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: D. MARCELLI, Psychopathologie de l’enfant (Masson) COURSE PROGRAM: Relationship between epistemology and psychology P3/30a : PSYCHOLOGY OF WORK Brief history of epistemology Fall Semester Basic principles of epistemology as applied to psychology Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 6
P2/15b : ETHICS IN PSYCHOLOGY COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Introduction to the work of psychologists in the work place and the different theories of Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 work.
OBJECTIVE: The student should be aware of the basic ethical principles governing a psychologist’s work P3/25b : SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (complex systems) COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Ethics : a definition Codes of practice in psychology Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week The basic texts governing psychological ECTS credits: 6 practice The psychologist and the law COURSE PROGRAM: Professional confidentiality The course is divided into two parts ______Part 1 : Social psychology of complex systems P3/25a : PRINCIPAL SCHOOLS Leadership & power OF THOUGHT IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY The family Fall Semester Institutions Part 2 : Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Methodology for research social psychology ECTS credits: 6 How to organise a survey Interviewing people OBJECTIVE: A comparison of the two mains schools Using questionaires of thought in clinical psychology at present Bias Analysing data COURSE PROGRAM: Epistemological basis and specificities of BIBLIOGRAPHY: cognitive (behavioural) psychology and F. BACHER, Les enquêtes en psychologie (PUF) systematic psychology. Can these two seemingly contradictory schools be reconciled at all ? P3/29a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY APPLIED TO TEENAGERS Fall Semester P3/35a : NEUROCOGNITION Spring Semester Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 6 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To learn how the nervous system Communication in psychotic or other influences human behaviour abmormal states Psychopathology of deliquents COURSE PROGRAM: How behaviour can modify the Criminal psychopathology way the brain works Understanding juvenile deliquence Therapies for deliquents
P3/26a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY BIBLIOGRAPHY: APPLIED TO CHILDREN D. MARCELLI, Psychopathologie de l’enfant (Masson) Fall Semester C. BLATIER, La délinquance des mineurs (PUG)
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 6 P3/33a : FAMILY PSYCHOLOGY 130
Fall Semester Intelligence – what is IQ ? Different approaches to intelligence (from Spearman to Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Guilford to Piaget’s genetic approach or Sternberg’s cognitive approach) COURSE PROGRAM: Emotions : definitions and classifications. the couple and the family Various cognitive models from James to Beck psychanalysing the family The influence of anxiety on the treatment of different stages in the life of a couple information the family as a social system
P3/36a : P3/33c : INTRODUCTION TO ERGONOMY PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION & LEARNING Fall Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: To give the student an introduction to the theories of What does it mean to understand ? ergonomy used in the creation and design of everyday What does it mean to learn ? objects. When is an object "user-friendly" ? What do Types of knowledge we mean by affordability, usefulness, usages etc. ? Acquiring knowledge How do we evaluate whether something is fit for Cognitive learning strategies purpose ? Education & intelligence Learning difficulties
P3/33b : PSYCHOBIOLOGY & HEALTH Fall Semester P3/36b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & HEALTH Spring Semester Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 COURSE PROGRAM: Physical causes of aggresivity COURSE PROGRAM: Psychosomatic illnesses Basic theories in the psychology of health Biological factors influencing our consciences Clinical models Neurophysiology and sexuality Determining factors in health and sickness Puberty, the andropause and the menopause The work of the clinical psychologist in the Causes of sexual excitement health sector Hormonal influences on sexual behaviour
BIBLIOGRAPHY: P3/36c : PSYCHOSOCIOLOGICAL APPROACH TO B. GERMAIN & P. LANGIS, La sexualité, approche TRAINING AND LIFELONG EDUCATION biologique, Laval, Editions Etudes Vivantes Spring Semester J-D VINCENT, Biologie des passions (Odile Jacob) Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6
P3/28b : PSYCHOMETRY 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Social, political and economic issues in education in the western world Lectures: 2 hours per week Lifelong learning and professional in-service ECTS credits: 2 training in France – a historical and legal perspective COURSE PROGRAM: Differences between education, training and Psychometry for children and adolescents teaching Rohrsach’s Test Training needs and how to discern them The Thematic Aperception Test The different actors in a training situation Wechsler’s Adult Intelligence Scale The teaching process and how to create a learning environment Evaluating training courses P3/34a : COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester P3/35b : PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Spring Semester
OBJECTIVE: Learning cognitive processes and their Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 implications in the treatment of information (language, intelligence, emotions). COURSE PROGRAM: Memory and psychopharmacology COURSE PROGRAM: Treatments for cerebral palsy and related Language acquisition and mechanisms, disease understanding language, use of lexical ______elements P3/35c : TREATING NERVE RELATED MOTOR
131
PROBLEMS The course provides an approach to the concept of Spring Semester projection and how this applies to the analysis of so-called ‘projective’ techniques as they occur in Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 various social and group phenomena. This course is essential for future clinical psychologists and for COURSE PROGRAM: those intending to work as psychologists in the Introduction to the theory and practice of the workplace. treatment of problems of movement and coordination Occupational therapy P4/4a : PSYCHOPATHOLOGY IN ADULTS ______Fall Semester
P3/28a : ISSUES IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Classes: 4 hours per week (class & lab) Fall Semester ECTS credits: 6
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week COURSE PROGRAM: ECTS credits: 6 Psychodynamic concepts Narcissism COURSE PROGRAM: Psychosomatic equilibrium An in-depth look at Moscovici’s approach to social Imagination and trauma psychology and the tools available to the psychologist All the above will help us study various forms of in his analysis of social situations. depression, psychosomatic disorders, addictions and Personal identity : stability and change post-traumatic stress. Violence : causes and solutions Communication, defence mechanisms & learning strategies : an introduction to the P4/7a : WORK-RELATED PATHOLOGIES work of Chris Argyris Fall Semester ______Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab P4/1a : PSYCHOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS ECTS credits: 6 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes & Lab : 3 hours ECTS credits: 6 Taking into account various approaches, this class will attempt to study work as a source of both OBJECTIVE: Enabling students to master the suffering and pleasure. We shall examine several techniques of psychological diagnosis work-related problems: alcoholism, stress, burn- out and depression. We shall look at these from COURSE PROGRAM: the point of view of cognitive theory, psychology The course provides a theoretical and practical of groups and also psychoanalysis. approach to psychological diagnosis, in particular as it relates to the work of clinical and social psychologists in the context of their work. P4/7b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY FOR CHILDREN & ADOLESCENTS Spring Semester P4/5a : PSYCHOSOCIOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE Fall Semester Classes: 2h class, 2h lab ECTS credits: 3
Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab OBJECTIVE: Developping the student’s ability in ECTS credits: 6 treating juveniles
COURSE PROGRAM: We shall adopt a historical COURSE PROGRAM: approach to the different ways of thinking about work Reminder of the main ways of treating in companies or other structures, attempting to children & adolescents identify the issues the psychologist faces, whose Narcissism practice is mainly in the world of work. We shall look Fixing limits at how companies and administrative services are Case studies organised, and how work is perceived in different contexts. Covered themes include: rationality, the importance of the group, atmosphere at work, P4/8a : MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY motivation, power, company sub-culture and Fall Semester professional identity.
Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3
P4/6a : PROJECTION OBJECTIVE: Students will learn how to use their Fall Semester psychological skills in a hospital context
Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab COURSE PROGRAM: ECTS credits: 6 Infectious diseases (hepatitis, viral complaints etc.) OBJECTIVE: To understand the concept of ‘projection’ Heart disease in a clinical context Cancer
COURSE PROGRAM: 132
Working with the dying (the elderly and Communication in groups children suffering from a fatal disease) Constructing group identity Expectations within a given group
P4/8b : ERGONOMY & WORK Spring Semester P4/9a : PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY Fall Semester Classes: 2 hours class, 2½ hours lab ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 1½ hours class, 1 hour lab ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: Aquiring theoretical and practical skills in the basics of ergonomy in order to understand the COURSE PROGRAM: nature of work and how to make it more congenial We shall look at the link between who we are and what we do as a job and how far the latter influences the COURSE PROGRAM: former. Several specific professional cases will be What is ergonomy ? examined. The psychology of work How to use ergonomy in the workplace P4/11a : PSYCOLOGY OF THE ELDERLY & OF AGEING P4/12a : PSYCHOLOGY OF SYSTEMS Fall Semester Fall Semester Classes: 1½ hours class, 1 hour lab Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3 ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: Understanding psychology as applied to OBJECTIVE: Understanding the ageing process and its systems effect on human psychology
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: To be communicated later Theory and practice of psychology as applied ______to systems The family The company or business
Russian
IMPORTANT: ALL OUR RUSSIAN COURSES ARE P4/13a : NEUROPSYCHOLOGY TAUGHT THROUGH THE MEDIUM OF FRENCH Fall Semester
LEA1/4c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Understanding the basic principles of neuropsychology as applied to both children and Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 adults. OBJECTIVE: To get a basic knowledge of Russian
COURSE PROGRAM: Theory, comprehension P4/6b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY: TRANSFER exercises, translation, etc. Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). Classes: 2 hours class, 2 hours lab ECTS credits: 3
LEA1/8c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN 2 OBJECTIVE: Using Freud’s and Lacan's theories as a starting point, we shall look at the question of transfer. Spring Semester We intend to examine the issue of subjectivity in Prerequisites: Students must have already clinical practice which goes beyond the knowledge completed one semester of Russian acquired in academic study.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
P4/2a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY OF GROUPS OBJECTIVE: To get a basic knowledge of Russian Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Theory, comprehension Classes: 1½ hours class, 2 hours lab exercises, translation, etc. ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: Identifying and understanding factors LCE1E/4d & H1/3c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN affecting group behaviour & identity Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Group dynamics – Lewin’s theories Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Assuming roles in groups Membership & leadership COURSE PROGRAM: weekly linguistics practice Influence in groups / conformism enables to learn essential writing codes, key of 133
contemporary Russian phonetics and phonology. - Current affairs: questioning, thinking and Students will learn Russian through concrete scenes, replacing information in the Russian context without any restrictive theorical course. At first, students will use and reproduce elementary structures BIBLIOGRAPHY: of the simple sentence and will have to manipulate a Magazine « Autrement » - Atlas historique de la Russie lexical base of 500 words. The principles of declination F. CONTE – Les grandes dates de la Russie et de and of verbal use will be systematically used and l’URSS Larousse learnt.
The following themes will be seen : H2/15d : RUSSIAN – LEVEL 2 - Culture and civilisation : Russia from 988 to Spring Semester 1917. - Question, think and put current events into COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of H2/11d the Russian context.
LCE2/12b-16b RUSSIAN – LEVEL 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall & Spring Semesters - TETERINA T. M, Cours intensif de la langue russe pour débutants, Centre de la langue russe de l’Université d’Etat de Saint Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian Pétersbourg (RUSSIE) for at least a year - Guide de civilisation russe - ed. Ellipses, Anne-Marie OLIVE Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Histoire de la Russie de N. Riazanovski - Bouquins, Robert Laffont COURSE PROGRAM: - Courrier International (in French) - website Linguistics and grammar (simple sentences, « Anedoctes » (via Internet) difficulties of verbal system, substantives, adjectives and pronouns) Films « Strana Gloukhikh » and/or « Lioubov » by V. Lexicon: 750 words Todorovski, « Okraïna » by Piotr Loutsik. Culture and history: Russia, the USSR, Russia in the 20th century
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE1E/8d & H1/7c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN 2 T.M. TETERINA – Cours intensif de la langue russe Spring Semester pour débutants
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/4d LEA3/20b & 24b : INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN Fall & Spring Semesters
LEA2/12b & 16b : RUSSIAN - LEVEL 2 Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian Fall & Spring Semesters for at least 2 years
Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per for at least a year semester)
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Translation from Russian to French, grammar, comprehension exercises, Russian OBJECTIVE: To get a global knowledge of spoken culture and society. Russian grammar and learn up to 1200 words
COURSE PROGRAM: The St Petersburg École LCE3/24e : INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN Polytechnique teaching method for Russian (level 2) Fall & Spring Semesters
Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian H2/11d : RUSSIAN LANGUAGE – LEVEL 2 for at least 2 years Fall Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian for at least a year COURSE PROGRAM: Theoretical approach and practice Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Characteristics of the Cyrillic alphabet Oppositions between written and spoken Russian COURSE PROGRAM: Phonetics and phonology 2nd year students have to master the basic writing Simple sentence structure codes, key elements of contemporary Russian Comparative linguistics phonetics and phonology. They will have to use and Theoretical approach to learning an Indo- reproduce elementary structures of the simple European language sentence. The principles of declination and of verbal The main differences between the language use will be systematically used and learnt. taught and the language of native-speakers - Linguistics and grammar Declension - Culture and history: Russia, the USSR, Russia in Possessives the 20th century 134
Oppositions between motionless and moving OBJECTIVE: To identify and comment on theatrical subjects space and envision it as an essential component in the Communication situations articulation of a script. Generalities Objective of linguistics communication COURSE PROGRAM: Grammar Prior to creation of a mock/model set based on a text Intonation, accents, memorizing identified by the teacher, students will, in theory, learn Ethnolinguistics about the challenges facing set design.
EVALUATION: Students will present a mock set, as ASSESSMENT: well as comment on a text based on the perspective of Theory and practice questions a director or scenographer. Explaining your point of view on a given subject ______Talking to a Russian native-speaker AS2/18d SOCIOLOGY OF CULTURE Fall Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
OBJECTIVE: To deepen the students’ knowledge of Sociology & the way we perceive, understand and appreciate things and, as a result how we behave in the cultural Anthropology field. Through defined examples such as cultural activities, school, family, work, music, and sport, P1/12a BASIC THEMES IN SOCIOLOGY : students will see how knowledge and skills are THE FAMILY, SCHOOL & DAILY LIFE IN SOCIETY transmitted. Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: To gain an interdisciplinary knowledge of that which OBJECTIVE: To provide an introduction to Sociology organises perceptions, understandings, appreciations via some essential themes. To help the student to and action in the cultural sector of the main areas in analyse these issues. sociology: education, culture, family, public arena, which are all defined as areas of enquiry rather than COURSE PROGRAM: as epistemological problems. Students will also gain Modern society perceived in its historical some knowledge of the sociology of cultural practices context and production. Max Weber’s theories of modern western society & points of view adopted by BIBLIOGRAPHY: sociologists today - Debroux J., « La dynamique complexe des Norms & values, conformity, deviance and migrations d’actifs vers l’espace “rural adaptation (Merton’s & Durkheim’s theories) isolé” », Espaces et Sociétés, n° 113-114, What is social action ? décembre 2003, p. 215-232. The family – stability and change in the 20th - Détrez C., La Construction sociale du corps, century Paris, Points-Seuil, 2002. The school as a social institution - Lahire B., Portraits sociologiques. ______Dispositions et variations individuelles, Paris, Nathan, Collection Essais & P1/12c ANTHROPOLOGY & ETHNOLOGY Recherches, 2002. Spring Semester - Lahire B., La Culture des individus. Dissonances culturelles et distinction de soi, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Paris, Éditions la Découverte, Coll. « Laboratoire des sciences sociales », 2004. OBJECTIVE: To understand the work of ethnologists ______and anthroplogists and their interaction/collaboration with psychologists MCC2/9a SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: The basic themes and classic authors in Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 anthroplogy and ethnology (Mead, Bateson, Levy-Strauss, the structural functionalist OBJECTIVE: school etc.) This course deals with the impact of communication and Application of anthopological principles to advertising. We shall first study the various forms of current issues in psychology behaviour. Then we shall study the benefits of Case studies : the global approach to communication theories on the advertising discourse. We education and health will also address the tools used to analyse those forms of ______social behaviour.
AS2/18b: SCENOGRAPHY COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester - The various theoretical approaches - Decision making, behaviour and processes Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS Credits: 1.5 - Psychology and semiology, the perfect couple. - Lifestyles and social dynamics 135
- Identification of the cultural demand. ASSESSMENT: One team oral presentation and one final written exam. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - DONNAT, Olivier, Les pratiques culturelles BIBLIOGRAPHY: des français à l’ère numérique, La Compulsory: Découverte, 2009 Don juan ou Pavlov, Claude Bonnange et Chantal - DONNAT, Olivier, TOLILA, Paul, Le(s) Thomas. Points. public(s) de la culture, Politiques publiques Ainsi parle la publicité, D Serre-Floersheim. et équipements culturels, Presses de Francoscopie de l’année en cours, Gérard Mermet, Sciences PO, 2003 Larousse. - ESQUENAZI, Jean-Pierre, Sociologie des Recommended: Publics, Coll. Repère, La Découverte, 2009 Communication et publicité, Michèle Jouve, Bréal. - ETHIS, Emmanuel, Sociologie du cinéma et Publicité et société, Bernard Cathelat, Petite de ses publics, Coll.128, Armand Colin, Bibliothèque Payot. 2009 Tous ces ouvrages sont disponibles chez TEKNE- - LAHIRE, Bernard, La Culture des Individus. L’Harmattan, rue des Carmes, 75005 Dissonances culturelles et distinction de soi, La Découverte, 2004
AS4/4f SEMINAR ON SOCIOLOGY OF ARTISTIC AS3/27a: MASS CULTURE PRACTISES Spring Semester Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 1 hour a week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: To understand the problems related to cultural hierarchies, by examining Adorno and the OBJECTIVE: Frankfurt School's theory of cultural industries and To consider the sociology of art as a research method English/American research in Cultural studies; to learn about the ground-breaking surveys made in the 1960s COURSE PROGRAM: concerning cultural audiences and the democratisation - Cultural sociology and its issues. of culture; to obtain knowledge of new research - Current artistic practises regarding cultural omnivores and the impact of the mass media on culture, in order to fully grasp the way AS5/2a : CULTURE SOCIOLOGY culture is perceived in social sciences today. Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Using statistics, interviews, testimonies and case studies, students will learn about important cultural Continuation of AS4/4f issues in sociology today and how studies of the sociology of culture have developed since the time of AS5/4h : CULTURE SOCIOLOGY pioneers like Simmel and Weber. Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Laurent Fleury et François de Singly, Continuation of AS4/4f Sociologie de la culture et des pratiques culturelles, éd. Armand Colin, 2006 - Matthieu Béra et Yvon Lamy, Sociologie de CTV4/2b : SOCIOLOGY OF ART AND CULTURE la culture, éd. Armand Colin, 2008 Fall Semester - Pierre Bourdieu, La Distinction (1979), éd. Minuit Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______COURSE PROGRAM: AS3/22c : SOCIOLOGY OF THE AUDIENCE This seminar will deal with the study of social Fall Semester production of art and with the status of artist. We shall focus on how the recognition of artistic production can Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits:4 be accomplished in a developed society. What are the recognition factors and what is the balance of power OBJECTIVE: To have the students understand that betwee, the different actors… cultural phenomenons are not only a matter of taste nor subjectivity; to determine a cultural field; to use ASSESSMENT: Oral Final ASSESSMENT: answer a social sciences to debate about cultural practices and question. policies. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Extracts of books dealing with the COURSE PROGRAM: social production of art. A bibliography will be given - Ambiguity behind the word “audience”. during the first class. - Social factors for a variety of cultural practices. - Each culture has its own audience. - Live shows and festivals. - Television and cinema. - Recorded music vs live music. - Use of sociology within cultural policies. - Urgency of democratisation. 136
- Béatrice Job, Grammaire de l’espagnol Spanish - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol moderne
- Enrique Pastor et Gisèlle Prost, Grammaire IMPORTANT: ALL OUR SPANISH COURSES ARE active de l’espagnol TAUGHT VIA THE MEDIUM OF FRENCH (UNLESS - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com OTHERWISE STATED) - http://www.indiana.edu
- http://cajondesastre.juegos.free.fr PREREQUISITES: With the exception of - http://www.auladiez.com beginners courses, courses at level 1 presuppose that students have previously studied Spanish for at least two years either at university or in LCE1E/6a SPANISH GRAMMAR high school. Level 2 courses presuppose 5 Spring Semester semesters of Spanish, level 3 three years of Spanish etc. Native speakers of Spanish may not Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 take Spanish language classes, except translation. They may however take history, COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2a literature or civilisation classes. ______
LEA1/2b: LEA1/1d : SPANISH GRAMMAR TRANSLATION FROM SPANISH INTO FRENCH Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: A complete and definitive acquisition of OBJECTIVE: To learn how to translate into correct Spanish syntax and conjugation French a text written in Spanish and remain close to the author’s style. COURSE PROGRAM: - Verbs and conjugation COURSE PROGRAM: Translation of press articles, - Nouns and adjectives novels preface (Vocable, Espace Latino, El Pais). - Adverbs - Articles PERSONAL WORK : - Prepositions - Preparation of the following lesson and translation of a part of the text studied PERSONAL WORK: Not less than half an hour a day. - To review the translations done in class - To read press documents in order to improve ASSESSMENT: Written exercises concerning understanding of the written language. grammar, tenses… - Learn times, indicative/subjunctive, grammar rules in Spanish and in French. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Grammaire espagnole contemporaine - Desvigne ASSESSMENT: A 1½ hours test: to translate a text. Español avanzado - Colegio España Gramática comunicativa del español - Edelsa BIBLIOGRAPHY: Ejercicios gramaticales – SGEL Dictionary Maria Moliner Pierre Gerboin et Christine Leroy, Grammaire d’usage Fort en version espagnole – Méthode et lecture - Bréal de l’espagnol contemporain ______Beatriz Job, Grammaire de l’espagnol LCE1E/2b & 6b : TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH LCE1E/2a & 6a : SPANISH GRAMMAR Fall & Spring Semesters Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 OBJECTIVE: To translate a literary text or press OBJECTIVE: To acquire a complete knowledge of article from Spanish into French. Spanish grammar and verb conjugation. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Students will learn to translate the given texts into - Verbs and their conjugation French while respecting grammar and syntax rules of - Nouns and adjectives both the source and target languages. - Adverbs - Articles BIBLIOGRAPHY : - Prepositions - Real Academia Española, Diccionario de la - Numbers lengua española, Espasa - subjunctive - Grévisse, Maurice, Nouvelle grammaire française, Duculot, 1994 ASSESSMENT: Written exercises relating to grammar, - Le Robert ed. , Le Nouveau Petit Robert verb tenses, etc. - Maraval, Maxime, Dictionnaire espagnol français et français espagnol, Hachette, 1976 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - http://www.rae.es/rae.html
- Pierre Gerboin et Christine Leroy, Grammaire LCE1E/6b : TRANSLATION d’usage de l’espagnol contemporain 137
SPANISH - FRENCH Spring Semesters LCE1E/3a & 7c METHODOLOGY FOR TRANSLATION INTO SPANISH Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Fall & Spring Semesters
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2b. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LCE1E/2d & 6c ORAL COMPREHENSION & OBJECTIVE: To translate literary texts into Spanish EXPRESSION and learn the grammatical and syntaxical structures Fall & Spring Semesters which distinguish the Spanish and French languages.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 ASSESSMENT: A 1½ hour translation test (approx. 20 lines). OBJECTIVE: To practice oral expression allowing students to easily express themselves in various BIBLIOGRAPHY: situations ( to order something in a restaurant, to - Diccionario de uso del español, María Moliner, solve a luggage problem in an airport, to complain…). Gredos - Dictionnaire Moderne français-espagnol et COURSE PROGRAM: Students will listen to espagnol-français, Ramón Gracía Pelayo et J ; conversational soundtracks, then complete Testas, Larousse comprehension questionnaires. - Grammaire espagnole, Jean Bouzet, Belin - Grammaire explicative de l’espagnol, B. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Darbord, B. Pottier et P. Charaudeau - Grammaire active de l’espagnol Enrique - Traducir. Iniciation à la pratique de la Pastor et Gisèle Prost (édition LM) traduction, Virginie RAJAUD et M. Brunetti - La grammaire espagnole a través de los ejercicios José Alvaro (Edition Spratbrow) LCE1E/7c METHODOLOGY FOR TRANSLATION - Uso de la gramatica espanola. Nivel INTO SPANISH Intermedio Francisca Castro (Edition Edelsa) Fall & Spring Semesters
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE1E/6c : ORAL COMPREHENSION AND EXPRESSION COURSE WORK: Continuation of LCE1E/3a. ______Spring Semester
LEA1/5e : SPANISH GRAMMAR Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2d. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 for
French students. 2 for foreign students
LEA1/1e : ORAL COMPREHENSION AND COURSE PROGRAM: EXPRESSION - Pronouns Fall Semester - Accents - Using “ser” and “estar” Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 - Numbers for French students. 2 for foreign students - Subjunctive - Using the infinitive, gerundive and past OBJECTIVE: Understanding, listening and speaking participle practice. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Go to semester 1 COURSE PROGRAM: exercices of oral comprehension through listening to audio and audiovisual documents about meetings, every day life conversations, reports… LEA1/5g : TRANSLATION FROM
FRENCH INTO SPANISH PERSONAL WORK : To read the Spanish press, listen Spring semester to the radio, watch films in Original Version, read
Spanish novels. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESSMENT: oral presentation of a subject in the OBJECTIVE: To translate non-specialist texts, like Spanish and Latin culture. Students will be graded on press articles, etc. their fluency, their pronunciation and their spontaneity in their explanations and the absence of notes. ASSESSMENT: a 1½ hours test: to translate a text
(about 20 lines). BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Grammaire active de l’espagnol Enrique Pastor et Gisèle Prost (édition LM) - La grammaire espagnole a través de los LEA1/2b FROM THE WAR OF INDEPENDENCE TO ejercicios José Alvaro (Edition Spratbrow) THE FIRST REPUBLIC - Uso de la gramatica espanola. Nivel Fall Semester Intermedio Francisca Castro (Edition Edelsa) - Press : El mundo, el pais, cambio 16, vocable THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 138
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Working on files composed of - Introduction extracts from Spanish or Latin-American novels and - The first half of the XIX° century press articles. The aim is to develop understanding of - The War of independence . written texts and written expression. - 1812 The Spanish Constitution - Monarchist Absolutism PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers (El - Cartist Wars País Semanal, Cambio 16, Actualidad Económica, - Maria Christina’s Reign Cinco días) and magazines, revising of the lessons. - 1868’s Revolution - social, demographic, economic, industrial issues ASSESSMENT: A 1 hour test : comprehension questions, vocabulary and reformulation exercises, SET BOOK: personal expression. - ARTOLA, Miguel. Antiguo Régimen y revolución liberal, Madrid, 1983. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bilingual dictionary and an - CANAL, Jordi (dir). Histoire de l’Espagne unilingual dictionary such as : Diccionario de Uso del contemporaine de 1808 à nos jours, Paris, Español, María Moliner. Armand Colin, coll. U, 2009, - CANAL, Jordi (dir). Histoire de l’Espagne contemporaine de 1808 à nos jours, Paris, LCE1E/2c & 6d : WRITTEN EXPRESSION Armand Colin, coll. U, 2009, Fall & Spring Semesters - CARR, Raymond. España 1808-1975.
Barcelona. Ariel, 2000. Lectures: 1.5 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - DELAMARRE-SALLARD, Catherine. Civilisation
espagnole et latino-américaine. Paris, Bréal, OBJECTIVE: To develop an understanding of written 2004 expression and the ability to analyse written texts . - ZUILI, Marc, Société et économie de
l’Espagne du XVe siècle, sans lieux, Les COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study a number of Editions de l’Ecole Polytechnique, 2008. files composed of extracts from Spanish press articles.
ASSESSMENT: A 90 min. test containing LEA1/6b : HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA comprehension questions, vocabulary and Spring Semester paraphrasing exercises, personal expression.
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Diccionario de uso del español, María Moliner Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Dictionnaire Moderne français-espagnol et espagnol-français, Ramón Gracía Pelayo et J ; COURSE PROGRAM: Testas, Larousse - Discovery ( Discovery and significance, Spanish and - Grammaire explicative de l’espagnol, B. Portuguese atlantism, Colomb and Catholic kings, Darbord, B. Pottier et P. Charaudeau exploration and its effects, The Indian question) - Conquest (Controversy, occupation in America- Aztec and Inca Empires) - Colonisation (Political organization, demography, LCE1E/6d : WRITTEN EXPRESSION building a new economy, Property of lands, The role of the Church, Colonial Art Spring Semester
SET BOOK: Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 . -BEAUJEU-GARNIER, Jacqueline & LEFORT, Catherine COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/1d. L’économie de l’Amérique latine, Paris, PUF,coll. Que sais-je ? (dernière édition mise à jour). -CHAUNU, Pierre Histoire de l’Amérique latine, Paris LCE1E/1a : HISPANIC AMERICAN HISTORY PUF, Coll.Que sais-je ? (dernière édition de Fall Semester préférence). -COVO Jacqueline Introduction aux civilisations latino- THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH américaines, Paris, Nathan Universités, coll. 128. -GALEANO, Eduardo, Las venas abiertas de América Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 latina, Madrid, siglo XXI, 1996 (cet ouvrage existe dans de nombreuses éditions ainsi qu’en traduction COURSE PROGRAM: française). Discovery -MASSARDO, Jaime & SUAREZ-ROJAS, Alberto, Conquest Civilisation latino-américaine, Paris Conquistadors Ellipses, 200. Institutions - THUAL, François, Géopolitique de l’Amérique Golden Age latine, Paris, Economica, 1996. BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA1/5f : WRITTEN COMPREHENSION AND - Lavallé, Bernard, L’ Amérique espagnole de EXPRESSION Colomb à Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002 Spring Semester - Zaragoza, Gonzalo,Rumbo a las Indias, Anaya, 1995 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 139
______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
LCE1E/5a : SPANISH HISTORY Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 FROM THE 18TH CENTURY TO THE RESTORATION OF THE BOURBONS OBJECTIVE: To learn and understand the different Spring Semester political and social changes of the 19th and 20th centuries, as well as the main literary movements. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 4 An introduction to contemporary Spanish literature. Tutorials: 1 hour per week Students will work on various texts of different literary genres. OBJECTIVE: To acquire a historical knowledge of modern Spain and understand the principles of ASSESSMENT: Coursework plus written exam. contemporary history. BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - Historia de la literatura española, Vol. 5, El The Catholic Kings’ policies siglo XIX, D.L. Shaw, Barcelona, Ariel, 2000 The Hapsburgs’ Spain - Historia de la literatura española, Vol. 6, El The Bourbons: politics siglo XX, G.G. Brown, Barcelona, Ariel, 2002 Society in the 18th century - Historia de la literatura española, J. L. Alborg, From the War of Independence to the 1st Republic Madrid, 1980 - Historia social de la literatura española (en ASSESSMENT: An oral exam with 15 mins to prepare, lengua castellana), VVAA, Madrid, Akal, 2000 followed by a 15 min. presentation. - Cómo se comenta un texto literario, Fernando Lázaro Carreter, Evaristo Correa Calderón, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Madrid, Cátedra, 2006 - J.H. Elliot, La España Imperial 1469-1716 - Emile Términe, Historia de la España The collection of texts to read will be ready for the contemporánea (desde 1808 hasta nuestros students in September. días) - Jose Luis Comellas Historia de España (1474- 1975) LCE1E/1c & 5c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE - Articles de journaux espagnols (El pais, El LITERATURE mundo, Cambio 16, ABC etc...) concernant Fall & Spring Semester l'Espagne. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
LCE1E/7a GENERAL KNOWLEDGE FROM A Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 SPANISH VIEWPOINT COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester An introduction to Spanish Golden Age literature.
Students will read, analyse and understand literary THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH texts from the time period and relate their social,
historical and political similarities and differences to Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 other authors. The students will also develop an
overall vision of the literature of the Spanish Golden OBJECTIVE: The main aim of this class is to give an Age. overall view of the social and cultural realities that all
Spanish people know. ASSESSMENT: Coursework plus written exam.
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Introduction to Spain : geography, - VILLAGRA, Veronica, Diccionario de literatura administrative organisation and politics. española. Madrid: Revista de Occidente, - Holidays, folklore and gastronomy. 1964, (3.ª ed.). - Art and architecture. - ARCIPRESTE DE HITA, El libro de buen amor, - Tourism, culture and the Spanish summer Ed. de G. B. GYBON-MONYPENNY, Madrid, season Clásicos Castalia, 2003.
- CERVANTES SAAVEDRA, Miguel de, Don BIBLIOGRAPHY: Quijote de la Mancha, peu importe l’édition www.elpais.es (souhaité celui du IV centenaire de la Royale www.elmundo.es Académie, ou Cátedra. http://www.cervantes.es/cultura_espanola/informacio - Anónimo, La vida de Lazarillo de Tormes y de n.htm sus fortunas y adversidades, Burgos, Ed. Juan http://www.red2000.com/spain/primer/1index.html de Junta, 1554. [exemplaire conseillé celui de http://www.espanolsinfronteras.com/Culturaespanola0 Bernard Sesé; Marcel Bataillon, éd. 0.htm Flammarion, Gf bilingue, n°646, 1994]. ______- MONTERO REGUERA, José, El Quijote y la
crítica contemporánea, Alacalá de Henares, LCE1E/5b CONTEMPORARY SPANISH Centro de Estudios Cervantinos, 1997. LITERATURE - BERASAIN, Ambrosio, Góngora y Quevedo Spring Semester Poesía del siglo XVII, San Sebastián, Ed. Haranburu, 1983. 140
- http://buscon.rae.es/draeI/ - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com LCE1/3b & LEA1/4d & 8d : BEGINNERS SPANISH LCE1E/5c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE LITERATURE Fall & Spring Semesters Spring Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/1c COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study verb tenses, identity, greetings, location, tastes.
LCE1E/1b : CONTEMPORARY LATIN-AMERICAN BIBLIOGRAPHY: LITERATURE - « Para Empezar » Livre de l’étudiant et livre Fall Semester d’exercices niveau A ( Edelsa )
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH LCE1/7d : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: An introduction to COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of fall semester contemporary Latin-American literature with a focus on the different figures and literary movements of
20th century Latin-America. Students will study a variety of texts in order to better understand the P1/5a: INERMEDIATE SPANISH subject. Fall Semester
ASSESSMENT: A text commentary OBJECTIVE : Devellop linguistic abilities, written comprehension, grammar, vocabulary BIBLIOGRAPHY: - L’analyse littéraire : notions et repères / Eric COURSE PROGRAM: revise grammar (verbs,link BORDAS, Claire BAREL-MOISAN, Gilles BONNET words,indirect speech, passive voice, comparisons) [et. al]. (Paris) : Armand Colin, 2006 understanding of texts. - Figures III / Gérard GENETTE. (Paris) : Editions du Seuil, 2003 - Histoire de la littérature hispano-américaine H1/3b : SPANISH FOR HISTORIANS A de 1940 à nos jours/ sous la dir. de Claude Fall Semester CYMERMAN, Claude FELL. (Paris) : Nathan, 1997 - Anthologie de la littérature hispano- Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 américaine du XXème siècle / Jean FRANCO, Jean Marie LEMOGODEUC. Presses COURSE PROGRAM: Universitaires de France (PUF), 1993. Comprehension - http://literart.com/antologia - Collection of texts - http://www.bibliotecasvirtuales.com/bibliotec Translation (some of the texts studied) a/literaturalatinoamericana/index.asp - From French into Spanish - http://www.juliocortazar.com.ar/ - From Spanish into French
LCE1/3e : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE H1/7b : SPANISH FOR HISTORIANS B Fall Semester Spring Semester
Prerequisites: Students must have studied at least 2 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 years of Spanish COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Comprehension - Collection of texts COURSE PROGRAM: Translation (some of the texts studied) - Translating contemporary literary texts from - From French into Spanish Spanish into French (authors: Sender, Ayala, - From Spanish into French J. Cela Santos Delibes, Laforet, Fuentes, De Unamuno, Baroja, Garcia Lorca, Marias
Marse) MCC1/3b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE - Grammar: indicative present, the past tense, Fall Semester the future tense, conditional, indirect speech, imperative, subjunctive, “ser” and “estar”, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 pronouns, prepositions OBJECTIVE: Improve your linguistic skills to reach the - Introduction to Spanish history: geographic B level of the Common European Framework of and cultural diversity, self-governing Reference for Languages: communities, Catalonia, Euskadi and Galicia - Be able to understand most of the newspapers, TV programmes and films in ASSESSMENT: Translation from Spanish into French, standard language; grammatical questions on the text and questions on - Be able to read articles and reports about Spanish history current issues; 141
- Be able to communicate in an informal situation or to debate about specialized LCE2E/14a : SPANISH GRAMMAR topics; Spring Semester - Be able to speak clearly and profusely about your hobbies. Be able to put forth your point Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 of view on a current event; - Be able to write a minutes, an article or a COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10a. report in proper language. Acquire cultural and lexical knowledge:
- Master the terms used in the press, on the radio, on the television and in the cinema; LCE2E/9d & 13d : ORAL EXPRESSION - Master some cultural references (history, Fall and Spring Semesters society, arts); Master linguistic tools to express yourself properly. Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To develop Spanish writing as well the The press, the radio and documentaries level of understanding and expression. - Read the press and write articles and/or reports. Make an oral presentation of a press COURSE PROGRAM: article; The course content will be based on everyday and - Debate and discuss on radio programmes; specialised Spanish (literature, tourism terminology, - Analyse TV documentaries and reports. business, media, etc). Comprehension and expression Spanish cinema skills will be applied and the written documents - Study Spanish and Latin-American films; employed with the goal of broadening the students’ - Write analyses and summaries. knozledge of Spanish society and culture. Students will also perform analyses and syntheses and equally ASSESSMENT: You will have to hand out written engage in vocabulary and writing. reports or give oral presentations. The final exam will consist in listening or reading comprehension and a two-hour written exam. LCE2E/13d : ORAL EXPRESSION Fall and Spring Semesters BIBLIOGRAPHY: Le grand dictionnaire bilingue Larousse espagnol- Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2 français A grammar handbook of post-secondary education OBJECTIVE: Continuation of LCE2E/9d. level (any edition will be fine). Los verbos españoles – Bescherelle (ou autre) LCE2E/11a & 15a : WRITTEN EXPRESSION Fall and Spring Semesters MCC1/7b : SPANISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE Spring Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC1/3c OBJECTIVE: To improve oral expression and understanding of the Spanish language.
LCE2E/10a & 14a : SPANISH GRAMMAR COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be taught in two parts: Fall & Spring Semesters - Oral practice where students will participate
in dialogue with other students Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - Multimedia projects which will touch on
subjects such as history, art, literature or the OBJECTIVE: To broaden student’s knowledge of the news fundamental structures of the language. ______
PROGRAM : - Relative and indefinite pronouns LCE2E/15a : WRITTEN EXPRESSION - Direct and indirect speech Spring Semester - The idea of “becoming” - Verbal periphrasis Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Passive speech - Complex sentences COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/11a. ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Pierre Gerboin and Christine Leroy, LCE2E/10b & 14b : TRANSLATION Grammaire d’usage de l’espagnol FRENCH - SPANISH contemporain Fall & Spring Semesters - Béatrice Job, grammaire de l’espagnol - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 moderne - Bernard Pottier, Grammaire explicative de OBJECTIVE: To reinforce translation techniques l’espagnol acquired in beginners class. - Enrique Pastor et Gisèlle Prost, Grammaire active de l’espagnol COURSE PROGRAM:
142
Translating literary texts and cultural articles from the OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to a theoretical press. knowledge of general and Spanish linguistics (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and BIBLIOGRAPHY: semantics).. - García Pelayo y Testas, Grand dictionnaire Français-Espagnol, Espagnol-Français, COURSE PROGRAM: Paris, Larousse. - Communication vs language - María Moliner, Diccionario de uso del - Linguistics and its variations español, Gredos. - Linguistics developments - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol - Phonetics and Phonology moderne, PUF, 1997 - Morphology - P. Gerboin & Leroy, Grammaire d’usage de - Syntax l’espagnol contemporain, Hachette - Semantics - Pragmatics and enunciation theories
- LCE2E/14b : TRANSLATION BIBLIOGRAPHY: - FRENCH - SPANISH - Akmajian, Adrian et al., 1984, « Linguística : - Spring Semester una introducción al lenguaje y la comunicación », Madrid : Alianza Universidad Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Textos. - Martínez Celdrán, Eugenio, 1995, « Bases COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10b. para el estudio del lenguaje », Barcelona : Octaedro. - Jesús-Antonio Collado, 1974, « Fundamentos LCE2E/10c & LCE2E/14c : TRANSLATION de lingüística general », Editorial Gredos : SPANISH - FRENCH Madrid. Fall and Spring Semesters
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5
OBJECTIVE: To improve the student’s contemporary Spanish literary translation skills. LCE2E/14d : SPANISH LINGUISTICS Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - Translation methodology Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2.5 - The Spanish novel - The Latin-American novel COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10d. - Spanish theatre ______
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE2E/9b : LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE Unilingual dictionaries: Fall Semester - Diccionario de la lengua española, Real Academia. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Diccionario de uso del español, Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2volumes) Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Bilingual dictionaries : - Dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- OBJECTIVE: To deepen the students’ knowledge of espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. the life and works of 20th Century Latin-American - Gran diccionario espagnol/francés-español, author Pablo Neruda who left his mark on Spanish and Garcia Pelayo, editions Larousse. global literature and to study his creative thinking French dictionary : Le nouveau Petit Robert. process through literary analysis. Internet resources : - http://www.les- COURSE PROGRAM: dictionnaires.com/francais.html - Biographical study of Pablo Neruda - http://atilf.atilf.fr/dendien/scripts/tlfiv4/show - The poet and nature ps.exe?p=combi.htm;java=no; - The poet and society - The poet and poetry
LCE2E/14c : TRANSLATION BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPANISH - FRENCH - NERUDA, Pablo. Obras completas. Vol. I-II- Spring Semester II-IV-V. Editorial Circulo de Lectores – Galaxia/Gutenberg, Barcelona, 2002 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - FERNANDEZ MORENO, Cesar. América Latina en su literatura. Siglo XXI editores, México, COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10c. 1974. - SANTI, Enrico Mario. Neruda, el comienzo y la cima. En ‘Obras Completas’ vol. I pp. 81 a 104. - YURKIEVICH, Saul. Pablo Neruda: persona, LCE2E/10d : SPANISH LINGUISTICS palabra y , mundo. En ‘Obras Completas’ vol. Fall Semester I pp. 9 a 79 - Fundadores de la nueva poesia Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2.5 latinoamericana. Editorial Ariel, Barcelona, 1984 143
Critical bibliography: - GLENN, Kathleen M: “Gothic Vision in García LCE2E/9c & 13c : SPANISH LITERATURE : Morales and Eric’s El Sur”, in Letras THE GOLDEN AGE peninsulares (spring 1994) 239-50. - NAVAL, MARÍA ÁNGELES, "Las casas de la Fall & Spring Semesters memoria. Acerca de los relatos de Adelaida
García Morales", en El texto iluminado. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Escritoras españolas en el cine, Zaragoza,
Ibercaja, Obra Social y Cultural, 2001, pp. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 23-28
- NIMMO, Clare: “García Morales’s and Erice’s OBJECTIVE: Literary and cultural analysis of a text. El Sur: Viewpoint and Closure”, in Romance
Studies, 26 (autumn 1995), 41-49. COURSE PROGRAM: - RUBIO, José Luis: “Los males de El sur”, A study of the intitial text as well as a literary and Cambio 16, Agosto 6 (1983): 128-132. cultural analysis of the following: - THOMPSON, Currie K.: “Adelaida García - El Quijote, Miguel de Cervantes Morales’s Bene and That No-so-obscure - La Celestina, Fernando de Rojas Object of Desire”, in Revista de Estudios - Antología del Siglo de Oro Hispánicos, 22 (1988): 99-106.
- MALAXECHEVERRÍA, Coro. "Mito y realidad en ASSESSMENT: la narrativa de García Morales." Letras One written exam and one final written exam (3 hours Femeninas 17: 1-2 (1991): 43-49. each). - ARENZANA, José Mª: “Adelaida García
Morales. Escritora: «La mística se alzcanza BIBLIOGRAPHY: por muchas vías, incluso bailando Texts will be announced at the beginning of the sevillanas»”, in ABC 27/03/2005. - semester. FERNÁNDEZ RUBIO, Andrés: Adelaida García
Morales plantea en su nueva obra la LCE2E/13c : SPANISH LITERATURE : complejidad de un triángulo amoroso, in El THE GOLDEN AGE País, 23/01/1996. FERNÁNDEZ SANTOS, Spring Semester Ángel: “33 preguntas eruditas sobre El sur”, in Papeles de Cine Casablanca, 31-31 (1983): THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH 55-8. - SÁNCHEZ ARNOSI, Milagros: “Adelaida García Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Morales: La soledad gozosa”, in Insula, 472 (1980): 4. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/9c ______
LEA2/9d : SPANISH GRAMMAR LCE2E/13b : CONTEMPORARY SPANISH Fall Semester LITERATURE Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH OBJECTIVE: To revise knowledge of Spanish grammar and apply it. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To broaden the students’ views on Estilo indirecto, Preposiciones, Los relativos, La voz contemporary Spanish narration, and in particular pasiva, recursos para evitarla, Las perífrasis verbales, female authors of the second half of the 20th Century. El estilo indirecto, La concordancia de los tiempos, Las expresiones idiomáticas, Las subordinadas : finales, COURSE PROGRAM: temporales, concesivas, consecutivas, condicionales, - Contemporary Spanish literature La traducción de c’est qui c’est que. - Introduction to the social and political context of Spain, postwar transition, and the ASSESSMENT: grammatical translation from French transition to the 21st Century. to Spanish, exercises with blanks to fill, tense - Analysis of female literary productions in the exercises and multiple-choice questionnaires. second half of the 20th century; origin, evolution and literary horizons. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Adelaida García Morales: A study of the novel -Concha Moreno. Temas de Gramática con ejercicios. El Sur. Nivel Superior. Sgel. S.A -Francisca Castro Viúdez, Pilar Díaz Vallesteros. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Aprende Gramática y vocabulario ele, SGEL ; S.A - Francisca Castro.Uso de la gramática española. Nivel Basic bibliography: Avanzado. Grupo edelsa - GARCÍA MORALES, Adelaida:(1985) El Sur -J. Fernández ; R.Fente. J.Siles. Curso intensivo de seguido de Bene. Anagrama, Barcelona, español. Nivel avanzado. Sgel, S.A 2003.(1985) El silencio de las sirenas. Idem, 2001. - ERICE, Víctor (Dir) (1983): El sur.(DVD) LEA2/9e : TRANSLATION FROM Producido por Elías Quejereta. Distribuido por SPANISH INTO FRENCH Manga Films, Barcelona, 2002. Fall Semester
144
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 C. CLOUTIER – Horizons hispaniques - Ellipses Guide de civilisation hispanique – Hachette OBJECTIVE: To train students to translate documents La España actual – Casteilla and press articles about current socio-economic issues Le monde hispanique contemporain – Bréal in Spanish-speaking countries.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA2/12b 16b : SPANISH 2 Spanish dictionary & French/Spanish dictionary Fall & Spring Semesters ______Prerequisites: Students should have studied 1 year LEA2/13a : SPANISH-AMERICAN CIVILISATION of Spanish
Spring Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Lecture: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per COURSE PROGRAM: Translation, grammar, Spanish week ECTS credits: 2 history, oral expression and comprehension
OBJECTIVE: The student should be able to deal with the different LEA2/13d : SPANISH GRAMMAR American independences, the birth of new nations and Spring Semester historical dissertation Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM : The Enlightenment COURSE PROGRAM: The Bourbons - Complex sentences Revolutions - Complementary clauses Independences - Relative clauses Libertadors - Subordinate clauses - Consequential clauses, concessions, BIBLIOGRAPHY: comparisons Lavallé, Bernard, L’ Amérique espagnole de Colomb à Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002___
LEA2/13e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM LEA2/9f : WRITTEN EXPRESSION FRENCH INTO SPANISH Fall Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: To express oneself in writing, to COURSE PROGRAM: Translating journalistic and understand written documents. business texts into Spanish. Acquiring business vocabulary. PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers and socio-economic magazines regularly. ASSESSMENT: the translation of a text (about 25/30 lines). ASSESSMENT: questions concerning students’ general and specific comprehension, their comprehension of BIBLIOGRAPHY: written documents, personal expression. Entraînement à la traduction – Desvigne
Grammaire et thèmes d’espagnol – Bréal BIBLIOGRAPHY: Espagnol par le thème – Ellipses Spanish magazines (Vocable, El País Semanal, La ___ Vanguardia, etc.)
LEA2/13f : ORAL EXPRESSION
Spring Semester LEA2/10b : SPANISH HISTORY:
FROM PRIMO DE RIVERA’S DICTATORSHIP Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 TO THE TRANSITION TOWARDS DEMOCRACY
Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: to improve students’ abilities to
understand and to express themselves in economic THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH and commercial Spanish. To give students more
vocabulary. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: to listen to soundtracks (audio COURSE PROGRAM: and video tapes, extracts from radio or TV), to take Spain from Primo de Rivera’s dictatorship to the part in oral presentations, role plays. 2nd Republic
The Civil War: causes and consequences PERSONAL WORK: Franco’s dictatorship - to listen to Spanish radio and TV, to read Transition: back to democracy books, Spanish newspapers in order to
improve your linguistic and cultural abilities PERSONAL WORK: Preparing presentations but also to give you more vocabulary. - as soon as possible to go to Spain to use the BIBLIOGRAPHY: language. P. AGUADO – Historia de España – Blaye 145
Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour oral comprehension written exam. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Radio: RNE (Radio Nacional de Espana), Onda Cero Spain in the XXth century: political, social and cultural Television : TVE (Television Espanola), Galavision aspects. Study of texts, grammatical translation, Press : El Pais, Cambio 16, El Mundo, etc… presentations. ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA2/14b : SPANISH HISTORY: FROM THE Extract from Beatus Ille - Antonio Muñoz RETURN TO DEMOCRACY TO SPAIN TODAY Molina Spring Semester Extract from Muertes de perro – Francisco Ayala THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Extract from Romancero Gitano – Federico Garcia Lorca Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Extracts from Contes – Ignacio Aldecoa Extract from Comedias Barbaras – Ramon COURSE PROGRAM: del Valle Inclan Socialist Spain Extract from El amante bilingüe – Juan The Restoration Marsé The governments of the popular party Spain today LM2/15c : SPANISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE ASSESSMENT: an oral exam. Spring Semester ______COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/11c LCE2/12h : INTERMEDIATE SPANISH ______LANGUAGE & CULTURE Fall Semester MCC2/11c : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR COMMUNICATION MAJORS Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: - Spanish history: Spain in the 20th century: OBJECTIVE: Oral, written and audio comprehension political, social and cultural aspects and expression. - Studying texts: Grammar rules Extract from Beatus Ille – A. Muñoz Oral and written translation techniques. Molina Extract from Muertes de perro – F. Ayala COURSE PROGRAM: document analysis (artistic, Extract from Romancero Gitano – F. literary, journalistic, economic, commercial document) Garcia Lorca Students will learn to have a better oral expression, Extract de Contes – I. Aldecoa they will study specific vocabulary and do analysis and Extract from Comedias Barbaras – R. del synthesis, they will acquire precise knowledge related Valle Inclan to the subjects studied in class and translate texts with Extract from El amante bilingüe – J. precision. Marsé Extracts from press articles – M. Vincent ASSESSMENT: presentations, orals. Final Extracts from press articles – J. ASSESSMENT: Grammar exercises and written Llamazares composition. First semester : Study of a book. Extract from Bajarse al moro – J. L. Alonso de Santos Extract from Cuentos completos – J. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Benet Divers extraits de journaux et revues : El País, Cambio Extract from Cinco horas con Mario – M. 16, Actualidad Económica, Temas… Delibes L'étudiant pourra se procurer les livres suivants : - Grammar: Grammaire : l’Espagnol de A à Z - Hatier. Translating the above texts from Comunicar activamente en Español, I. Bardio Valles, Spanish Ed. Spratbrow into French El arte de conjugar en Español, Hatier Translating from French into Spanish Dictionnaire unilingue Diccionario Manual Vox Ilustrado Presentations de la lengua española ______
LCE2/16h : INTERMEDIATE SPANISH MCC2/15c : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR LANGUAGE & CULTURE COMMUNICATION MAJORS Spring Semester Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of FALL SEMESTER COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC2/11c ______ASSESSMENT: study of a Spanish or Latin-American LM2/11c : SPANISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE film? Presentation about it. 146
Final exam (2 hours) : text analysis with questions, - - CALDERÓN DE LA BARCA, Pedro, La vida es grammar exercises, translation. sueño, trad. de B. Sesé, Edition bilingue Gf, ______Paris, Flammarion, 1992.
H2/11b : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR HISTORIANS LCE3E/21c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE LITERATURE Fall Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - Civilisation - Text studies COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17c. - Grammar (translation) ______- Presentations LCE3E/21d : BIBLIOGRAPHY: CONTEMPORARY ARGENTINIAN LITERATURE La grammaire de l’espagnol moderne, Jean- Spring Semester Marc BEDEL. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
H2/15b : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR HISTORIANS Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: To gain an indepth understanding of COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of H2/11b modern literature in Spanish, in particular, the works ______of contemporary Argentinian women. The student should able to place the texts in their literary and LCE3E/17c & 21c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE social context and effectively analyse them. LITERATURE Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: - An introduction into the social and political THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH backgroun of the second half of the 20th century in Argentina. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - Literature, women and power. - An introduction, analysis and commentary on OBJECTIVE: To develop a classical literature overview Marta Lynch and Beatriz Guido referencing all genres; to be able to read, analyse and understand the texts written in this era and place BIBLIOGRAPHY: them in relation to their social and historic moments in GUIDO, Beatriz: time; to underline the differences in the era’s authors. - La casa del ángel. Ed. Emecé, Buenos Aires, 1954. COURSE PROGRAM: - La caída. Ed. Losada, Buenos Aires, 1956. Major works borrowed from different genres (theatre, - Fin de fiesta. Idem. 1958 novels, poetry) make up the supporting documents - La mano en la trampa. Ibidem, 1961. needed in order for students to complete essays, - Los insomnes. Ed. Corregidor, Buenos Aires, explanations and commentary. 1973. - ¿Quién le teme a mis temas? Ed. Fraterna, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Buenos Aires, 1977. - VILLAGRA, Veronica, Diccionario de literatura española, Madrid: Revista de Occidente, LYNH, Marta 1964, (3.ª ed.). - (1962) La alfombra roja. Ed. Losada, Buenos - CERVANTES SAAVEDRA, Miguel de, Don Aires, 1983. Quijote de la Mancha, peu importe l’édition - (1967) La Señora Ordóñez. Ed. (souhaité celui du IV centenaire de la Royale Sudamericana. Buenos Aires, 1982. Académie, ou Cátedra.) - (1970) Cuentos de Colores. Idem, 1980. - MONTERO REGUERA, José, El Quijote y la - Informe bajo llave. Ibidem, 1983. crítica contemporánea, Alcalá de Henares, - No te duermas, no me dejes. Ibidem, 1985. Centro de Estudios Cervantinos, 1997. - - BERASAIN, Ambrosio, Poesía del siglo XVII : - AMADO, Ana y DOMINGUEZ, Nora : Lazos de Góngora y Quevedo, San Sebastián, Ed. familia. Herencias, cuerpos, ficciones. Paidós, Haranburu, Col. Pedagógica, 1983. Buenos Aires, 2004. - - BLECUA PERDICES, José Manuel, Atlas de la - BURIN, Mabel y MELER, Irene: Género y literatura española, Barcelona, Ediciones familia. Poder, amor y sexualidad en la Jover, 1989. construcción de la subjetividad. Ed. Paidós, - - Anónimo, La vida de Lazarillo de Tormes y Buenos Aires, 1998. de sus fortunas y adversidades, Burgos, Ed. - CALVEIRO, Pilar: Política y/o violencia. Una Juan de Junta, 1554. [exemplaire conseillé aproximación a la guerrilla de los años 70. celui de Bernard Sesé; Marcel Bataillon, éd. Grupo Ed. Norma, Buenos Aires, 2005. Flammarion, Gf bilingue, n°646, 1994] . - CONTURSI, Mª Eugenia y FERRO, Fabiola: La - - GRACIÁN, Baltasar, El arte de la prudencia, narración. Usos y teorías. Grupo Ed. Norma, Madrid, Ed. Temas de Hoy, 2007. Buenos Aires, 2000. - - QUEVEDO Y VILLEGAS, Francisco de, La - MUCCI, Cristina: La señora Lynch. Biografía vida del Buscón, Madrid, Clásicos Fraile, de una escritora controvertida. Grupo Ed. 1981. Norma, Buenos Aires, 2000. 147
- La gran burguesa. Ibidem. 2003 be used to improve comprehension and to widen the ______students’ knowledge of Spanish culture. ______LCE3E/17d : CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY LCE3E/22c : ADVANCED SPANISH Fall Semester ORAL COMPREHENSION & EXPRESSION Spring Semesters THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2½ COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/18c. OBJECTIVE: To obtain an overview of contemporary Spanish poetry; to understand and analyse works written after the 1940s and place them in relation to LCE3E/18a & 22a : ADVANCED their literary, social and historical context. LITERARY TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM: Fall & Spring Semesters Social Poetry and Poetry from the mid-20th Century: - Realistic and Imperial Poetry Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Leopolo de Luis: Social Poetry - Blas de Otero: Expression and reunión OBJECTIVE: To translate Spanish literary texts from - Gabriel Celaya: A Poetic Journey the 16th and 17th centuries into proper and accurate - José Agustín Goytisolo: Contemporary psalms French. - Introduction tot he poetry of the 1950s. - Carlos Barral: Traditions and symbolism. COURSE PROGRAM: - Jaime Gil de Biedma: the people of the word. A wide variety of texts from the best-known authors of - New rhythms in poetry the period.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - BARRAL, Carlos: Poesía. Madrid, Cátedra, - Dupont, Pierre, La langue du Siècle d'Or, 1991. Paris, Presses de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, 1991. - CELAYA, Gabriel (1973): Itinerario poético. - Molinié Bertrand, Annie, Vocabulaire Madrid, Cátedra, 2004 historique de l'Espagne classique, Paris, - Poesía y Verdad. Ed. Planeta, Barcelona, Nathan, col 128, 1993. 1079. - Sésé, Bernard; Zuili, Marc, Vocabulaire de la - DE LUIS, Leopoldo: Poesía social española langue espagnole classique, Paris, Armand contemporánea. Madrid, Biblioteca Nueva, Colin, 2005. 2000. - Correas, Gonzalo, Vocabulario de refranes y - DE OTERO, Blas (1969): Antología poética. frases proverbiales (1627), Madrid, Castalia. Expresión y reunión. Madrid, Alianza, 2007. - Covarrubias, Sebastián de, Tesoro de la - GIL DE BIEDMA, Jaime (1982): Las personas Lengua española, Madrid, Turner. del verbo. Barcelona, Seix Barral, 2005. - Dictionario de Autoridades, Real Academia - GOYTISOLO, José Agustín: Salmos al viento. Española, edición facsimil, Madrid, Gredos. Barcelona, Ed. Lumen, 1980 - Oudin, César, Tesoro de las dos lenguas, - CASTELLET, José María: Veinte años de española y francesa. poesía española. Barcelona, Seix Barral, - Le Petit Robert 1960. - Grevisse, Maurice, Le bon usage : grammaire - GARCÍA HORTELANO, Juan: El grupo poético française, Paris, Duculot, 1988 de los años 50. Madrid, Taurus, 1978. ______- ROVIRA, Pere (1986): La poesía de Jaime Gil de Biedma. Granada, Atrio, 2005. LCE3E/22a : ADVANCED LITERARY - Los poemas necesarios. Ed. Universitat de les TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH Illes Balears. 1996. Spring Semesters - TRAPIELLO, Andrés: Las armas y las letras. Ed. Planeta. Barcelona. 1995 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 ______COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17a. LCE3E/18c & 22c : ADVANCED SPANISH ______ORAL COMPREHENSION & EXPRESSION Fall & Spring Semesters LCE3E/18b & 22b : ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION FRENCH - SPANISH Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall & Spring Semesters
OBJECTIVE: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 At the end of the course students should be speaking Spanish more or less fluently, making very few OBJECTIVE: To translate French texts into Spanish mistakes. The students should also understand spoken while paying gre at attention to the original document Spanish in nearly all situations. and without sacrificing the authenticity of the target language. COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be based on oral expression in both COURSE PROGRAM: everyday and professional situations (tourism, the Linguistic immersion: understand how to grasp and press, business etc.) Audio and video documents will memorise new idioms and expressions; neologisms: 148
understanding the development of the contemporary ASSESSMENT: An oral presentation or written report language; translation tools and methods; proofing a and a final written exam with written or oral translation; avoiding common errors in translation into comprehension. Spanish. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bilingual dictionary: Le grand BIBLIOGRAPHY: dictionnaire bilingue Larousse espagnol-français - Diccionario del Uso del Español, Maria A grammar handbook of post-secondary education moliner, Gredos. level (any edition will be fine) - Diccionario de la Real Academia Española, Los verbos españoles – Bescherelle (or other) Real Academia española, Espasa. ______- Diccionario del Español de América, Marcos A.Morinigo, Anaya y Mario Muchnik LEA3/17d : BUSINESS SPANISH - Dictionnare d’usage d’espagnol contemporain Fall Semester Français-Espagnol,Albert Belot,ed.Ellipses - Grammaire de l’espagnol moderne, Jean-Marc Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 2 hours per Bedel, Puf, 1997 week (one written, one oral) - Syntaxe de l’espagnol moderne, Coste, Jean ECTS credits: 3 et Redondo, Augustin, Sedes, 1965 - Curso superior de sintaxis española, Manuel OBJECTIVE: To master written and oral Spanish Seco, Vox, Bibliograf applied to business and trade - Esbozo de una nueva gramática de la lengua española, RAE, Espasa-Calpe COURSE PROGRAM: - Le Bon Usage.Grammaire Française, Maurice - Written expression: Understanding and Grevisse, ed.J.Duculot synthesizing documents, training in business - L’Art de conjuguer, Bescherelle, Hatier correspondence - La Grammaire pour tous, Bescherelle,Hatier - Oral expression: Comprehension exercises, summarising extracts from TV programs, - L’espagnol mode d’emploi, Albert Belot, ed. training in phone conversations, oral du Castillet expression and public speaking. During the Semester, 3 case studies will be looked at. ______- Placing students in concrete situations they are likely to experience in their professional LCE3E/22b : ADVANCED lives (tourism, international trade, transport LITERARY TRANSLATION and logistics, hotel management etc.). FRENCH - SPANISH Students will carry out a concrete project, Spring Semesters with the teacher’s support. - Through role play, students will recreate Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 situations from professional daily life in the tourism or business sectors (phone COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17b. conversations, oral presentations, presenting ______a product, a company, job interview, etc.) - Written expression: Students will carry out a MCC3/19b & 23b : SPANISH FOR concrete project. You will also study and write COMMUNICATION professional documents: business letters, Fall & Spring Semesters reservations, memoranda, fax, e-mails, administrative forms, tourist brochures, THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH minutes, etc.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per PERSONAL WORK: semester) - Carrying out a project - Seizing all opportunities to talk to Spanish- OBECTIVE: speaking people, listening to Spanish radio - Written and oral expression stations, reading the Spanish press - Written and oral comprehension - Revising Spanish grammar rules ASSESSMENT: - Communicating only in Spanish - Oral expression: presentation of project - Written and oral tests : several exercises COURSE PROGRAM: including specialized vocabulary, The cultural events in Spain: the students shall comprehension, expression, to analyse undertake research on cultural events in Spain (San documents, letters, etc. Sebastian’s festival, exhibitions, etc.) and make an oral presentation with an audiovisual aid (e.g. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Powerpoint). CHAPRON-GERBOIN – L’espagnol économique et The students shall watch films, attend symposiums commercial – Presses Pocket and concerts organised by the Colores Latinos ______association and they shall make an oral presentation in class. LEA3/17e : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING The students shall write articles for a brochure of Fall Semester which they will choose the theme. The use of proper Spanish is expected. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to interpret spontaeously in both directions in a business context. 149
Acting as an intermediary in negociations and other professional situations between two people with no COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3/20b common language. ______ASSESSMENT: Oral exam in pairs. ______LEA3/18c : SPANISH AND LATIN CIVILISATION Fall Semester LEA3/17f : ORAL TRANSLATION Fall Semester THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: prepare students to translate business COURSE PROGRAM: and economic documents instantly Spain in the XXIst century from 1982 to nowadays, EEC and EU, today's Spanish COURSE PROGRAM: Translating professional economy, bilateral politics, France ans Spain against documents (tourism, banking, services…) on sight terrorism, Employmen, Youth, new working rules, from French into Spanish and vice versa. what is at stake, consequences, worklessness, PP ans Students will study vocabulray related to specific socialism themes and make specialized glossaries. The Southern America in the XXth and XXIst translations prepared at home will be corrected in centuries class. Southern Amercia within globalisation,ONG's role, economy and ecology, regional organisation and PERSONAL WORK : Regular training at home, regular globalisation, Common Market, help, cooperation, learning of vocabulary and syntactical forms. development, politics, society, economics of emerging Reading the Spanish newspapers and Spanish websites countries, Southern America and USA, Southern related to the themes seen in class. America and Europe
BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESSMENT: to comment a document or to make a Unilingual dictionaries : summary. - diccionario de la Real Academia - Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2 volumes) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Bilingual dictionaries García Picazo, Paloma,Echeverría Jesús, Carlos,Olmos - dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- Sánchez, Isabel, La sociedad internacional en el espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. cambio de siglo (1885-1919), 2003. - Gran diccionario espagnol /français- García Picazo, Paloma, Las relaciones internacionales francés/español, editions Larousse. en el siglo XX : la contienda teórica, 1998. French dictionary : Le Nouveau Petit Robert. Palomares Lerma, Gustavo et ali, Relaciones Specialised dictionaries : internacionales en el siglo XXI, Editorial Tecnos, 2ª - Dictionnaire économique, commercial et ed., 2006. financier, Chapron-Gerboin, Langue pour Pereira Castañares, Juan Carlos, La política exterior de Tous, Pocket. España (1800-2003).Historia, condicionantes y - Vocabulaire de l’espagnol commercial, escenarios, Editorial Ariel, S.A.,1ª ed., 2003. Jimenez, Pocket. ______- Vocabulaire espagnol : economie, politique, société, M. Lazcano, Nathan (Fac), tests et LEA3/21d : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM autocontrôles. FRENCH INTO SPANISH - Le français commercial, M. Danilo, Presses Spring Semester Pocket. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: Oral translation of unseen text (15 minutes) COURSE PROGRAM: ______- Translating texts relating to economics and business. You will translate authentic LCE3/20b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE documents (manuals, advertisements, Fall Semester insurance policies, order forms, legal texts, restaurant menus, official reports, etc.) Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - On your own or in group, you will have to prepare translations and search for the COURSE PROGRAM: vocabulary specific to all the subjects studied - Translating from Spanish into French modern in class (tourism, transport, insurance, Spanish and Latin-American texts from the banking, etc.). 19th and 20th century - Grammar revision ASSESSMENT: Translating a professional document. - Spanish history ______ Gastronomy, in connection with geographical, cultural environment LEA3/21e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM Spanish and Latin-American painting SPANISH INTO FRENCH Spanish political institutions Spring Semester ______Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE3/24b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE Spring Semester 150
OBJECTIVE: To prepare students to specialized Students will become acquainted with the Spanish and translation relatied to business and economics. Latin American press and the language appropriate for use in the media. Radio, television, magazines and COURSE PROGRAM: Translating texts relating to journals will also be studied. economics and business. You will translate authentic documents (manuals, advertisements, insurance policies, order forms, legal texts, restaurant menus, H5/10b & 14b: THE ENGLISH MEDIA official reports, etc.) and documents of business Fall and Spring Semesters correspundence (Curriculum Vitae, job advertising).
Use of the Internet, Microsoft Word, Power Point. Continuation of H4/2b & 6b
PERSONAL WORK : On your own or in group, you will have to prepare translations and search for the LEA4/1g & 5g: PROFESSIONAL SPANISH vocabulary specific to all the subjects studied in class Fall & Spring Semesters (tourism, transport, insurance, banking, etc.) Reading the French equivalence of the documents is Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per encouraged. semester) Students are also encouraged to visit the websites related to the lessons selected by the professor. COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding, study and translation into Spanish of ASSESSMENT: Translating a professional document authentic business documents on several themes: Legal documents BIBLIOGRAPHY: Technical documents Unilingual dictionaries : Economic and financial documents - diccionario de la Real Academia - Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2 volumes) ______Bilingual dictionaries - dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- LEA4/1i & 5i: WRITTEN SPANISH espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. COMMUNICATION - Gran diccionario espagnol /français- Fall Semester francés/español, editions Larousse. French dictionary : Le Nouveau Petit Robert. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Specialised dictionaries : - Dictionnaire économique, commercial et OBJECTIVE: financier, Chapron-Gerboin, Langue pour Tous, Pocket. - To be able to make critical summaries of a - Vocabulaire de l’espagnol commercial, Spanish academic book on one of the topics Jimenez, Pocket. taught to students in Modern Languages with - La correspondance commerciale en espagnol, Business or another subject in connection Jimenez-Juarrero, Pocket. with company management in general. - Les mots clés du commerce international, - To be capable of making presentations (with M.D. MOUNET, P. VALLEJOS-MUNOZ, éditions PowerPoint slide sequences) of the handbook Breal (collection Lexipro) in order to make other students want to read - Vocabulaire espagnol : economie, politique, it société, M. Lazcano, Nathan (Fac), tests et autocontrôles. COURSE PROGRAM: Vocabulary relating to e- - Le français commercial, M. Danilo, Presses commerce, foreign trade, international business law, Pocket. European economic exchanges ______PERSONAL WORK (in pairs): LEA3/21f : INTERPRETING 2 - Making a computerized 10-page critical Spring semester summary of a book - Making a presentation, illustrated with Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 PowerPoint
COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to interpret BIBLIOGRAPHY: spontaeously in both directions speeches, oral J. ECHEVERRIA – Internet como herramienta de presentations and other forms of public speaking. marketing y comercio exterior Particular attention will be paid to the need to E. de la RICA PEREZ – Marketing en Internet y e- summarize information as you translate in order to business present a concise translation where listeners can G. BAELL DIEGO – La exportación está en sus manos quickly grasp the essential content. E. PAZ LLOVERAS – Como exportar, importar y hacer negocios a través de Internet ASSESSMENT: Unprepared oral translation of 5 minute oral presentation. C. ESPLUGUES MOTA – Legislación básica del comercio ______internacional C. DIAZ PARDO, M. SEGARRA MATEU – Las H4/1b & 6b : SPANISH MEDIA agrupaciones de interés económico – Guia para las empresas Fall & Spring Semesters R. Muños de BUSTILLO, R. BONETE – Introducción a la
Union Europea – Una analisis desde la economía Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4/1k & 5k : LATIN-AMERICAN SOCIETIES 151
TODAY - Contemporary world: the latest conflicts in Fall Semester politics and economics
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers and magazines regularly, creating an advert Lectures: 2 hours (Fall) – 1 hour (Spring) ECTS credits: 2 (Fall) – 1 (Spring) ASSESSMENT: Making a 20-minute oral presentation of an analysis of an advert of your choice COURSE PROGRAM: political, social and economic ______aspects of Latin-American societies nowadays. You will study their common points and differences ‘ideology, CTV4/5c : SPANISH FOR TOURISM revolutions, the role of the USA, currency, economic Spring semester activities, etc.) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 PERSONAL WORK: Making a presentation on one of the great figures of Spanish-American contemporary COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of CTV4/1c history (for instance, Fidel Castro, Omar Torrijos, etc.) ______and giving in a paper on that figure LEA5C/11g LEA5M/11h LEA5T/10e ASSESSMENT: the note of the oral presentation: SPANISH FOR MARKETING - An oral presentation on a question concerning Fall Semester the course (15 min. to prepare, 15 min. to present your work). Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - An oral presentation at the end of the semester. OBJECTIVE: To communicate, negociate, translate and debate in BIBLIOGRAPHY: clear, grammatical Spanish. P. RIDAO – l’Amérique latine de 1945 à nos jours – Masson, 1992 COURSE PROGRAM: Spanish for use in the fields of L’Etat du monde 2002– La découverte, 2001 Marketing, Business negociations and lobbying. J.M. LEMOGODEUC – L’Amérique hispanique au XXème Presenting products, companies or brands orally. siècle, Identités, Cultures et Sociétés – PUF, 1997 ______A. ROUQUE – Introduction à l’extrême occident –
Nathan, 1995 CTV5/1b : SPANISH HERITAGE J. COVO – Introduction aux civilisations latino- américaines – ed. de l’Atelier, 1998 Fall Semester The Spanish-American press on the Internet ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH CTV4/1c : SPANISH FOR TOURISM
Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: To learn and develop oral skills in
Spanish, in a cultural and social context. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: Discovery of the Spanish OBJECTIVE: To learn and develop oral practise of heritage, of events, of celebrations, of traditions, of Spanish. the Spanish and Latin-American way of life.
COURSE PROGRAM: ASSESSMENT: Assessments and presentations. Final Discovery of the Spanish heritage, of Spanish or Latin- ASSESSMENT: an oral. American events , celebrations and traditions.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Claridad, editions Martorama. ASSESSMENT: A regular control of the work done in ______class and a oral final exam.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Claridad, editions Martorama. Tourism ______IMPORTANT: ALL OUR TOURISM COURSES ARE LEA4/5b : ORAL COMMUNICATION TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE Spring semester STATED)
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 LEA2/16a : OBJECTIVE: To improve students’ oral expression TOURISM AND NEGOCIATION IN EUROPE skills (vocabulary, phonetics and grammatical Spring Semester constructions) Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: - Advertising: strategies to attract the OBJECTIVE: customer, analysing and creating adverts The student should be able to discuss the tourism - The business world: How to create a company potential of every country in Europe, analyse the in a Spanish-speaking country, professional changes in the market, understand the professional interviews press for the tourism sector and know where tourists 152
of different nationalities prefer to go at each season of Vellas François, « Le tourisme mondial », Economica the year. Philippe Duhamel, Isabelle Sacareau, « Le tourisme dans le Monde », Colin COURSE PROGRAM: Boyer Marc, « le tourisme de l’an 2000 », Presse The potential for tourism in Europe universitaire de Lyon The place of Europe in world tourism The different geographical zones and their relevance to INTERNET WEBSITES: tourism Tourism department website: www.tourisme.gouv.fr Monitoring a rapidly changing market World Tourism Organization website: www.world- tourism.org BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______Tourisme en Europe/ A.MESPLIER ED.BREAL Le Tourisme dans le Monde / A.COLIN Philippe CTV4/1d : FRENCH TOURISM: LEGAL & Duhamel POLITICAL FRAMEWORK Le Quotidien du Tourisme Fall Semester L’Echo du Tourisme ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
H2/16c: FRENCH RELIGIOUS HERITAGE OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand the Spring Semester skills of the different actors in public law. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 In fact in France, each collectivity has a power which can be either contradictory or complementary to the OBJECTIVE: others’ powers. These powers can be Complementary Make students realise how important the religious because the State does everything to make the most heritage is. of the country’s wealth (France is one of the most Make them discover the three types of monotheism. visited countries in the world, by its people but also by Lead them into the research area, to inquire their foreigners). France is a country with a big history and knowledge of art history. culture, and also a country of artistic creations. COURSE PROGRAM: The collectivities’ powers can also be contradictory The omnipresence of religious heritage in France. because decentralization enables each area manage its The various shapes it undertakes ( church, temples, wealth by itself, which can generate conflicts and synagogues,mosques, abbeys ans convents) hardships. Furnitures and Architecture, Painting, Sculpture, Music Who is in charge of the creation, the exploitation and BIBLIOGRAPHY: the development of an area? LENIAUD Jean-Michel et SAINT MARTIN Isabelle, Historiographie de l’ histoire de l’ art religieux en COURSE PROGRAM: France à l’ époque moderne et contemporaine. Bilan I/ French : one administrative unit, centralisation and historiographique (1975-2000) et perspectives, the regions: centralization and decentralization. Turnout, Brepols, 2005, 300p. II/Cultural structures, applying national policy : the competent organs, the difficulties for applying national LEA3/22b : INTERNATIONAL TOURISM rules. Spring Semester III/ Decentralization in the service of culture, heritage and tourism: mains actors, priviledged actors. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Local organisations : a choice of actions IV/ Difficulties in making the most of our cultural OBJECTIVE: heritage : legal obstacles and money At the end of the course the student should have a good general knowledge of international tourism ASSESSMENT: Students will have to give in an (actors, practices, clients, impacts…). He/she should assessment (1/3 of the final mark) and they will have be able to analyse and comment on documents about a three hour written final exam about the course and world tourism (know the authors and what they about the presentations (2/3 of the final mark). represent). BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: GIQUEL J. Droit constitutionnel et institutions ème The main aspects of international tourism: politiques, Monchrestien, Domat, droit public, 19 - a definition of the main concepts; edition 2003. - a history of world tourism and the diffusion of VERPAUX M. Les collectivités territoriales en France, tourist practices; Connaissance du droit, Dalloz, 2002. - the tourists BODIGUEL J.L. L’implantation du ministère de la - the actors of tourism; culture en région. Naissance et développement des - the economic, sociologic and environmental directions régionales des affaires cultrurelles, Paris, La impacts of tourism; documentation française, 2000. - the world tourist flows: origins and FAURE A. , NEGRIER E. La politique culturelle des destinations; agglomérations, Paris, La documentation française - the new trends in the sector: sustainable 2001. tourism, and socially responsible tourism; - some regional aspects: tourism in Europe, CTV5/3a : WORLD TOURISM Asia and America. Fall Semester
ASSESSMENT: Lectures: 2 hours every week ECTS credits: 2 One written exam and one final written exam. COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Tourism: a worldwide phenomenon 153
Chapter 1 : Europe Short-term contracts Chapter 2 : America Working hours Chapter 3 : Asia Permanent contracts Chapter 4 : Africa Chapter 5 : Oceania Training and qualifications Trade unions BIBLIOGRAPHY : Competence and skills L'aménagement touristique. George CAZES. Collection Staff/management agreements Que sais-je. PUF. N° 1882. Apprenticeships Géopolitique du tourisme. Jean-Michel HOERNER. Éditions Armand Colin. 2008. Conflict resolution. Géographie du tourisme. Jean-Pierre LOZATO- The role of the trade unions GIOTART. Pearson éducation. 2003. Causes of conflict Méditerranée et tourisme. Jean-Pierre LOZATO- On strike ?? GIOTART. Éditions Masson géographie. 1990. Avoiding problems Géographie de l'industrie touristique. Jean Michel ______HOERNER. Éditions Ellipses. 1997. Itinéraires de tourisme. Alain BORET. Éditions Jacques
Lanore. 1989 Le tourisme en France. Enjeux et aménagement. LEA4 T/7c & LEA5T/12c Pierre MERLIN. Éditions Ellipses. 2006. (LUXURY) HOTEL MANAGEMENT Le tourisme dans l'espace français. Daniel CLARY. Spring Semester Éditions Masson. 1993. ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4 T/2c : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR TOURISM & HOTELS 1. Different types of hotel Fall Semester 1) A long story 2) Types of hotel and who stays in Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 them.
OBJECTIVE: 2. Hotel chains At the end of the course the student should be able to 1) From private hotels to chains understand how the world of hotels and restaurants - the modern private hotel functions and also the type of management practices - franchised chains which are common. Knowledge will also be acquired 2) Centralised hotel chains about customer relations, well-known brands and variations. 3. The place of the hotel in the accommodation market COURSE PROGRAM: 1) Not the first priority for the French Types of hotel commonly found in France: 2) Other forms of accommodation The best-known hotel chains 3) The future of the hotel Different types of hotel Loosely connected networks of 4. Marketing an overnight stay traditional hotels 1) Different sales opportunities Strictly centralised chains 2) The search for quality Comparative study from the customer's point of view between traditional hotels and chains LEA4 T/3b : MANAGING A TRAVEL AGENCY Case study: the ACCOR group Fall Semester Definitions: what is a hotel, what is a restaurant? Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Revealing factors and statistics Prerequisite: A reasonable knowledge of world What are the customers looking for ? geography helps! How does the hotel respond to these desires ? Different types of customer OBJECTIVE: Understanding how a travel agency works from the The work: who does what? economic and financial poit of view. Accommodation The personnel and their specialities. Food Acquiring technical knowledge of the products Services advertised and sold in a travel agency.
Yield Management COURSE PROGRAM: How does it work? How travel agencies work. Creating attractive products for tourists. Personnel Marketing for travel agencies. Management strategies Comparative study of the main travel agency chains Forms of behaviour Tour operators and their strategies. Training Specialist agencies.
Work contracts.
Seasonal work 154
LEA4 T/2a : UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET FOR The case of Ile-de-France TOURISM The demand evolutions Fall Semester Strengths and weaknesses of France as a destination Evolution of the business tourism activities Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Investments Improvement of the French offer competitiveness by OBJECTIVE: knowing the foreign competition. At the end of the class the student will be able to : Tourism management initiatives in partnership with Identify a future market and analyse the professionals resources and potential of any territory. Be able to create communication tools for ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects specific customer targets, choose media and as a pair or as a small team and there will be a final non-media means of publicity, present his written exam. products in an attractive way and run an advertising campaign. In addition, he will be able to create a project and BIBLIOGRAPHY: manage it effectively, competently organising « le tourisme d’affaires »,maurice Dupuy, « tourisme all the different stages and distributing the d’affaires,l’industrie des évènements et des different tasks. rencontres », revue espaces.
COURSE PROGRAM: Internet Resources: 1. What do we mean by a market in tourism ? Revue-espaces.com ; bedouk.fr definition why a market in tourism is different from other markets LEA4 T/6c : SALES TECHNIQUES FOR TOURISM the different factors to take into Spring Semester acocunt official bodies on the regional, Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 national and international levels working with tour operators, travel OBJECTIVE: agencies, travel clubs etc. AT THE END OF THE COURSE THE STUDENT WILL BE officially recognised organisations ABLE TO : (according to the law of July 1992) make contact with a potential organisation of sales networks customer e-marketing present himself ans his company 2. Awareness of heritage issues and the discover rapidly the potential development of areas dedicated to tourism customer's areas of interest and leisure present the best possible products in definition of the heritage industry response to the customer's interests architectural and cultural heritage reply to customer objections economic, industrial and scientific make a sale heritage popular culture and the heritage COURSE PROGRAM: industry I – Different types of sales nature and tourism 1 – Face to face 3. The market for business tourism A – over the counter Presentation of potential markets B – unsollicited offers Targetting potential customers C – trade fairs Communication for events (press, advertising,medias etc.) 2 – Direct marketing sales (mailing, the business side) A – telephone sales e-marketing (data, newsletters) B – internet sales following through after sales C – elechat and other methods (briefing client, task list, analysis of needs and estimates) II – Communication strategy and sales 1 – interpersonal communication LEA4 T/7a : MARKETING FOR INTERNATIONAL 2 – perception of other people BUSINESS TOURISM 3 – group dynamics Spring Semester 4 – verbal and non-verbal communication 5 – analysing a transaction Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 6 – P.N.L.
OBJECTIVE: Be able to define the notion of business tourism but III – Selling also to have the measure of the constant evolution in 1 – Principles of negociation this field. 2 – Different stages in the sales process 3 – Discovering customer needs COURSE PROGRAM: 4 – know your products The French offer in term of facilities: 5 – presenting an argument - exhibition rooms 6 – overcoming objections - hotels 7 – concluding a sale - conference centres ______155
- Strategic management and touristic products offer LEA4 T/6a : TRANSPORT & LOGISTICS FOR (part 1) TOURISM Politics and strategy concept Spring Semester Strategy and strategic choices - Strategic management and touristic products offer Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 (part 2) The sustainable tourism aspect OBJECTIVE: - Work on the procedure, gathering of the market At the end of this course students should be able to study outcomes understand the role of transport and logistics in the - Forecasting and diagnoses tourism industry – the different possibilities, how they - Enforcement of tourism strategies by studying work and how to organise and pay for them. destinations
COURSE PROGRAM: ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects General Introduction and there will be a final written exam.
AIR TRANSPORT Rules and regulations BIBLIOGRAPHY: The different airlines Marketing Du Tourisme - 2ème Édition ,Tocquer, Commercialisation and logistics Gérard,Gaetan Morin – mai 2000 Le Plan Marketing Du Tourisme Par La Pratique, RAIL TRANSPORT Dupont, Louis Editions L'harmattan - 11/10/2005 In France Naomi KLEIN « no logo », quotidien du tourisme, The network « stratégies et techniques touristiques », p. RICHARD The SNCF and its partner companies Horizon 2012 Internet Resources: Logistics and competition Revue- espaces.com ; www.tourisme.gouv.fr
The worldwide rail network
LEA5T/10b : TOURISM AND SERVICES SEA TRANSPORT MARKETING General Introduction Fall Semester Rules and regulations
Passenger transport Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 ( companies , ships …)
Commercialisation and logistics OBJECTIVE:
Master the various aspects of tourism marketing and RIVER TRANSPORT elaborate a marketing plan by taking into General introduction consideration the importance of distribution channels Passenger transport and IT in the modern tourism development.
OVERLAND TRANSPORT COURSE PROGRAM: Rules and regulations Part 1 The different possibilities - Introduction: Tourism development in the world and Road networks in France. Tourism: a specific service. Why is tourism Tourism by bus or coach marketing necessary?
- Market knowledge: Demand and offer analysis. The Careers in logistics for tourism main demand sources. TRANSPORT ,LOGISTICS ,ECOLOGY AND TOURISM - Part 2
- Product strategy: Tourism product knowledge. ______Analysis of a tourism product life cycle. Tourism
product adaptation. Technical study. LEA5 T/9e : TOURISM STRATEGY Part 3 Fall Semester – Client loyalty strategy and commercial policy:
Finding tourism clients through the marketing plan. THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Create a tourism destination.
Part 4 Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 – IT in tourism: Mastering information strategy.
Information sources and information monitoring. OBJECTIVE: Information management in the value chain. The Define a tourism strategic plan and a forecasting differences between display and retail websites and starting from a qualitative and quantitative how to create a website. The importance of websites observation allowing you to define a marketing and direct mail advertising for foreign tourists. Travel problem. documents package. Distribution strategy and
channels. Communication: principles and application to COURSE PROGRAM: tourism. - The spatial and behavioural analysis: tools dedicated to tourism development A first step towards the comprehension of touristic ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects needs by observing. with an oral exam and there will be a final written - Market knowledge and analysis (part 1) exam. Study of the procedure for setting up a business - Market knowledge and analysis (part 2) BIBLIOGRAPHY: 156
Marketing Du Tourisme - 1ère Et 2ème Année Tauran- THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Jamelin, Viviane Bréal - 13/06/2002. P RICHARD « stratégies et techniques touristiques » Lectures: 12 hours in total ECTS credits: 1
Internet Resources: COURSE PROGRAM: Revue- espaces.com ; www.tourisme.gouv.fr Discovering luxury tourism The market Who does what? LEA4 T/2d : DEVELOPMENTS IN INTERNATIONAL Interaction with other providers of luxury products TOURIST BEHAVIOUR Examples of new niche markets Fall Semester Aim: Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Identifying the demand, suggesting a destination, coming up with a package adapted to the customer OBJECTIVE: Justifying your product At the end of the course students should be able to analyse the tourist phenomenon from a geographical Discovering business tourism and an economic point of view. The market Different types of customer COURSE PROGRAM: Limits and requirements - Tourist movements throughout the world Some statistics - Development of tourism in Central and Developping markets Eastern Europe - Tourists from the United States and Canada Aim: - Scandinavia Understanding the demand and adapting to it ______Logistics – from 2 to 10000 participants!
LEA5T/12b : LEA4 T/4a: SUSTAINABLE TOURISM INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT FOR TOURISM Fall Semester Fall Semester THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Lectures: 18 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: Study of labels in France in the field of eco-tourism At the end of the course students should be able to Main actors understand and manage an international team History of eco-tourism and behavior of European tourists. COURSE PROGRAM: 1) Defining the manager in the modern world The world as it is in constant change: LEA5T/9d : SUSTAINABLE TOURISM from post-modernity to the three powers Fall Semester (Lyotard, Jameson, Parag Khanna) Issues in the contemporary world THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY (Chomsky, Stiglitz) Management and leadership today Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 (Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge) Creating new managers for a new world: COURSE PROGRAM: the culturally aware manager (Jameson) Understanding the economic and human issues at stake for sustainable development in international 2) Basics of cultural approximation tourism. Mind the gap … and overcome it! Identifying the priority zones in the world where (Gulliver’s Travel, Alice in Wonderland, Le sustainable tourism is essential. Petit Prince, The Time Machine etc.) Making a Break with the ethnocentric General info about agenda 21. vision of the world (La Guerre du Feu) Sustainable tourism labels in France and in Europe. Acquiring an ethnically relativist vision of Sustainable tourism policies implemented by tourism the world (The Last Samourai) companies and authorities. Using intercultural integration skills in Marketing applied to sustainable tourism. management and negociation Ethics in the tourism industry. Agenda 21 in practice in the tourism industry. 3) Organisational Behaviour Airlines and the carbon footprint. The individual in the organisation The group in the organisation Organisational systems LEA5T/11a : BUSINESS TOURISM ______Fall Semester
LEA5T/9a : DESTINATIONS FOR LUXURY AND Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 BUSINESS TOURISM Fall Semester OBJECTIVE:
157
- To analyse and summarise the main sectors CTV4/7a : CULTURE, TOURISM AND HERITAGE in business tourism AND THE WORLD - Maîtriser la façon de fonctionner en hôtellerie, Fall Semester location d’espaces et gestion d’évènements d’affaires To understand the needs in THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY accommodation and event management for business tourism Lectures: 18 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - Know how to used specialised vocabulary and make oneself understand when talking about OBJECTIVE: Start a reflexion about what students this sector will be doing in their professional careers. Understand cultural, touristic and heritage policies COURSE PROGRAM: through their development. Introduction The more and more important influence of regions What is business tourism ? Who does upon culture, tourism and heritage. what? Case studies aimed to introduce the world, integration Economic issues in local territories, promote regions. Existing structures Yield management COURSE PROGRAM: Responding to customer needs Development process of leisure, tourism and culture Organising a large event activities Managing a conference centre like Lille - History of leisure and tourism Grand Palais - History of cultural activities Place of tourism, culture and heritage in our society, BIBLIOGRAPHY: from speeches to reality .Jean-José Arroyo et Emmanuel Fusiller Role of actors of tourism ,culture and heritage Les congrès, conventions et salons Nowadays’ practices Rapport du Conseil national du tourisme, 2000 Regional profit
.Bernard Irion ASSESSMENT: One written test, one oral presentation Les salons internationaux en France : un atout
économique indiscutable à mieux valoriser BIBLIOGRAPHY: Rapport de la CCIP du 13 avril 2000 -Fabienne BAIDER, Marcel BURGER et Dionysis .Bernard Plasait GOUTSOS, 2004, La communication touristique: L’accueil des touristes dans les grands centres de approches discursives de l’identité et de l’altérité, transit. L’accueil une fierté française ? « Sémantiques », l’Harmattan, 295p Rapport au Premier ministre, 2004 -Marc BOYER, 1999, Histoire du tourisme de masse, .KPMG pour France Congrès Paris PUF / Que sais-je, n°3480, 127p Étude du positionnement concurrentiel de la France -Alain CORBIN, 1995, L’avènement des loisirs, 1850- sur le marché européen des congrès, novembre 2005 1960, Champs, Flammarion, 437p -Florence DEPREST, 1997, Enquête sur le tourisme de .Jean-Paul Charié masse : l’écologie face au territoire, Mappemonde, Foires, salons, congrès : pour que la France rime avec BELIN, 207p croissance -Olivier LAZZAROTI, 2011, Patrimoine et tourisme. Rapport d’information de la commission des affaires Histoire, lieux, acteurs, enjeux. Coll. BelinSup économiques - Assemblée nationale, février 2006 Tourisme, ED. Belin, 302p -Sylvain PATTIEU, 2009, Tourisme et travail. De ANAé-Bedouk . l’éducation populaire au secteur marchand (1945- Le marché des agences de communication 1985), Presses de la fondation nationales des sciences événementielles en France politiques, 385 p. Étude ANAé Bedouk Meetings & Events Media, Paris -Jean-Pierre RIOUX et Jean-François SIRINELLI (sous février 2006 la direction de), 2002, La culture de masse en France. .Bernard Plaisait De la Belle Époque à aujourd’hui, Ed. HACHETTE Le Tourisme d’Affaires : un atout majeur pour Littératures, Coll. Pluriel Sociologie, 461 p. l’économie -Mathis STOCK (coordination), 2003, Le tourisme : Avis du Conseil économique et social – République acteurs, lieux et enjeux, coll. Belin Sup. Géographie, Française BELIN, 299 p. .Maurice Dupuy -Jean-Didier URBAIN, 2002 (1991), L’idiot du voyage : Le tourisme d’affaires : comprendre, organiser et histoires de touristes, Petite Bibliothèque Payot, 271 p. réussir -Françoise BENHAMOU, 2008 (1996), L’économie de la Editions Technip culture, Coll. Repères, Ed. La Découverte, 122 p. -Monique DAGNAUD, 2006, Les artisans de .Jean-Luc Margot-Duclot l’imaginaire. Comment la télévision fabrique la culture L’industrie des rencontres et des événements de masse, A. Colin, 319 p. professionnels en Île-de-France -Nicolas DELECOURT, Maurence HAPPE-DURIEUX, Rapport pour le conseil régional d’Île-de-France, Juillet 2009 (4ème édition), Comment organiser un 2006 événement culturel, sportif, ludique, officiel…, Coll. .Jean-Pierre Marcon Gestion et Organisation, Editions du puits fleuri, 329 p. Le tourisme associatif en milieu rural, source de -Jean-Michel DJIAN, 2005, Politique culturelle : la fin développement local et de cohésion sociale, d’un mythe, Coll. Folio, Ed. Gallimard, 196 p. Avis et rapport au Conseil économique et social - 2006 -Laurent GERVEREAU, 2006, Vous avez dit musées ? ______Tout savoir sur la crise culturelle, Coll. Carré des Sciences, CNRS éditions, 89 p.
158
-Pierre MOULINIER, 2010 (1999), Les politiques publiques de la culture en France, Que sais-je ?, PUF, 127 p. -Edward W SAID, 2000, Culture et impérialisme, Fayard Le Monde Diplomatique, 558 p. -Claire GIRAUD-LABALTE, Jean-René MORICE, Philippe VIOLIER (sous la direction de), 2009, Le patrimoine est-il fréquentable ?, Presses de l’université d’Angers, 361 p. -Daniel J. GRANGE et Dominique POULOT (sous la direction de), 1997, L’esprit des lieux : le patrimoine et la cité, La pierre et l’écrit, Ed. PUG, 476 p. -Hervé GUMUCHIAN, Bernard PECQUEUR (sous la direction de), 2007, La ressource territoriale, Anthropos, Economica, 252 p.
159